GS TECHNOLOGIES OPERATING CO INC
10-K405, 2000-03-30
STEEL WORKS, BLAST FURNACES & ROLLING MILLS (COKE OVENS)
Previous: AMERICAN ENTERPRISE COM CORP, NT 10-K, 2000-03-30
Next: TELSCAPE INTERNATIONAL INC, 10-K, 2000-03-30



<PAGE>   1

================================================================================

                                  UNITED STATES
                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                              WASHINGTON, DC 20549

                                    FORM 10-K
               ANNUAL REPORT FILED PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d)
                     OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

FOR THE FISCAL YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1999     COMMISSION FILE NUMBER 033-80618

                       GS TECHNOLOGIES OPERATING CO., INC.
             (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

           DELAWARE                                       43-1656035
(State or other jurisdiction of                (IRS Employer Identification No.)
incorporation or organization)

                           GS TECHNOLOGIES CORPORATION
             (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

               DELAWARE                                   04-3204785
    (State or other jurisdiction of            (IRS Employer Identification No.)
    incorporation or organization)

         1901 ROXBOROUGH ROAD
               SUITE 200
       CHARLOTTE, NORTH CAROLINA                             28211
(Address of principal executive office)                   (Zip Code)

       REGISTRANT'S TELEPHONE NUMBER, INCLUDING AREA CODE: (704) 366-6901

           SECURITIES REGISTERED PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(b) OF THE ACT:
                                      None

           SECURITIES REGISTERED PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(g) OF THE ACT:
                                      None

         Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to
Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein and will not be contained, to
the best of registrant's knowledge, in definitive proxy or information
statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any
amendment to this Form 10-K. [X]


         Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports
required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of
1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the
registrant was required to file such reports) and (2) has been subject to such
filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes [X] No [ ]

================================================================================


                                       1
<PAGE>   2

         As of March 30, 2000, 100 shares of GS Technologies Operating Co., Inc.
Common Stock, par value $.01 per share, were outstanding, all of which are owned
by GS Technologies Corporation. Also as of March 30, 2000, 100 shares of GS
Technologies Corporation Common Stock, par value $.01 per share, were
outstanding, all of which are owned by GS Industries, Inc.

         This document consists of 46 sequentially numbered pages. The exhibit
index can be found on page 41 of the sequential numbering system.

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

         This Annual Report on Form 10-K includes statements that reflect
projections or expectations of future financial or economic performance of the
Registrants in the "Business", "Properties", "Legal Proceedings" and
"Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations" sections based on factors currently known. The Registrants believe
such statements to be "forward-looking" statements as defined in the Private
Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Words such as "expects",
"anticipates", "believes", and "intends", variations of such words and similar
expressions are intended to identify such forward-looking statements. Such
forward-looking information is subject to various risks and uncertainties and no
assurance can be given that actual results or events will not differ materially
from those projected, estimated or anticipated as a result of a number of
factors including, but not limited to, the factors discussed in such sections.
Forward-looking information provided in such sections should be evaluated in the
context of these factors. Readers are cautioned not to place undue reliance on
these forward-looking statements which speak only as of the date of this Form
10-K.


                                       2
<PAGE>   3

                           FORM 10-K TABLE OF CONTENTS
                  (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                        PAGE
                                                                                        ----
<S>                <C>                                                                  <C>
PART I
         Item 1:   Business...............................................................4
         Item 2:   Properties............................................................11
         Item 3:   Legal Proceedings.....................................................12
         Item 4:   Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders...................12

PART II
         Item 5:   Market for the Registrants' Common Equity and Related Stockholder
                   Matters...............................................................13
         Item 6:   Selected Financial Data...............................................14
         Item 7:   Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and
                   Results of Operations.................................................16
         Item 7A:  Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosure about Market Risk.............23
         Item 8:   Financial Statements and Supplementary Data...........................23
         Item 9:   Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and
                   Financial Disclosure..................................................23

PART III
         Item 10:  Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrants...................24
         Item 11:  Executive Compensation................................................27
         Item 12:  Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management........34
         Item 13:  Certain Relationships and Related Transactions........................36

PART IV
         Item 14:  Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules, and Reports on Form 8-K......41

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND FINANCIAL
         STATEMENT SCHEDULES.............................................................46
SIGNATURES
</TABLE>


                                       3
<PAGE>   4

                                     PART I

ITEM 1:  BUSINESS

GENERAL

         GS Technologies Corporation (the "Company" or "GST") is a leading
producer of special steel products, mainly wire rod used in the automotive,
construction and consumer applications industries, and grinding products and
mill liners used in the worldwide mining industry.

         The Company's wire rod is sold primarily to domestic wire rod drawers
that process wire rod into products for diverse end uses. Wire rod is used in
many applications in the automotive industry and construction industry. Consumer
end uses include upholstery springs, steel wool, coathangers and fish hooks.
General industrial uses include screws and bolts, ball bearings, cutting wire,
baling wire and wire rope.

         Grinding media products are high carbon steel balls and rods used
inside a rotating mill by the mining industry to grind semi-crushed rock as a
step in processing various kinds of ore. Mill liners are protective steel liners
that shield the rotating mill from the pulverizing activity of the grinding
media. Grinding media and mill liners are consumed as ore is processed and must
be continually replenished.

         The Company is a wholly-owned subsidiary of GS Industries, Inc. ("GSI")
and has fully and unconditionally guaranteed senior notes in the aggregate
principal amount of $247.0 million outstanding as of December 31, 1999, which
were issued by the Company's wholly-owned subsidiary, GS Technologies Operating
Co., Inc. ("GSTOC").

The operating structure of the Company is as follows:

                          [ORGANIZATIONAL FLOW CHART]



                                       4
<PAGE>   5

DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS

         In November 1999, GSTOC entered into a stock purchase agreement for the
sale of the common stock of its subsidiary Florida Wire and Cable, Inc. to
Insteel Industries, Inc. The sale was completed in January 2000 for $68.5
million in cash, subject to a purchase price adjustment based on the closing
balance sheet.

PRODUCTS, MARKETS AND COMPETITION

         WIRE ROD. The Company manufactures high carbon and special grade wire
rod at its Kansas City, Missouri and Georgetown, South Carolina mini-mills
(electric arc furnace melt shops and finished product rolling mills). The
Company sells the majority of its wire rod output to domestic wire drawers that
process wire rod into products for diverse end use applications. In the
automotive industry, wire rod is used in many applications, including tire cord,
tire bead, hose wire, springs, shock absorbers, brake pads and fasteners.
Consumer end uses include upholstery springs, steel wool, coathangers and fish
hooks. General industrial uses include screws and bolts, ball bearings, cutting
wire, baling wire and wire rope.

         Wire rod is used in the construction industry in the production of
prestressed concrete strand and galvanized guy strand, which are used in parking
garages, cable-stay bridges, railroad cross ties, guywires for pole and tower
support, messenger cable for carrying telephone and cable TV wire, traffic
signal support wires, cross bracing used in metal buildings, and highway barrier
strand. In 1999, the Company shipped approximately 1.4 million tons of wire rod
of which 1.3 million tons were to third party purchasers.

         End use applications of the Company's wire rod shipments were as
follows:

                             1999 WIRE ROD SHIPMENTS
                                   (BY MARKET)

                                                        Percent of Total Sales
                                                        ----------------------
         Furniture/Bedding........................................28%
         Construction.............................................28%
         Industrial...............................................19%
         Automotive...............................................17%
         Other.....................................................8%
                                                                 ---
                  Total..........................................100%
                                                                 ---

         The Company focuses on providing high quality, high carbon and special
grades of wire rod. These products generally command higher selling prices than
lower quality commodity grade wire rod products. High carbon wire rod has carbon
content greater than 0.45%. Wire drawn from high carbon steel is generally
stronger and is more suitable for demanding applications. Due to these
properties, it is used extensively by tire manufacturers to make tire cord and
tire bead and by the furniture industry to make upholstery and bed springs.

         A significant amount of the Company's wire rod shipments are to a
select group of customers, reflecting the Company's strategy of maximizing
production efficiency through long-term strategic relationships. Approximately
35% of the Company's total revenues for 1999 were derived from sales to the
Company's five largest wire rod customers. The Kansas City facility



                                       5
<PAGE>   6

is a party to a rod supply agreement with a major customer which requires this
customer to purchase a minimum amount of its annual wire rod requirements from
the Kansas City facility. See "Certain Relationships and Related Transactions".
In 1999, this customer purchased approximately 326,000 tons, or 25.5% of the
total wire rod tonnage shipped to third party purchasers by the Company.

         The Company competes for wire rod business on the basis of product
quality and consistency, timely delivery, technical assistance and price. The
largest competing domestic producers of wire rod in the U.S. are Co-Steel
Raritan in Perth Amboy, New Jersey, North Star Steel Company in Beaumont, Texas,
and Rocky Mountain Steel (a division of Oregon Steel) in Pueblo, Colorado. The
Company, like all domestic steel producers, faces significant competition from
foreign producers who typically have lower labor costs. During 1998 and 1999,
record levels of lower priced wire rod flooded U.S. markets because of
distressed market conditions in other countries, particularly Asia. Imports of
wire rod constituted approximately 35% of the total domestic market for wire rod
in 1999.

         GRINDING MEDIA AND MILL LINERS. The Company manufactures and sells
grinding media and mill liners to the world-wide mining industry (principally
copper, iron ore and gold mines) for use in the concentrator stage of mining
operations. In a typical open-pit mine configuration, the concentrator receives
semi-crushed rock from the ore deposit, grinds the rock into a fine powder,
separates the desired mineral from the waste rock for further processing and
discharges the waste rock. Grinding media are high carbon steel balls and rods
used inside a rotating mill to grind semi-crushed rock from the mine. Mill
liners are the protective steel liners that shield the rotating mill from the
pulverizing action of the grinding media. Grinding media and mill liners are
consumed as ore is processed and must be continually replenished.

         Grinding media and mill liners are generally sold under contract. The
Company's grinding media contracts are typically one to three years in duration
and at fixed prices. Under the terms of certain of the Company's contracts, raw
material price changes are passed through as price adjustments to the customer.



                                       6
<PAGE>   7

         The Company's principal customers for mineral processing products are
domestic and international mining companies. The following chart details
shipments of mining products, including both grinding media and mill liners,
categorized by mineral processed, through both its consolidated subsidiaries and
its joint ventures:

                         1999 MINING PRODUCTS SHIPMENTS
                                  (BY MINERAL)

                                                        Percent of Total
                                                        ----------------
         Copper..................................................55%
         Gold....................................................18%
         Iron Ore................................................14%
         Other...................................................13%
                                                                ---
                           Total  ..............................100%
                                                                ---

         In 1999, the Company shipped approximately 475,000 tons of grinding
media and mill liners from its consolidated subsidiaries and 235,000 tons from
joint ventures in which it participates.

         The market for the Company's mining products is geographically
diversified. The following table details shipments to different geographic
regions through both its consolidated subsidiaries and its joint ventures:

                         1999 MINING PRODUCTS SHIPMENTS
                                   (BY REGION)

                                                     Percent of Total
                                                     ----------------
         United States......................................33%
         South America......................................31%
         Philippines, Australia.............................15%
         Canada and Mexico..................................12%
         Other...............................................9%
                                                           ---
                           Total  .........................100%
                                                           ---

         The Company has developed a network of international operations to
satisfy the worldwide demand for grinding media. In the United States, grinding
media is supplied from the Company's Kansas City mini-mill. In all of the
Company's foreign subsidiaries and joint ventures, grinding media is fabricated
from purchased bars and sold to mines in those and neighboring countries. The
Company's ME International unit, with foundries in Duluth, Minnesota and Tempe,
Arizona, is a market leader in the production of cast metal liners.

         Domestically, the Company competes principally with three grinding ball
producers. Two of the competitors, Nucor Corp. and Border Steel Co., have
production operations in the Western and Southwestern U.S. and produce grinding
balls from facilities where scrap is the raw material. A third competitor, North
Star Steel Company, located in Minnesota, produces grinding balls from bars and
serves the iron ore mines in the upper Midwest. The Company competes primarily
with one U.S. grinding rod producer and one Canadian grinding rod producer for
domestic sales of grinding rods. While factors such as reliability of supply and
service are important to customers, competition is based primarily on a
combination of price and product performance. Internationally, the Company
competes with many producers of forged and cast grinding balls, nearly all of
them indigenous to their respective local markets.



                                       7
<PAGE>   8

         Financial information by geographic region related to the Company's
domestic and foreign subsidiaries is provided in Note 18 of the Notes to
Consolidated Financial Statements.

         WIRE PRODUCTS. The Company sold its wire products business to Insteel
Industries, Inc. in January 2000. See Note 3 to the Notes to Consolidated
Financial Statements for additional information regarding the sale.

RAW MATERIALS

         The principal raw materials and commodities required in the Company's
manufacturing operations are steel scrap, direct reduced iron (DRI), steel bars,
electricity and natural gas. All of these raw materials except DRI, which the
Company produces, are purchased at prevailing market prices. Adequate sources of
supply exist for all of the Company's raw material requirements.

PATENTS AND LICENSES

         The Company owns numerous process and product patents, proprietary
expertise and licenses which it believes are necessary for the operation of its
worldwide businesses. In its grinding media business, the Company owns process
and product patents on grinding rods, mill liners and process equipment. The
Company has proprietary processing and product know-how on equipment used in
manufacturing grinding balls.

EMPLOYEE RELATIONS

         The Company's worldwide operations are managed by a management team
based in its Charlotte, North Carolina headquarters. As of December 31, 1999,
the Company and its wholly-owned subsidiaries had approximately 2,300 employees,
of whom approximately 1,600 were hourly production employees. Approximately 60%
of the Company's hourly employees are covered by collective bargaining
agreements. Union agreements relate to, among other things, wages, hours, and
conditions of employment. The Company believes its wages and benefits provided
to employees are generally comparable to industry and area practices. The
Company considers its labor relations to be satisfactory, although it does, from
time to time, experience work stoppages. See Note 16 of the Notes to
Consolidated Financial Statements regarding certain prior, and one current, work
stoppage.

RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT

         The Company focuses its research and development on improving the
quality and reducing the cost of its production processes, as well as on
specialized customer applications and enhanced technological support. Research
and development costs are recorded in cost of products sold when incurred.


                                       8
<PAGE>   9

ENVIRONMENTAL MATTERS

         The Company's U.S. facilities are subject to a broad range of federal,
state and local environmental requirements, including those governing discharges
to air and water, the handling and disposal of solid and hazardous wastes, and
the remediation of contamination associated with releases of hazardous
substances at Company facilities and associated offsite disposal locations.
Liabilities with respect to hazardous substance releases arise principally under
the Comprehensive Environmental Response Compensation and Liability Act
("CERCLA") and similar state laws, which impose strict, retroactive, joint and
several liability upon statutorily defined classes of "potentially responsible
parties" ("PRPs"). The Company's foreign facilities and joint ventures are
subject to varying degrees of environmental regulation in the jurisdictions in
which those facilities are located.

         Based on environmental reviews conducted by outside environmental
consultants and the continuing review of environmental requirements by the
Company, the Company believes that it is currently in substantial compliance
with environmental requirements. Nevertheless, as is the case with steel
producers in general, if a release of hazardous substances occurs on or from the
Company's properties or any associated offsite disposal locations, or if
contamination from prior activities is discovered at such properties or
locations, the Company may be held liable and may be required to pay the cost of
remedying the condition or satisfying third party damage claims, or both. The
Company devotes considerable resources to ensuring that its operations are
conducted in a manner that reduces such risks.

         The Company has several environmental issues currently under discussion
with various federal, state and local agencies, some of which involve compliance
and/or remediation at certain properties. The Company is subject to consent
orders, administrative orders, permit renewals and negotiations and ongoing
inspection activities relating to certain of its properties and at off-site
locations.

         The Company records certain operating expenses for environmental
compliance, testing and other environmental related costs as expenses when
incurred. The Company's policy is to accrue environmental remediation costs when
it is both probable that a liability has been incurred and the amount can be
reasonably estimated based on information from engineering and environmental
specialists. There can be no assurance, however, that the actual cost of
required remedial activity or environmental compliance in future periods will
not exceed the established reserves. The Company believes, based upon
information currently available to management, that it will not require
expenditures to maintain compliance with current environmental requirements
which would have a material adverse effect on its consolidated results of
operations or financial position.

         For additional information regarding environmental matters, including
certain legal proceedings and indemnifications, see " Legal Proceedings and
Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations - Environmental Matters."

AVAILABLE INFORMATION

         The Company files annual, quarterly and special reports, and other
information with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the "Commission"). Such
reports and information relate to the Company's business, financial condition
and other matters. You may read and copy any materials filed by the Company with
the Commission at the Public Reference Room of the Commission located at 450
Fifth Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549. You may obtain



                                       9
<PAGE>   10

information on the operation of the Commission's Public Reference Room by
calling the Commission at 1-800-SEC-0330. Copies may be obtained from the
Commission upon payment of the prescribed fees. The Commission maintains an
Internet web site that contains reports, proxy and information statements, and
other information regarding registrants that file electronically with the
Commission. The address of such site is http://www.sec.gov.

         Additionally, GSI has a website containing information about the
Company's products. The address of the site is http://www.gsind.com


                                       10
<PAGE>   11

ITEM 2:           PROPERTIES

         The Company conducts its operations through domestic and international
facilities through subsidiaries and joint ventures. The following table provides
information regarding the Company's principal facilities:

                                     [MAP]

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                    Location                       Square Feet             Products               Own or Lease
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                  <C>                   <C>                    <C>
CORPORATE HEADQUARTERS:
Charlotte, NC (1)                                       19,000               N/A                     Lease
MANUFACTURING FACILITIES:
Kansas City, MO (1) (2)                              1,871,800  Wire rod, grinding media, bars   Own and lease
Georgetown, SC (1)                                     496,700   Wire rod, DRI, steel billets         Own
Duluth, MN                                             335,900           Mill Liners                  Own
Tempe, AZ                                              241,950           Mill Liners                  Own
Concepcion, Chile                                       50,000          Grinding media                Own
Arequipa, Peru                                          29,000          Grinding media                Own
Lima, Peru                                              33,000          Grinding media                Own
Manila, Philippines                                     86,000          Grinding media               Lease
Mezzomerico, Italy                                      58,000          Grinding media                Own
JOINT VENTURES (MANUFACTURING LOCATIONS):
Kamloops, Canada                                        35,000          Grinding media                Own
Guadalajara, Mexico                                     43,000          Grinding media               Lease
Perth, Townsville, and Newcastle, Australia             54,100          Grinding media                Own
Chimbote, Peru                                       5,776,000     Rebar, Flat Rolled Steel           Own
Convent, LA                                          1,525,000               DRI                      Own
Piombino, Italy                                         44,000          Grinding media               Lease
SALES AND OTHER OFFICES:
Minneapolis, MN                                         18,700               N/A                      Own
Santiago, Chile                                          7,300               N/A                      Own
</TABLE>



                                       11
<PAGE>   12

(1)      Subject to liens under existing debt.

(2)      748,000 square feet of such facility are leased at a nominal annual
         rental charge under multiple leases with Armco (now AK Steel) with
         varying expiration dates.

         The Company believes its facilities are properly maintained and
adequately equipped for the purposes for which they are used. Management
believes that, with its planned level of capital expenditures, the Company will
be able to accommodate its capacity needs for the immediate future in its
existing facilities.

ITEM 3:  LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

         In August 1996, Samsung America, Inc. ("Samsung") filed an action in
the Supreme Court of the State of New York seeking monetary damages against GSI,
the Company, its Peruvian subsidiary, Acerco, and Acerco's partners in the
Siderperu joint venture collectively, (the "Defendants"). Samsung seeks to
recover purported compensatory damages of $48.5 million and punitive damages of
$10 million and alleges that the Defendants failed to honor a written contract
which entitled Samsung to obtain an equity interest in Siderperu and to provide
certain distribution and trading services on an exclusive basis. The Company
believes that it has substantial and meritorious defenses and will defend itself
accordingly.

         The Company's subsidiary, Georgetown Steel Corporation, is the
defendant in three related suits filed in 1998 by certain private plaintiffs in
the Court of Common Pleas for the County of Georgetown, South Carolina. The
plaintiffs allege trespass, nuisance, negligence and violation of state and
federal law in connection with the escape of "mill dust" and gases from
Georgetown's steel mill into the atmosphere and onto the plaintiffs' property in
Georgetown, South Carolina. The plaintiffs seek certification as a class in each
case. The plaintiffs in these actions seek unspecified actual, compensatory and
punitive damages. The Company believes the actions lack merit and intends to
defend them vigorously.

         The Company is also a party to various other legal proceedings that are
considered to be ordinary, routine litigation incidental to the Company's
business. The Company does not believe that these proceedings will have a
material adverse effect on its consolidated financial position, results of
operations or cash flows. See "Business -- Environmental Matters" and
"Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations -- Environmental Matters" for additional information.

ITEM 4:  SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS

         None.



                                       12
<PAGE>   13

                                     PART II

ITEM 5:  MARKET FOR THE REGISTRANT'S COMMON EQUITY AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER
         MATTERS

         All the outstanding common stock of GSTOC is owned by GST and all the
outstanding common stock of GST is owned by GSI. As a result, there is no
established public trading market for the common stock of GST and all per share
data is omitted. Since the outstanding common stock of GST was privately placed
in late 1993, there has been no trading activity in such stock.

         As of March 30, 2000, 100 shares of common stock of GSTOC were
outstanding, all of which were owned by GST, and 100 shares of common stock of
GST were outstanding, all of which were owned by GSI. There are 43 record
holders of the common stock of GSI.


                                       13
<PAGE>   14

ITEM 6:  SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

         The following table sets forth selected consolidated financial data and
other operating data of the Company for the five-year period ending December 31,
1999. The information set forth below should be read in conjunction with
"Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations" and the audited consolidated financial statements including the
notes contained elsewhere in this Form 10-K.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                         YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                                          (DOLLARS IN MILLIONS)
                                                      ----------------------------------------------------------
                                                       1999         1998        1997 (4)      1996         1995
                                                      ------       ------       ------       ------       ------
<S>                                                   <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>
STATEMENT OF EARNINGS DATA:
Net sales                                             $676.2       $738.4       $713.2       $712.3       $518.3
Operating costs and expenses:
   Cost of products sold                               599.3        671.2        613.6        620.0        439.3
   Selling, general and
     Administrative expenses                            39.9         35.8         35.9         37.9         34.0
   Depreciation and amortization                        27.4         26.5         25.8         23.5          9.6
   Non-recurring costs (1)                                --           --           --           --          4.9
                                                      ------       ------       ------       ------       ------
Operating income                                         9.6          4.9         37.9         30.9         30.5

Interest expense, net                                  (38.2)       (38.2)       (37.9)       (39.1)       (22.0)
Other, net                                             (18.4)         8.8          9.9          8.2          5.0

Income tax provision                                    (6.0)        (1.1)        (5.1)        (1.4)        (6.6)
                                                      ------       ------       ------       ------       ------

Earnings (loss) from continuing
   Operations before cumulative
   Effect of accounting change                        $(53.0)      $(25.6)      $  4.8       $ (1.4)      $  6.9
                                                      ------       ------       ------       ------       ------

Discontinued operations,
   net of taxes                                           .4           .3        (20.9)         4.3          (.8)
                                                      ------       ------       ------       ------       ------

Income (loss) before cumulative
    Effect of accounting change                        (52.6)       (25.3)       (16.1)         2.9          6.1

Cumulative effect of accounting
   Change, net of taxes (2)                               --           --           --          3.5           --
                                                      ------       ------       ------       ------       ------

Net earnings (loss)                                   $(52.6)      $(25.3)      $(16.1)      $  6.4       $  6.1
                                                      ======       ======       ======       ======       ======

BALANCE SHEET DATA (AT
   PERIOD END):
Total assets                                          $578.7       $636.3       $640.8       $707.5       $708.7
Total liabilities                                      557.1        567.4        545.6        594.7        602.1
Shareholder's equity                                    21.6         68.9         95.2        112.8        106.6

OTHER OPERATING DATA:
EBITDA (3)                                            $ 18.6       $ 40.2       $ 73.6       $ 62.6       $ 45.1
Net Cash Provided by (Used in):
   Operating activities of continuing operations         6.0         15.0         28.3         42.6          5.6
   Investing activities of continuing operations       (25.6)       (16.8)        25.0        (48.7)      (185.0)
   Financing activities of continuing operations         7.6          4.5        (40.1)         7.0        170.2

Capital expenditures                                    21.9         21.6         21.9         41.1         45.8
</TABLE>


                                       14
<PAGE>   15

(1)      Represents non-recurring charge for the costs of combining the
         operations of GST and Georgetown Industries, Inc. ("Georgetown").

(2)      Effective January 1, 1996, the Company changed its method of accounting
         for spare parts and supplies at one of its major facilities from
         expensing them at time of purchase to inventorying them and charging
         them to expense in the period in which they are used. This method is
         consistent with the Company's practice at its other operations and with
         prevailing industry practice and, in management's opinion, results in a
         better matching of costs with related revenues.

(3)      EBITDA represents earnings (loss) from continuing operations before
         cumulative effect of accounting change, before income taxes, interest
         and depreciation and amortization. It is presented to provide
         additional information about the Company's ability to meet future debt
         service, capital expenditures and working capital requirements. EBITDA
         should not be considered as an alternative to net income, as an
         indicator of operating performance, or as an alternative to cash flows
         as a measure of liquidity, as such measures would be determined
         pursuant to generally accepted accounting principles. In addition,
         EBITDA should not be considered as an indicator that cash flow is
         sufficient for all of the Company's needs.

(4)      1997 results were negatively impacted by work stoppages at the Kansas
         City operation.


                                       15
<PAGE>   16

ITEM 7:  MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS
         OF OPERATIONS

         The following financial discussion is based on continuing operations
excluding the impact of the discontinued operations discussed in Note 3 to the
Consolidated Financial Statements of the Company contained elsewhere in this
Form 10-K. Prior year information has been restated to reflect the discontinued
operations. This discussion should be read in conjunction with the accompanying
consolidated financial statements including the notes thereto.

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

         The following table sets forth, for the years indicated, the Company's
selected statement of earnings data:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                 FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                      (DOLLARS IN MILLIONS)
                                                ----------------------------------
                                                 1999          1998          1997
                                                ------        ------        ------
<S>                                             <C>           <C>           <C>
Net sales                                       $676.2        $738.4        $713.2

Operating income                                   9.6           4.9          37.9
   Percentage of net sales                         1.4%           .7%          5.3%

Interest expense, net                            (38.2)        (38.2)        (37.9)
   Percentage of net sales                        (5.6)%        (5.2)%        (5.3)%

Other income (loss) (1)                          (18.4)          8.8           9.9
   Percentage of net sales                        (2.7)%         1.2%          1.4%

Earnings (loss) from continuing operations       (53.0)        (25.6)          4.8
   Percentage of net sales                        (7.8)%        (3.5)%          .7%
</TABLE>


(1)      Other Income includes Equity in Income (Loss) of Joint Ventures, Fees
         from Joint Ventures and Other, Net.



                                       16
<PAGE>   17

SIGNIFICANT 1999 EVENTS

         MARKET CONDITIONS. During 1999, the Company's results continued to be
negatively impacted by market conditions within the domestic steel industry.
Distressed economic conditions in foreign markets, particularly Asia, resulted
in record levels of low priced steel imports into the U.S. causing dramatic
declines in selling prices industry-wide. While demand for the Company's wire
rod products continued to be strong during 1999, the Company's average selling
price for wire rod declined 10% from the 1998 average. Also during 1999, the
Company's grinding media and mill liner business was negatively affected by a
slow down in the mining industry as a result of declining commodity prices and
customer consolidations.

         AMERICAN IRON REDUCTION ("AIR"). The Company has a 50% interest in a
DRI joint venture that commenced operations in January 1998 and has production
capacity of 1.2 million metric tons of DRI annually. During 1998 and more
significantly in 1999, production was scaled back as market conditions caused
scrap and scrap substitute demand and pricing to fall dramatically. The Company
realized a net equity loss from this joint venture of $14.9 million in 1999.

         CLAIM SETTLEMENTS. During 1999 and 1998, the Company recorded gains
from settlements of antitrust claims against its electrode suppliers. Such
gains, which were recorded as a reduction to cost of products sold, amounted to
$5.9 million in 1999 and $7.5 million in 1998. In 1999, the Company also
received a settlement from one of its customers regarding minimum purchase
requirements amounting to $ 2.6 million.

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS - 1999 COMPARED TO 1998

         NET SALES. Net sales in 1999 decreased 8% to $676.2 million from $738.4
million in 1998. Wire rod volume in 1999 exceeded 1998 volume by 15,000 tons;
however, due to the significant decline in average wire rod selling prices of
$32 per ton year to year, total wire rod sales in 1999 decreased $35.5 million
to $374.3 million. Grinding media sales for 1999 were $260.1 million compared to
$277.4 million in 1998. Overall, grinding media volume for 1999 was comparable
to 1998; however, domestic volume decreased 24,000 tons and international volume
increased 22,000 tons. Domestic market conditions were weak in 1999 due to
depressed commodity prices causing mine slow downs and closures. Significant
mining expansion in Chile and Peru, where the Company continues to increase its
market share, resulted in the increased international volume. The slow down in
world-wide mining activity caused world-wide average selling prices for grinding
media to be $17 per ton lower in 1999 than in 1998.

         OPERATING COSTS AND MARGIN. Cost of products sold as a percent of net
sales improved to 88.6% in 1999 from 90.9% in 1998. The claim settlements
discussed previously reduced cost of products sold by $5.9 million in 1999 and
$7.5 million in 1998. Margins were favorably affected in 1999 by decreases in
the average cost of scrap and decreased losses on DRI sales to third parties,
partially offset by lower average selling prices and costs associated with the
work stoppage at the Duluth, Minnesota facility which began in August 1999.
Selling, general and administrative expenses as a percent of net sales increased
to 5.9% in 1999 from 4.8% in 1998, partly attributable to the decrease in sales.
The 1999 amount includes $1.4 million of costs related to Year 2000 compliance.



                                       17
<PAGE>   18

         NET INTEREST EXPENSE. Net interest expense remained constant at $38.2
million. Included in this amount for both years is $1.6 million of amortization
of debt issuance costs.

         OTHER INCOME/EXPENSE. Other income decreased $27.2 million from the
prior year. The Company incurred losses from joint ventures of $22.7 million in
1999, comprised primarily of losses at AIR and at the Company's Peruvian joint
venture which experienced a significant decline in volume and sales prices due
to an economic recession in Peru. Equity losses in joint ventures amounted to
$1.8 million in 1998. Other income in 1998 included gains of $6.3 million
related to the sale of a Peruvian subsidiary and an idle plant in Italy.

         INCOME TAXES. Income tax expense for 1999 was $6.0 million on a pre-tax
loss of $47.0 million, resulting in an effective tax rate that is not
meaningful. The Company did not record any tax benefit on domestic losses, but
did provide for taxes on the income of its foreign subsidiaries. Likewise,
income tax expense for 1998 was $1.1 million on a pre-tax loss of $24.5 million.

         LOSS FROM CONTINUING OPERATIONS. As a result of the foregoing, the
Company had a loss from continuing operations of $53.0 million in 1999 compared
to a loss of $25.6 million in 1998.

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS - 1998 COMPARED TO 1997

         NET SALES. Net sales for the year ended December 31, 1998 were $738.4
million compared to $713.2 million for the year ended December 31, 1997, an
increase of $25.2 million or 3.5%. Wire rod volume in 1998 exceeded 1997 volume
by approximately 36,000 tons, however, due to the significant decline in average
wire rod selling prices of $24 per ton year to year, total wire rod sales
increased only $2.1 million in 1998 to $409.9 million. Grinding media sales were
$277.4 million in 1998 compared to $269.7 million in 1997. Domestically, volume
was up approximately 9,200 tons reflecting recovery of volume lost during the
1997 Kansas City work stoppage. Internationally, volume was up 10,000 tons
resulting primarily from significant expansion in the mining industry in South
America.

         OPERATING COSTS AND MARGIN. Cost of products sold as a percent of net
sales increased to 90.9% in 1998 from 86.0% in 1997. Margins were negatively
affected by declining average selling prices, losses on DRI sales and an
approximate 5% increase in conversion costs, partially offset by decreases in
the average cost of scrap. The increase in the Company's conversion costs was
caused, in part, by temporary production curtailments due to electrical power
interruptions and shortages during the summer months of 1998. Selling, general
and administrative expense as a percent of sales decreased to 4.8% in 1998 from
5.0% in 1997 as a result of the Company's focus on cost reductions.

         NET INTEREST EXPENSE. Net interest expense was 38.2 million in 1998
compared to $37.9 million in 1997. Included in this amount for both years is
$1.6 million of amortization of debt issuance costs.

         OTHER INCOME/EXPENSE. Other income decreased to $8.8 million in 1998
from $9.9 million in 1997 due primarily to inclusion in 1998 of equity losses
from AIR and reduced equity income from the Company's Peruvian joint venture,
partially offset by gains in 1998 of $6.3 million related to the sale of a
Peruvian subsidiary and an idle plant in Italy.



                                       18
<PAGE>   19
         INCOME TAXES. Income tax expense for 1998 was $1.1 million on a pre-tax
loss of $24.5 million, resulting in an effective tax rate that is not
meaningful. The Company did not record tax benefit on the majority of its
domestic losses, but did provide for taxes on the income of its foreign
subsidiaries. Income taxes for 1997 were $5.1 million on pre-tax earnings of
$9.9 million, an effective rate of 51.8%. The effective tax rate for the Company
is effected by limitations on the Company's ability to utilize foreign tax
credits and the non-deductibility of amortization and depreciation expense
associated with the Georgetown acquisition. Changes in the mix of U.S. and
foreign earnings also affect the tax rate.

         EARNINGS (LOSS) FROM CONTINUING OPERATIONS. As a result of the factors
discussed above, the Company had a loss from continuing operations of $25.6
million in 1998 compared to earnings from continuing operations of $4.8 million
in 1997.

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

         At December 31, 1999, the Company had total cash and cash equivalents
of $3.9 million, a decrease of $6.8 million from December 31, 1998. Operating
activities from continuing operations provided $6.0 million of cash during 1999
compared to $15.0 million in 1998. The decrease in operating cash flows stemmed
from the $52.6 million net loss experienced in 1999 and decreased dividends from
joint ventures, partially offset by the non-cash equity loss in joint ventures.
The cash flow generated by the increases in income taxes payable and accrued
expenses was offset by the increase in receivables. Cash flows used in investing
activities totaled $28.0 million in 1999 compared to $17.2 million in 1998. In
1999, the Company invested $21.9 million in capital expenditures compared to
$21.6 million in 1998. The Company invested $3.8 million and $6.5 million in
1999 and 1998, respectively, in joint ventures. In 1998, cash used in investing
activities included $11.4 million in proceeds from the sale of a Peruvian
subsidiary and an idle plant in Italy. Financing activities in 1999 provided
$7.6 million, $6.1 million from net borrowings and a $1.5 million capital
contribution from GSI.

         While management believes that funds available from the Company's cash
flow from operations and credit facilities will be sufficient, in the aggregate,
to fund planned working capital and capital expenditure and debt service
requirements for 2000, management continues to evaluate alternative sources of
funds. There are fluctuations in the Company's working capital needs over the
course of a year, generally influenced by various factors such as seasonality in
some product lines, inventory levels and the timing of raw material purchases.
Due to the cyclical nature of the Company's business, management believes that
it is important for the Company to maintain borrowing facilities in excess of
working capital requirements.

         Capital expenditures in the Company's business tend to vary from year
to year as the impact of major programs is concentrated in certain periods
followed by periods of maintenance spending. Management believes that this
pattern is typical of the industry. The high quality sector of the steel
industry is characterized by high levels of capital spending. The focus of
capital spending is increased production capacity, improvement in product
quality and reduction in product cost. During the last few years, the Company
has not undertaken any major capital programs. The Company estimates capital
expenditures for 2000 to approximate $33.0 million.



                                       19
<PAGE>   20

         The acquisition premium recorded as a result of the Georgetown
acquisition is being amortized over a period of forty years. Management believes
that the use of the forty-year amortization period is appropriate given the
expected longevity of the industry, Georgetown's leading market positions,
Georgetown's utilization of modern manufacturing technology, and the diversity
and lack of expected obsolescence of Georgetown's products.

         During 1999, the Company managed its liquidity needs on a consolidated
basis with borrowings available under the Revolving Credit Facility (as defined
below) and various credit facilities available at its international subsidiaries
and joint ventures. On March 13, 2000, GSTOC and its subsidiaries entered into
the New Credit Facilities (as defined below) and prepaid the outstanding balance
on the Revolving Credit Facility. The New Revolving Credit Facility (as defined
below) replaced the Revolving Credit Facility. See "Certain Relationships and
Related Transactions -- Description of Indebtedness."

         Borrowings under both the Revolving Credit Facility and the New
Revolving Credit Facility bear interest at a floating rate. Increases in
prevailing rates could adversely affect the Company's cash flow. See "Certain
Relationships and Related Transactions -- Description of Indebtedness." To the
extent that the interest rates increase or the principal amounts outstanding
increase, there will be corresponding increases in the Company's interest
obligations. Under the Revolving Credit Facility, the Company's availability was
$120.0 million inclusive of letters of credit (subject to a borrowing base
limitation). As of December 31, 1999, $7.1 million of letters of credit were
outstanding and the unused availability under the facility was $36.2 million.
Under the New Revolving Credit Facility, the Company's availability is also $120
million inclusive of letters of credit (subject to a borrowing base limitation).
As of March 13, 2000, $7.4 million of letters of credit were outstanding under
the new facility and the unused availability was $34.7 million.

ENVIRONMENTAL MATTERS

         The Company has made, and will continue to make, capital expenditures
as necessary to comply with environmental requirements. Because environmental
requirements are subject to change and are becoming increasingly stringent, the
Company's capital expenditures for environmental compliance may increase in the
future. The Company has established reserves for certain future costs and
liabilities associated with environmental matters. As of December 31, 1999, the
Company had recorded a reserve of approximately $2.8 million for environmental
matters. The Company believes these reserves are adequate in light of certain
potential obligations and indemnifications described below. See Note 16 of the
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information. There can
be no assurance, however, that future environmental costs and liabilities will
not exceed the established reserves. The Company believes, based upon
information currently available to management, that it will not require
expenditures to maintain compliance with current environmental requirements
which would have a material adverse effect on its consolidated results of
operations, financial position, or cash flows.

         As is the case with steel producers in general, if a release of
hazardous substances occurs on or from the Company's properties or any
associated offsite disposal locations, the Company may be held jointly and
severally liable under CERCLA, the Resource Conservation and



                                       20
<PAGE>   21

Recovery Act ("RCRA"), or similar state requirements. The amount of any such
liability could be material. Although the Company endeavors to carefully manage
its wastes, it is possible that in the future the Company or its subsidiaries
may be identified as a PRP with respect to various waste disposal sites due to
the fact that liability under CERCLA is strict and retroactive. There can be no
assurance that future costs or damages associated with identified or
unidentified sites will not have a material adverse effect on the results of
operations, financial position or cash flows of the Company.

         The Company has been, and presently is, the subject of administrative
proceedings, litigation or investigations relating to environmental matters. The
Company's Kansas City mini-mill is subject to a Consent Order regarding air
emissions. The Georgetown, SC mini-mill and DRI plant are involved in an air
emissions permit modification process and ongoing discussions regarding
compliance issues and inspections by the state environmental agency. The
Georgetown, SC facilities are subject to Consent Orders with the state
environmental agency regarding air and wastewater matters. The Kansas City
mini-mill is involved in a water discharge permit renewal process with the state
environmental agency, which is currently on administrative appeal. Georgetown
Steel Corporation, GSTOC and MEI have signed a Consent Order with the USEPA
regarding remediation at the Palmerton Superfund Site. The Tempe, Arizona
facility is involved in air emissions permit discussions. The Company, through
its operating units, has been named as a PRP at several off-site locations where
wastes were sent. Through cost sharing agreements, permits and consent orders,
the Company is addressing requirements at these locations. The Company has
agreed to indemnify the purchaser of its former Tree Island Industries facility
with respect to the Operating Industries Superfund Site matter involving
remediation at Monterey Park, CA. Although the Company does not believe that
current proceedings, litigation or investigations will have a material adverse
effect on its consolidated financial condition, results of operations or cash
flows, there can be no assurance that future costs or damages relating to such
proceedings, litigation or investigations will not exceed established reserves.

         Georgetown Steel Corporation is the defendant in three related suits
filed in 1998 by certain private plaintiffs in Georgetown, South Carolina. The
plaintiffs allege that their properties have been damaged from the escape of
"mill dust" from Georgetown's steel mill. The plaintiffs seek class action
status for all owners of real property, cars and boats within a five-mile radius
of the steel mill and recovery of unspecified actual, compensatory and punitive
damages. See "Legal Proceedings" for additional information regarding these
suits.

         Subject to certain limitations, the Company is indemnified for certain
environmental matters, including those referred to herein. Armco has indemnified
GST for matters including contamination at the inactive Ishpeming, Michigan
facility, and certain matters at the Kansas City facility and the Duluth
facility. Capitol Castings, Inc. has indemnified MEI for groundwater
contamination at the Tempe, Arizona facility. Horsehead Resource Development
Corporation has indemnified the Company in connection with the Palmerton
Superfund Site in which Georgetown Steel Corporation, GSTOC and MEI are
involved. AmeriSteel Corporation, Nucor Corporation and Nucor Yamata Steel
Company have indemnified the Company regarding the Stoller Chemical Superfund
Site. Although the Company believes such indemnifications are adequate to cover
these matters, if a matter is not fully covered by these indemnities, or if the
indemnitor fails to provide indemnification, the Company may be responsible for
such matters.



                                       21
<PAGE>   22

YEAR 2000

         The Company did not experience any significant malfunctions in its
operating or business systems as a result of the date change to 2000. The
Company is not aware of any significant Year 2000 issues or problems that may
have arisen at its major customers, suppliers or other business partners. The
Company will continue to monitor business systems to ensure that no interruption
to operations occurs because of any Year 2000 issues. Through December 31, 1999,
the cost incurred for Year 2000 compliance totaled $1.4 million.

TAX MATTERS

         Prior to 1997, the Company recorded deferred tax liabilities for U.S.
income tax and foreign withholding tax on the entire amount of unremitted
earnings of its foreign subsidiaries and joint ventures. Historically, the
Company has repatriated only a portion of the earnings of its foreign
subsidiaries and joint ventures. Therefore, beginning in 1997, the deferred tax
liabilities have been adjusted so that U.S. income taxes and foreign withholding
taxes are not provided on the portion of unremitted foreign earnings that is
expected to be invested abroad indefinitely. The Company continues to provide
for taxes on the portion of the unremitted foreign earnings that is expected to
be repatriated. The Company would be required to record additional tax if it
received foreign dividends or liquidation proceeds in excess of the amounts
expected to be repatriated.

         The Company's federal income tax returns have included deductions for
certain net operating losses ("NOLs"), which reduced its tax liabilities in 1995
and prior years. The Company has tax net operating loss carryforwards of $118.4
million as of December 31, 1999 which will be used to offset future taxable
income. The Company's tax returns are currently under audit by the Internal
Revenue Service ("IRS"). It is impossible to predict with certainty the outcome
of any potential IRS examinations, and thus no assurance can be given that tax
adjustments will not exceed reserves established by the Company.

RISK FACTORS AND OUTLOOK

         During 1999 and 1998, the Company's results have been negatively
impacted by market conditions within the domestic steel industry. Distressed
economic conditions in foreign markets, particularly in Asia, have resulted in
record levels of low priced steel imports into the U.S. causing dramatic
declines in selling prices industry-wide. In December 1998, the Company, along
with other U.S. companies and the United Steelworkers of America, filed a
petition with the U.S. International Trade Commission seeking action to limit
wire rod imports that have caused serious harm to the industry. In February
2000, the U.S. President granted domestic wire rod producers some import
protection in the form of a tariff rate quota which will go into effect in March
2000 and remain in place for three years. In the first year, wire rod imports in
excess of 1.58 million tons will be subject to a tariff of 10%. The level of
imports will be allowed to increase by 2 percent a year in the second and third
years, while the tariff penalty will decrease by 2.5 percentage points a year.



                                       22
<PAGE>   23
         In February 2000, the Company, along with some competitors, announced
wire rod price increases effective April 1, 2000. The Company believes these
price increases and the recent legislative activity could have a positive impact
on the domestic wire rod industry.

         As an intentional reaction to the market conditions discussed above,
AIR produced at a level of approximately 40% of its design capacity during 1999
and 54% during 1998. Consequently, under existing market conditions, the Company
is paying prices for DRI to AIR to cover the cash cost of production plus
interest and capital requirements that exceed the current depressed market price
for DRI and other scrap substitutes. Until market conditions improve, the
Company may be exposed to continuing losses associated with AIR which could be
material to the Company's financial performance. The financial statements
reflect a reserve for potentially unrecoverable investments in certain joint
ventures. See Note 6 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for
additional information.

ITEM 7 A: QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURE ABOUT MARKET RISK

         The Company is exposed to various types of market risk in the ordinary
course of business, including the impact of potential adverse changes in
interest rates and foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations.

INTEREST RATE RISK

         The Company manages interest rate risks by maintaining certain ratios
of fixed to variable rate debt. The Company does not currently use derivative
financial instruments. At December 31, 1999, the Company had fixed rate long
term debt of $247.0 million and variable rate borrowings of $96.6 million.
Assuming a hypothetical adverse change in interest rates of 10%, the Company
would incur an additional $.7 million in interest expense per year on variable
rate borrowings.

FOREIGN CURRENCY RISK

         The Company is exposed to foreign currency translation risk as the
local currency financial statements of its international operations are
translated to U.S. dollars. As currency exchange rates fluctuate, such changes
result in cumulative translation adjustments which are included in shareholder's
equity in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. None of the components of the
Company's consolidated financial statements was materially affected by exchange
rate fluctuations in 1999, 1998, or 1997. The Company does not currently have
any foreign currency forward contracts or foreign currency swap agreements.

ITEM 8:  FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

         See Index to Consolidated Financial Statements which appears on page 46
herein.

ITEM 9:  CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND
         FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

         None


                                       23
<PAGE>   24

                                    PART III

ITEM 10: DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT

         Directors of the Company and GSTOC are elected at their respective
annual meetings of stockholders to serve during the ensuing year or until a
successor is duly elected and qualified. Executive officers are elected annually
by the respective Board of Directors to serve during the ensuing year or until a
successor is duly elected and qualified. The Board of Directors of GST and GSTOC
currently consist of four members each. Certain shareholders have entered into
an agreement which, (i) allows the Government of Kuwait (the "GOK") to select
two representatives to the Board of Directors of GSI, so long as certain
securities issued in connection with the Georgetown acquisition are outstanding,
and (ii) allows the holders of a majority of the shares held by the Bain Funds
to select the remaining representatives to the Board of Directors of GSI so long
as the Bain Funds and certain other persons own at least 60% of the common
stock. See - "Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management"
for additional information. The following table sets forth certain information
with respect to the directors and executive officers of GST and GSTOC as of
March 30, 2000.

Name                       Age      Position
- ----                       ---      --------

Mark G. Essig              42       Chairman, President, Chief Executive Officer
                                    and Director

Luis E. Leon               47       Executive Vice President, Chief Financial
                                    Officer, and Executive Vice President -
                                    Mining Products, Director

James F. Walsh             46       Executive Vice President - Steel Group

David M. Yarborough        49       Senior Vice President - Mining Products

David O. Shelley           50       Vice President and Controller

Richard Luzzi              48       Vice President - Human Resources

Ronald S. Mulhauser        64       Vice President - Purchasing and
                                    Transportation

George A. Goller           55       Vice President - Technology and Product
                                    Development

Timothy J. Dillon          42       Vice President - Commercial

Robert L. Bullard          48       Vice President - Process & Technology

Victor A. Carrion          54       Vice President - Grinding Media

Tobin Pospisil             38       Vice President - Strategic and Financial
                                    Planning

Linda-Marie Hubert         42       Treasurer

Roger R. Regelbrugge       69       Director

Paul B. Edgerley           44       Director

John J. O'Malley           52       Director


                                       24
<PAGE>   25

MARK G. ESSIG was appointed President and Chief Executive Officer effective
January 1998 and Chairman in March 2000. Before joining GSI, Mr. Essig served in
various capacities at AK Steel Corporation, headquartered in Middletown, Ohio.
His positions included Vice President of Sales & Marketing and Executive Vice
President. Prior to joining AK Steel in 1992, Mr. Essig served as Vice President
of Finance & Administration, and later as Vice President and Chief Financial
Officer for Washington Steel Corporation in Washington, Pennsylvania.

LUIS E. LEON has been Executive Vice President - Mining Products since January
2000. He was elected Executive Vice President & Chief Financial Officer and to
the Board of Directors in May, 1999. He joined GS Industries in 1994 as Vice
President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer. In 1995 he was elected Senior
Vice President. Prior to joining GS Industries, he was Vice President and Chief
Financial Officer for Wyman Gordon Company.

JAMES F. WALSH has been Executive Vice President - Steel Group since January
2000. He joined the company in March 1999 as Vice President - Engineering and
Technology. Previously he held several positions at AK Steel Corp. in
Middeltown, Ohio, including Vice President - Manufacturing, Vice President -
Research & Engineering, and Vice President - Corporate Development. Before
joining AK Steel in 1993 he held positions at U.S. Steel Corp.
and Qualimatrix, Inc.

DAVID M. YARBOROUGH has been Senior Vice President-Mining Products since
February 1997. From October 1995 to February 1997, he served as Vice President -
Corporate Development of GST and GSTOC. From August 1993 until October 1995, Mr.
Yarborough provided project development services to Georgetown Steel as
President of GeoCapital Corporation which he founded in 1992. Before that, Mr.
Yarborough held various management positions in steel and industrial equipment
concerns. Mr. Yarborough has resigned from the Company effective March 31, 2000.

DAVID O. SHELLEY has been Vice President and Controller of GSI since 1995. From
1985 to 1995, he served as Controller of Georgetown Industries, Inc. Mr. Shelley
joined Georgetown Industries, Inc. in 1974 and held various financial positions
prior to being named Controller. From 1970 to 1974, he served in various
financial positions at Georgetown Steel Corporation.

RICHARD D. LUZZI, has been Vice President-Human Resources since July 1998. Prior
to joining GSI, he served as Vice President Human Resources of Lukens, Inc.
since 1993. Before that he spent 13 years in both domestic and international
human resources positions at Rockwell International. He has also held human
resource positions at Continental Can Company and ITT Continental Baking
Company.

RONALD S. MULHAUSER joined the company in May 1998 as Vice President-Purchasing
and Transportation. Before that he was Vice President-Purchasing and
Transportation of AK Steel Corporation. Before joining AK Steel, he served as
Chief Plant Metallurgist, Manager Raw Material Purchasing, and advanced to the
position of Director Raw Material Planning, Procurement and Distribution for
U.S. Steel.



                                       25
<PAGE>   26

GEORGE A. GOLLER was appointed to his position of Vice President-Technology &
Product Development in 1995. He was a Vice President of GST since 1993. Before
that, he was Director of Business Development for Armco Worldwide Grinding
Systems, which was spun off to form GST. He joined AWGS in 1973.

TIMOTHY J. DILLON joined the company in July 1999 as Vice President-Commerical.
He came to GS Industries after 13 years with Birmingham Steel Corporation,
formerly American Steel and Wire Corporation, where he had served most recently
as Vice President, Sales and Marketing for the company's SBQ Bar, Rod and Wire
Division.

ROBERT L. BULLARD has been Vice President - Process & Technology since January
2000. Prior to that, he was Vice President and General Manager of Georgetown
Steel Corporation since August 1996. From March 1993 through July 1996, Mr.
Bullard was Vice President of Operations for Georgetown. He joined Georgetown in
1990 as Superintendent.

VICTOR A. CARRION has been Vice President - Grinding Media since February 2000.
Before that, he served as Vice President of Latin American Grinding Media and
prior to that, was Manager of Grinding Media Production at the Company's Mexican
joint venture.

TOBIN POSPISIL was appointed to the position of Vice President - Strategic and
Financial Planning in March 2000. He has previously held the positions of
Director, Strategic and Financial Planning, Director, Financial Planning and
Analysis, and Assistant Treasurer. He joined GSI in November 1990 as Manager,
Forecasting and Planning.

LINDA MARIE HUBERT was appointed to the position of Treasurer in March 2000. Ms.
Hubert joined GSI in July 1998 as Assistant Treasurer. Previously, Ms. Hubert
held the position of Director of Treasury Operations and other various treasury
management positions at Advantica.

ROGER R. REGELBRUGGE retired at the end of 1999 and currently serves as a
director of the Company. He was Chairman of GSI from 1995 until March 2000. He
also served as Chief Executive Officer until December 31, 1997. Previously, he
served as Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Georgetown Industries, having
joined Georgetown in 1974. He was Chief Executive Officer of Georgetown
Industries and its predecessor company since 1977. Mr. Regelbrugge is a director
and member of the Policy and Planning Committee of the American Iron & Steel
Institute, and a director of the Steel Manufacturers Association.

PAUL B. EDGERLEY has been a Director of GST since 1993 and served as Vice
President and Director from 1993 to the present. He has been a Managing Director
of Bain Capital, Inc. since 1993, and was a General Partner of Bain Capital
Venture Partners from 1990 through 1993. Mr. Edgerly is also a Director of AMF
Group, Inc., American Pad & Paper, Anthony Crane, Sealy, Midwest of Cannon
Falls, and Walco International.

JOHN J. O'MALLEY has been a Director of GST and GSTOC since November 1993. He is
a Managing Director of Audax Ventures and was previously an Executive Vice
President of Bain Capital from 1997 to 1998. From 1991 to 1993, Mr. O'Malley was
President and Chief Executive Officer of Robertson Ceco, an international
construction products and engineering company. From 1986 to 1991, he was
Executive Vice President of HMK Group Inc., a diversified manufacturing and
services company. Mr. O'Malley is also a director of Physio-Control
International Corporation and Wesley Jessen Vision Care, Inc., Large Scale
Biology and Caroma Graphics.


                                       26
<PAGE>   27

ITEM 11: EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

COMPENSATION OF EXECUTIVE OFFICERS

         Set forth below is information for the fiscal years ended December 31,
1999, 1998 and 1997 with respect to compensation for services to the Company of
the following individuals: (1) the Chief Executive Officer of GST and GSTOC, (2)
the Chairman and Director of GST and GSTOC and (3) the four most highly
compensated executive officers of GST and GSTOC (other than the Chief Executive
Officer) during 1999.

                           SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                    ANNUAL COMPENSATION
                                         --------------------------------------------
                                                                                        LONG-TERM
                                                                   OTHER ANNUAL         COMPENSATION    ALL OTHER
NAME AND PRINCIPAL POSITION     YEAR    SALARY ($)    BONUS ($)    COMPENSATION($)(1)   OPTIONS(#)(2)   COMPENSATION($)(3)
- ------------------------------  ----    ----------    ---------    ------------------   -------------   ------------------
<S>                             <C>      <C>          <C>               <C>                 <C>              <C>

Mark G. Essig                   1999     $550,000     $    -0-          $20,301                              $336,217
    President, Chief            1998     $550,000     $450,000          $11,658                              $814,054
    Executive Officer and       1997                                                        450,000
    Director

Roger R. Regelbrugge            1999     $215,000     $    -0-          $32,005                               $33,709
    Chairman and Director (4)   1998     $650,000     $195,000          $26,727                               $34,397
                                1997     $650,000     $694,950          $ 9,754              25,000           $34,397

Luis E. Leon                    1999     $312,708     $    -0-          $29,415              75,000           $10,884
    Executive Vice President -  1998     $255,833     $ 51,167          $17,352                               $11,572
    Chief Financial Officer,    1997     $245,000     $174,628          $12,329              20,000           $11,498
    Executive Vice President -
    Mining Group and Director

James F. Walsh                  1999(5)  $192,500     $    -0-          $64,253             100,000          $117,544
    Executive Vice President-   1998
    Steel Group                 1997

David M. Yarborough             1999     $258,500     $ 89,440          $29,989                               $ 2,884
    Senior Vice President-      1998     $242,833     $ 48,567          $16,808                               $ 3,424
    Mining Products             1997     $227,500     $196,616          $56,155              20,000           $ 3,238

Richard D. Luzzi                1999     $190,000     $    -0-          $93,431                               $99,819
    Vice President              1998      $96,462     $ 14,469          $ 4,816              90,000           $ 1,359
    Human Resources             1997
</TABLE>

- -----------------------
(1)      Other annual compensation reflects certain incidental perquisites and
         benefits.

(2)      For additional information concerning the grant of options in 1999, see
         "-- Stock Options of GSI" below. Options shown are options to purchase
         common stock of GSI.

(3)      All other compensation includes amounts for group term insurance. Other
         compensation paid to Mr. Essig in 1999 and 1998 also includes $333,334
         in each year which is part of a $1,000,000 payment to be paid over a
         three year period in connection with his initial employment, a payment
         of $350,000 in 1998 which was a part of a bonus program at his prior
         employer which he forfeited by joining the Company and reimbursement of
         certain relocation expenses of $127,148 in 1998. The amount shown for
         1999 for Mr. Luzzi includes reimbursement of certain relocation
         expenses of $97,655. Mr. Leon participates in a 401(k) plan with a
         Company match and contributions on his behalf for each of 1999, 1998
         and 1997 were $4,800. Mr. Leon also participates in a profit sharing
         plan and contributions on his behalf for each of 1999, 1998 and 1997
         were $3,200. Other compensation for Mr. Walsh in 1999 includes $100,000
         in connection with his initial employment which is part of a $320,000
         payment to be made over three years and $15,636 for relocation
         expenses.

(4)      Mr. Regelbrugge retired as an officer of the Company on December 31,
         1999 and remained Chairman until March 2000.

(5)      Mr. Walsh joined the Company in March 1999. His 1999 compensation
         relates to amounts paid from his employment date, his annual salary is
         $240,000.


                                       27
<PAGE>   28

STOCK OPTIONS OF GSI

     The following table sets forth information regarding stock options in the
common stock of GSI granted during the Company's fiscal year ended December 31,
1999.

                              OPTION GRANTS IN 1999

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                    POTENTIAL REALIZABLE
                                                                                                      VALUE AT ASSUMED
                                                    INDIVIDUAL GRANTS                                  ANNUAL RATES
                             ---------------------------------------------------------------          OF STOCK PRICE
                             NUMBER OF       PERCENT OF TOTAL                                        APPRECIATION FOR
                             SECURITIES      OPTIONS GRANTED      EXERCISE OR                         OPTION TERM (2)
                             UNDERLYING      TO EMPLOYEES IN      BASE PRICE      EXPIRATION      -----------------------
       NAME                  OPTIONS(#)(1)   FISCAL YEAR (%)      ($ PER SHARE)      DATE            5% ($)      10% ($)
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                           <C>                 <C>               <C>           <C>             <C>           <C>
Luis E. Leon                  75,000 (1)          26.50%            $7.00         5/13/09         $    -0-      $   -0-

James F. Walsh               100,000 (1)          35.34%            $7.00         3/25/09         $    -0-      $   -0-
</TABLE>

- --------------------
(1)  Such options were granted on March 25, 1999 to Mr. Walsh and May 13, 1999
     to Mr. Leon pursuant to a stock option agreement between GSI and the above
     named executives. The options vest and become exercisable at 5% per quarter
     beginning on March 31, 1999 for Mr. Walsh and June 30, 1999 for Mr. Leon.

(2)  Represents the value of the options granted at the end of the option term
     if the market price of shares of common stock on the date of grant were to
     appreciate annually by 5% and 10%, respectively, based on the assumed fair
     market value of $0 per share as of the grant date.


         The following table sets forth information concerning outstanding
options in the common stock of GSI held by Mr. Essig and the other named
executives during the Company's fiscal year ended December 31, 1999. No
executive officer exercised options during 1999.


        AGGREGATED OPTION EXERCISABLE IN 1999 AND YEAR-END OPTION VALUES

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                    NUMBER OF SECURITIES UNDERLYING         VALUE OF UNEXERCISED
                                    UNEXERCISED OPTIONS AT                  IN-THE-MONEY OPTIONS AT
                                    DECEMBER 31, 1999 (#)                   DECEMBER 31, 1999 ($) (1)
                                    ---------------------------             ---------------------------
         NAME                       EXERCISABLE   UNEXERCISABLE             EXERCISABLE   UNEXERCISABLE
         ----                       -----------   -------------             -----------   -------------
<S>                                     <C>             <C>                 <C>           <C>
Mark G. Essig                           180,000         270,000                   -              -
Roger R. Regelbrugge                    350,000           -                       -              -
Luis E. Leon                            171,250         103,750                   -              -
James F. Walsh                           20,000          80,000                   -              -
David Yarborough                        110,000          10,000                   -              -
Richard D. Luzzi                         27,000          63,000                   -              -
</TABLE>

(1)      Year end value is based on an assumed fair market value of $0 per
         share.


                                       28
<PAGE>   29

MR. ESSIG'S EMPLOYMENT ARRANGEMENTS

         Mr. Essig and GSI are parties to an Employment Agreement (the "Essig
Agreement") pursuant to which Mr. Essig will serve as President and Chief
Executive Officer of GSI, GST and GSTOC until the Essig Agreement is terminated
by either Mr. Essig or GSI by giving sixty days prior written notice of
termination or until Mr. Essig's death or his involuntary termination of
employment with or without good reason (as defined). Under the Essig Agreement,
Mr. Essig is entitled to receive (i) an annual base salary at the rate of
$550,000, (ii) a signing bonus of $1,000,000 payable in three equal annual
installments (two of which have been paid), provided, however, that the third
installment will be due only if Mr. Essig's employment has not been terminated
for cause by GSI or terminated without good reason by Mr. Essig, and (iii) an
annual incentive bonus based on the Company achieving certain performance
targets. The Essig Agreement prohibits Mr. Essig from engaging in certain
competitive activities generally and from using or disclosing certain
"confidential" or "proprietary" information during his term of employment and
for a period of two years after the termination of his employment. Additionally,
the Essig Agreement entitles Mr. Essig to certain other perquisites and
benefits, including participation in all of the Company's benefit plans
applicable to the Company's executive officers generally and the GSI SERP (as
defined below). The GSI SERP will provide Mr. Essig with retirement benefits as
described under Pension and Retirement Plans.

         In the event of Mr. Essig's termination of employment by GSI without
"cause" or by Mr. Essig with "good reason", Mr. Essig is, in general, entitled
to (a) a lump sum payment equal to twice the amount of his annual base salary
then in effect, (b) an annual incentive bonus for the calendar year of the
termination and for the ensuing calendar year payable when bonuses are paid to
other employees under the annual incentive bonus plan, (c) continued vesting
under the Essig Stock Option Agreement (as defined below) and under the GSI SERP
for a period of two years, and (d) continuation of certain benefits and other
contract rights; provided, however, if GSI gives Mr. Essig written notice on or
before July 1, 200l, Mr. Essig's payments and other termination benefits will be
modified in certain respects based upon his length of service at termination and
the time periods of the competitive restrictions and prohibition against
disclosure of "confidential" or "proprietary" information placed upon Mr. Essig
following the termination of his employment will be decreased from two years to
one year. Mr. Essig is also party to an Indemnification Agreement that is
similar in content and scope to that provided to the other directors and
officers of GSI.

         Mr. Essig has also entered into a stock option agreement (the "Essig
Stock Option Agreement") with GSI pursuant to which he received options to
purchase up to 450,000 shares of common stock of GSI at an exercise price of
$7.00 per share. The options are non-qualified and become vested and exercisable
at the rate of 5% on the last day of each calendar quarter, beginning with the
quarter ending March 31, 1998, if Mr. Essig is employed by the Company as of
such date, subject to the options becoming exercisable at an earlier date upon
the occurrence of certain change of control transactions. Mr. Essig's options
will expire on the earlier of December 31, 2007 or the date of the termination
of Mr. Essig's employment with the Company for any reason other than death or
disability (as defined); provided, however, that Mr. Essig will have until the
tenth anniversary of the date of the Essig Stock Option Agreement to exercise
the options with respect to vested options.



                                       29
<PAGE>   30

         Mr. Essig is also party to an agreement which provides certain
protections in the event of severance upon a Change of Control of GSI (the
"Essig Change of Control Agreement"). The Essig Change of Control Agreement is
in lieu of any other severance agreement and provides for cash compensation and
continuance of fringe benefits for a period of two years in the event that in
anticipation of, or within two years following a Change of Control his
employment is terminated either by (x) the Company for any reason other than
"cause" (as defined in the Essig Change of Control Agreement), death or
disability, or (y) by Mr. Essig for good reason. If Mr. Essig should become
entitled to receive benefits thereunder, he will receive (i) a lump sum payment
equal to two times his annual base salary and, (ii) a lump sum payment
equivalent to an incentive bonus for two years following termination.

OTHER MANAGEMENT AGREEMENTS

         Mr. Leon has entered into a management agreement with the Company (the
"Management Agreement") pursuant to which Mr. Leon acquired shares of GSI common
stock and options to purchase common stock. The terms of the Management
Agreement provides that (i) the GSI common stock held by Mr. Leon is subject to
purchase by GSI and the Bain Funds, at their option, in the event the executive
is no longer employed by the Company as of a stated date, (ii) if Mr. Leon's
employment with the Company is terminated, the purchase price to GSI and the
Bain Funds for Mr. Leon's shares of GSI common stock is either the original
value or the fair market value thereof, depending on whether the termination was
for "cause" or voluntary termination other than for "good reasons," and (iii)
the purchase option held by GSI and the Bain Funds terminates upon the first to
occur of (A) a sale of GSI, or (B) GSI becoming a reporting company under the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934 as a result of the registration of its common
equity securities thereunder and the Bain Funds and their affiliates
collectively ceasing to own at least 50% of the aggregate number of shares of
GSI common stock held by the Bain Funds as of August 17, 1995. In addition, the
Management Agreement also provides for certain transfer restrictions with
respect to the GSI common stock and options to purchase GSI common stock granted
to Mr. Leon thereunder. The terms of the Management Agreement provides for
certain restrictions on Mr. Leon's ability to compete with the Company following
his termination of employment with the Company. The Management Agreement also
provides that Mr. Leon is entitled to receive a payment equal to two years' base
salary upon his termination of employment under certain circumstances prior to
GSI's completing a sale of its equity securities pursuant to a registration
statement filed under the Securities Act of 1933, and there are certain
variations in Mr. Leon's option terms. For additional information, see "- Stock
Options of GSI", "Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and
Management" and "Certain Relationships and Related Transactions -- Certain
Transactions."

         Mr. Yarborough entered into a stock option agreement with GSI as of
October 5, 1995, that provides that (i) the options granted pursuant thereto
vest at a rate of 20% each year for the five years following the date of the
respective stock option agreement, and (ii) the purchase option held by GSI and
Bain does not terminate if the executive remains employed with the Company as of
a certain date, but instead terminates only upon the first to occur of (A) a
sale of GSI, or (B) GSI becoming a reporting company under the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934 as a result of the registration of its common equity
securities thereunder and the Bain Funds and their affiliates collectively
ceasing to own at least 50% of the aggregate number of shares of GSI common
stock held by the Bain Funds as of the date of the stock option agreement.



                                       30
<PAGE>   31

         Mr. Walsh and Mr. Luzzi have each entered into a stock option agreement
(the "Stock Option Agreement") with GSI whereby they received certain stock
options in accordance with the GS Industries, Inc. 1997 Stock Option Plan (the
"Stock Option Plan"). Pursuant to the terms of the Stock Option Agreement and
Stock Option Plan, the options are non-qualified and become exercisable at the
rate of 5% on the last day of each quarter beginning March 31, 1999 for Mr.
Walsh and September 30, 1998 for Mr. Luzzi if the executive is employed by the
Company on such date, subject to the options becoming exercisable at an earlier
date upon the occurrence of certain change of control transactions. The Stock
Option Plan further provides that (i) the shares of GSI common stock issuable
pursuant to the options or issued pursuant thereto (the "Option Stock") are
subject to purchase first, by GSI at its option, and if GSI does not exercise
such option to purchase, then second, by the Bain Funds, at their option, in
each case in the event the executive is no longer employed by the Company. The
purchase price to GSI or the Bain Funds for the executive's Option Stock is
either the original value or the fair market value thereof, depending on whether
the termination was for "cause" or voluntary termination other than for "good
reason", and (ii) the respective purchase options held by GSI and the Bain Funds
terminate upon the first to occur of (A) a sale of GSI, or (B) GSI becoming a
reporting company under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 as a result of the
registration of its common equity securities thereunder and the Bain Funds and
their affiliates collectively ceasing to own at least 50% of the aggregate
number of shares of GSI common stock held by the Bain Funds as of the date of
the Stock Option Agreement. The Stock Option Agreement also provides for certain
transfer restrictions with respect to the Option Stock.

         In accordance with the employment agreements with each of Messrs.
Walsh, Yarborough and Luzzi, in the event their employment is terminated for any
reason other than for cause, Messrs. Walsh, Yarborough and Luzzi will receive
one year's salary and in addition, Mr. Yarborough's benefits will be continued
for one year

         Messrs. Leon, Walsh, Yarborough, Luzzi, and other key executives are
also parties to agreements which provide certain protections upon a change of
control (the "Change of Control Agreements"). Such Change of Control Agreements
are in lieu of other severance agreements and provide for cash compensation and
continuation of fringe benefits for a period of two years following a Qualified
Termination, as defined in such agreements.

PENSION AND RETIREMENT PLANS

         Messrs. Essig, Walsh, Yarborough and Luzzi are participants in the GSI
Employees Pension Plan (the "GSI Pension Plan") and Mr. Essig also participants
in the Non-Qualified Supplemental Retirement Plan of GS Industries, Inc. (the
"GSI SERP"). The GSI SERP is an unfunded obligation of GSI.

         Mr. Leon does not participate in either the GSI Pension Plan or the GSI
SERP but instead participates in the GST non-qualified Supplement Retirement
Plan (the "GST SERP") which provides a retirement benefit equal to 25% of the
participant's average annual compensation (last five years average base
compensation, including bonuses) less any amounts payable under any other
retirement plan maintained by GST. The GST SERP is an unfunded obligation of
GST. Under the GST SERP, Mr. Leon will receive full benefits after attaining age
62 and the completion of five years of service. After completing five years of
service and before attaining



                                       31
<PAGE>   32

age 62, Mr. Leon may elect early retirement starting at age 55. The amount of
such early retirement benefit shall be 25% of Mr. Leon's average annual
compensation multiplied by the ratio of his years of service (and any fractions
thereof) at his early retirement date over the lesser of his years of service at
age 62 or 15 years of service. If benefit payments commence prior to age 62, the
amount payable shall be the actuarial equivalent of the benefit that would be
payable at age 62.

         The annual benefit for Messrs. Essig, Walsh, Yarborough and Luzzi under
the GSI Pension Plan at normal retirement age (age 65) generally is equal to the
sum of (1) one percent of the average of the five consecutive calendar years of
Compensation (as defined below) that produce the highest average (the "Average
Compensation") for each year of benefit service and (2) six-tenths of one
percent of the Average Compensation in excess of the covered compensation (which
is the average Social Security wage base) for each year of benefit service up to
35 years. For purposes of the GSI Pension Plan, "Compensation" consists of all
remuneration paid to the employee for services rendered as reported on Form W-2
plus elective or salary reduction contributions to a cash deferred arrangement
but excluding reimbursements or other expense allowances, fringe benefits,
moving allowances and expenses, amounts designated by GSI as retirement-oriented
non-qualified deferred compensation and welfare benefits. Compensation under the
GSI Pension Plan may not, however, exceed the annual compensation limit imposed
by the Internal Revenue Code (the "Code"), which was $160,000 for 1999. Benefits
under the GSI Pension Plan currently are not offset by Social Security payments
or any other amounts. The maximum annual benefit limit payable under the GSI
Pension Plan for 1999 was $130,000.

         The annual benefit under the GSI SERP at normal retirement age (age 65)
is equal to the sum of: (1) 2.5 percent of the Average Compensation for each
year of benefit service up to 20, less (2) 2.5 percent of the annual primary
Social Security benefit for each year of benefit service up to 20, less (3) the
annual benefit payable under the GSI Pension Plan. The benefit payable to Mr.
Essig under the GSI SERP; however, shall not exceed 75% of his highest annual
base salary. As of December 31, 1999, Mr. Essig had two years of credited
service under each plan. Mr. Essig's combined net annual benefit payable under
these plans at December 31, 1999 would be $466,000.

         Mr. Regelbrugge retired effective December 31, 1999 and under the terms
of his agreement elected to receive a lump sum payment under the GSI SERP in
January 2000 of $1,474,010. Mr. Regelbrugge is also entitled to the continuation
of certain medical benefits from the Company following his retirement.

         Messrs. Luzzi, Walsh and Yarborough participate in the GSI Pension
Plan. At December 31, 1999, Messrs. Luzzi and Yarborough had two and four years
of credited service, respectively. Mr. Walsh had not yet attained any credited
service as of December 31, 1999.

                                       32
<PAGE>   33

         The following table shows the projected annual benefits payable for a
single life annuity as of December 31, 1999 upon normal retirement age of 65
based on different levels of compensation and years of credited service under
the GSI Pension Plan.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                  GSI PENSION PLAN TABLE*
                                                      YEARS OF SERVICE
                  -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
COMPENSATION            5                 10               15               20                25
- ------------      ---------------   ---------------  ---------------  ---------------   ---------------
<C>                      <C>               <C>              <C>              <C>               <C>

$   125,000              $ 9,010           $18,020          $27,030          $36,040           $45,050
    150,000               11,010            22,020           33,030           44,040            55,050
    175,000               11,490            22,980           34,470           45,960            57,450
    200,000               11,490            22,980           34,470           45,960            57,450
    300,000               11,490            22,980           34,470           45,960            57,450
    500,000               11,490            22,980           34,470           45,960            57,450
</TABLE>

*Figures in this table do not reflect amounts payable under the GSI SERP.

         If employment were continued until normal retirement age of 65 at their
1999 rates of pay, Messrs. Luzzi, Walsh and Yarborough would receive yearly
pensions of $41,500, $43,300 and $43,600 respectively, under the GSI Pension
Plan.

         The following table shows the projected annual benefits payable for Mr.
Leon under the GST SERP for a single life annuity as of December 31, 1999 upon
retirement at the normal retirement age of 62 based on different levels of
average annual compensation. As of December 31, 1999, Mr. Leon had 5 years of
credited service under the GST SERP.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                               GST SERP RETIREMENT TABLE
                                                   YEARS OF SERVICE
                 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
COMPENSATION           5                10                15               20               25
- ------------     ---------------  ----------------  ----------------  --------------  ----------------
<S>                   <C>               <C>               <C>             <C>               <C>

    $125,000          $31,250           $31,250           $31,250         $31,250           $31,250
     150,000           37,500            37,500            37,500          37,500            37,500
     175,000           43,750            43,750            43,750          43,750            43,750
     200,000           50,000            50,000            50,000          50,000            50,000
     300,000           75,000            75,000            75,000          75,000            75,000
     400,000          100,000           100,000           100,000         100,000           100,000
     500,000          125,000           125,000           125,000         125,000           125,000
</TABLE>

         If employment were continued until normal retirement age of 62 at his
1999 rate of compensation, Mr. Leon would receive a yearly pension of $94,000
under the GST SERP.

         Mr. Leon also participates in the GS Technologies, Inc. Retirement and
Savings Plan. This plan has two components, a defined contribution profit
sharing component under Section 401(a) of the Code and a cash or deferred
arrangement that qualifies under Section 401(k) of the Code. Annual
contributions for profit sharing are made at the rate of 2% of a participants'
compensation to a maximum compensation level in 1999 of $160,000. The Company's
contribution in 1999 for Mr. Leon under this plan was $3,200. The Section 401(k)
portion of the



                                       33
<PAGE>   34

plan allows for a tax-deferred contribution by the executive up to the maximum
allowed by the Code ($10,000 in 1999). The executive may also make after-tax
voluntary contributions. The Company will make a matching contribution in an
amount equal to fifty percent of the contributions of the executive up to a
maximum of 3% of the executive's base compensation, excluding bonuses and
limited to $160,000 in 1999. The amount contributed on behalf of Mr. Leon in
1999 was $4,800.

COMPENSATION COMMITTEE INTERLOCKS AND INSIDER PARTICIPATION

         During 1999, compensation decisions for executive officers and
directors of GST and GSTOC were made by GSI's Compensation Committee which
consisted of Messrs. Regelbrugge, O'Malley, Abdullah Al-Gabandi and James E.
Haas.  There were no fees paid to the directors of GST or GSTOC during 1999.

         No executive officer employed by the Company serves or served on the
compensation committee of another entity during 1999 and, except as described
below, no executive officer of the Company serves or served as a director of
another entity who has or had an executive officer serving on the Board of
Directors of the Company.

         Mr. Edgerley is a managing director of Bain Capital, Inc. which is the
management company for certain of the Bain Funds. Mr. Edgerley is also a limited
partner of Bain Capital Partners IV, L.P., the general partner of certain of the
Bain Funds. Bain Capital, Inc. received certain fees from the Company in 1995,
1996, 1997, 1998 and 1999 and, it is expected, will continue to receive such
fees from GSI in 2000. See "Certain Relationships and Related Transactions".

ITEM 12: SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT

         All of the outstanding common stock of GSTOC is owned by GST and all of
the outstanding common stock of GST is owned by GSI. The table below sets forth
certain information regarding ownership of GSI's common stock (and thereby
proportionate beneficial ownership of GST and GSTOC) as of March 30, 2000 by (i)
each person or entity who beneficially owns five percent or more of the GSI
common stock, (ii) each director of GST and GSTOC, (iii) each executive officer
of GST and GSTOC included in the Summary Compensation Table above, and (iv) all
current directors and executive officers of GST and GSTOC as a group. Except as
otherwise indicated below, each of the persons named in the table has sole
voting and investment power with respect to the securities beneficially owned by
it or him as set forth opposite its or his name. There is no established public
trading market for the GSI common stock.


                                       34
<PAGE>   35

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                      NUMBER OF                 PERCENTAGE
                                                      SHARES OF                 OF SHARES OF
  NAME AND ADDRESS                                    COMMON STOCK              COMMON STOCK
  ----------------                                    ------------              ------------
<S>                                                    <C>                           <C>

  PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS:

  Bain Funds (1)                                       11,741,917.93                 57.67%
  c/o Bain Capital, Inc.
  Two Copley Place
  Boston, Massachusetts 02116

  General Electric Capital Corporation ("GECC")         3,986,692.90                 19.58%
  190 South LaSalle Street
  Suite 2740
  Chicago, Illinois 60603

  Leggett & Platt, Incorporated                         1,993,346.45                  9.79%
  No. 1 Leggett Road
  Carthage, Missouri 64836

  Robert A. Cushman (3)                                 1,366,488.00                  6.71%
  64 Yorkshire Drive
  Wexford Plantation
  Hilton Head Island, SC 29928

  DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS:

  Mark G. Essig (2)                                       202,500.00                     *
  Roger R. Regelbrugge (2)                                350,000.00                  1.69%
  Luis E. Leon (2)                                        181,555.00                     *
  James F. Walsh (2)                                       25,000.00                     *
  David M. Yarborough (2)                                  97,200.00                     *
  Richard D. Luzzi (2)                                     31,500.00                     *
  Paul B. Edgerley (1)                                 11,741,917.93                 57.67%
  John J. O'Malley (1)                                     66,666.67                     *

  All current directors and executive
    officers as a group (16 persons) (1) (2)           13,346,353.54                 61.53%
</TABLE>

- -------------------

* Less than 1%


                                       35
<PAGE>   36

(1)      Includes 5,132,861.12 shares of common stock held by Bain Capital Fund
         IV, L.P. ("Bain IV"), 5,874,068.04 shares of common stock held by Bain
         Capital Fund IV-B, L.P. ("Bain IV-B"), 468,835.44 shares of common
         stock held by BCIP Associates ("BCIP"), and 266,153.33 shares of common
         stock held by BCIP Trust Associates, L.P. ("BCIP Trust" and,
         collectively with Bain IV, Bain IV-B and BCIP, the "Bain Funds"). Mr.
         Edgerley is a director and executive officer of GSI and Mr. O'Malley is
         a director of GSI. Mr. Edgerley is a managing director of Bain Capital
         Investors, Inc., which is the general partner of Bain Capital Partners
         IV, L.P., which is the general partner of Bain Capital Fund IV, L.P.
         and Bain Capital Fund IV-B, L.P. Mr. Edgerley is a limited partner of
         Bain Capital Partners IV, L.P. Accordingly, Mr. Edgerley may be deemed
         to beneficially own shares owned by the Bain Funds, although Mr.
         Edgerley disclaims beneficial ownership of any such shares. Mr.
         O'Malley is a former Executive Vice President of Bain Capital.

(2)      Includes the following shares of common stock that may be acquired by
         the person(s) indicated upon the exercise of outstanding stock options
         that are either currently exercisable or will become exercisable on or
         before March 31, 2000:

                  Mark G. Essig                202,500
                  Roger R. Regelbrugge         350,000
                  Luis E. Leon                 176,000
                  James F. Walsh                25,000
                  David M. Yarborough           97,200
                  Richard D. Luzzi              31,500

(3)      Includes 93,750 shares held by the Cushman Trust, 18,750 shares held by
         Kathleen Cushman Slack, 18,750 shares by Richard Cushman, and 18,750
         shares held by Halina Creveling McCoy.

         See "Certain Relationship and Related Transactions - Description of
Indebtedness - Note Guarantees" for a description of the pledge of all
outstanding shares of common stock of GSTOC to secure the 12% Note Guarantee (as
defined).

ITEM 13: CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS

CERTAIN TRANSACTIONS

         GSI, GST and GSTOC have entered into a Management Services Agreement
pursuant to which GSI provides certain consolidated administrative services to
GST and GSTOC, is reimbursed for its actual out-of-pocket expenses and is
entitled to receive an annual fee. In addition, GSI, GST and GSTOC have entered
into a Tax Sharing Agreement providing for the allocation of tax obligations
among GSI's consolidated group.

         In connection with the Georgetown acquisition, GSI, GECC, Leggett &
Platt, the Bain Funds, Mr. O'Malley, the GOK, which was then Georgetown's sole
stockholder, and certain other stockholders of GSI entered into the Stockholders
Agreement. The parties to the Stockholders Agreement have agreed to vote their
GSI common stock and to take all other necessary actions (i) to allow the GOK to
select two representatives to the Board of Directors of GSI, so long as the
Seller Securities are outstanding, and (ii) to allow the holders of a majority
of the shares held by the Bain Funds to select the remaining representatives to
the Board of Directors, so long as the Bain Funds and certain other persons own
at least 60% of the GSI common stock which they purchased in 1995. GECC and
Leggett & Platt may not sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of any GSI common
stock without the prior written consent of the Bain



                                       36
<PAGE>   37

Funds, except pursuant to certain participation rights, transfers among
affiliates, a public sale or a sale of GSI. The holders of GSI common stock also
have the right to participate in transfers of GSI common stock by the Bain Funds
and certain other persons or GECC (other than to affiliates of each). The Bain
Funds have a first offer right with respect to the transfer of GSI common stock
by GECC. Such restrictions on transfer, participation rights and first offer
rights terminate upon the earlier of the date on which such shares are
transferred in a public sale, the consummation of a sale of GSI or the
consummation of a public offering. The Stockholders Agreement grants to the
parties thereto preemptive rights to purchase securities issued or sold by GSI.
Such preemptive rights terminate upon the effectiveness of a registration
statement filed by GSI with the Securities and Exchange Commission with respect
to an offering of GSI common stock to the public. The Bain Funds, GECC, Leggett
& Platt and certain other stockholders of GSI have also agreed that, so long as
the Seller Securities are outstanding, they will not transfer any of the shares
of GSI common stock, except for certain permitted transfers.

         GSI, Leggett & Platt, GECC, the Bain Funds, the GOK, Messrs. O'Malley,
Leon, certain members of GSI management, and certain other stockholders of GSI
entered into a Registration Rights Agreement (the "Registration Agreement").
Under the Registration Agreement, the holders of a majority of GSI common stock
held by the Bain Funds may at any time request registration under the 1933 Act
of all or part of such GSI common stock. Subject to certain conditions, the Bain
Funds may request three long-form registrations at GSI's expense, and any number
of short-form registrations at GSI's expense. If the GSI common stock is
publicly traded on any national securities exchange or quoted on the NASDAQ
System, subject to certain conditions, the holders of a majority of the GSI
common stock issued to GECC may request one long-form registration at GSI's
expense. Whenever GSI proposes to register any of its securities under the 1933
Act (other than pursuant to a registration requested pursuant to the
Registration Agreement), the holders of GSI common stock issued to the parties
to the Registration Agreement may require GSI, subject to certain limitations,
to include all or any portion of their GSI common stock in such registration at
GSI's expense.

         The Company's Kansas City operations and Leggett & Platt are parties to
a rod supply agreement pursuant to which Leggett & Platt has agreed to purchase
from the Kansas City mini-mill a minimum amount of its annual wire rod
requirements and the Kansas City mini-mill has agreed to supply up to a certain
annual amount of wire rod. The agreement terminates on December 31, 2005.
Leggett & Platt purchased $87.7 million of wire rod in 1999 representing 13% of
the Company's total net sales.

         Bain Capital, Inc., the management company for certain of the Bain
Funds, received from the Company an annual fee in 1999 for professional services
rendered in the aggregate amount of $900,000. Bain Capital, Inc. is expected to
continue to receive annual fees and expenses from the Company for professional
services performed on an annual basis. Professional services rendered by Bain
Capital, Inc. include management consulting, advisory services and support,
negotiation and analysis of financing alternatives, acquisitions and
dispositions and other services agreed upon by the Company and Bain Capital,
Inc. The fees received for the professional services rendered are believed to be
at least as favorable to the Company as those which could be negotiated with an
unaffiliated third party.


                                       37
<PAGE>   38

DESCRIPTION OF INDEBTEDNESS

         CREDIT FACILITIES

         The Credit Facilities in effect during 1999 consisted of: (i) the
Revolving Credit Facility of up to $120 million established by GSTOC and its
subsidiaries and secured by accounts receivable, inventory and other current
assets and (ii) a $50 million Term Loan Facility established by GSTOC and its
subsidiaries and secured by the property, plant and equipment and other
noncurrent assets of GSTOC and its subsidiaries (the "Credit Facilities")

         The Revolving Credit Facility was scheduled to mature on September 30,
2001. As of December 31, 1999, the Borrowing Base was $108.3 million.
Outstanding borrowings under the Revolving Credit Facility bore interest at
varying margins over the Base Rate or at varying margins over the London
Interbank Offered Rate ("LIBOR"). Outstanding borrowings under the Term Loan
Facility bore interest at fixed margins over either (i) the Base Rate or (ii)
LIBOR.

         MEI FACILITIES

         In addition to the above Credit Facilities, MEI was party to a credit
agreement during 1999 that provided an unsecured revolving credit facility (the
"MEI Revolver") and an unsecured term loan facility (the "MEI Term Loan" and
collectively with the MEI Revolver, the "MEI Facilities"). The MEI Revolver had
a maximum availability of $9 million and was scheduled to mature on June 30,
2002. The MEI Revolver bore interest at varying margins over LIBOR, the domestic
CD rate or at the Reference Rate, (as defined in the agreements). The MEI Term
Loan was for $8 million and was scheduled to mature on December 31, 2003. The
MEI Term Loan bore interest at varying margins over LIBOR, the domestic CD rate
or at the Reference Rate. The MEI Facilities contained a negative pledge on all
MEI assets.

         NEW CREDIT FACILITIES

         On March 13, 2000, GSTOC and its subsidiaries (including MEI) entered
into new credit facilities with an unaffiliated financial institution (the "New
Credit Facilities"), the proceeds of which were used to prepay the outstanding
balances of the Credit Facilities and the MEI Facilities. The New Credit
Facilities consist of: (i) a revolving credit facility of up to $120 million,
including a $25 million subfacility for the issuance of letters of credit,
secured by accounts receivable and inventory (the "New Revolving Credit
Facility") and (ii) a $10 million term loan facility secured by property, plant
and equipment and other noncurrent assets as permitted under the 12-1/4% Note
and 12% Note (each as defined below) (the "New Term Loan Facility"). GSTOC
expects to replace the New Term Loan Facility with a new five year $50 million
term loan facility currently in process which is expected to close in the second
quarter of 2000.

         The New Revolving Credit Facility will mature on March 10, 2005. As of
March 13, 2000, the Borrowing Base under the New Revolving Credit Facility was
$83.1 million. Outstanding borrowings under the New Revolving Credit Facility
and the New Term Loan Facility bear interest at varying margins over the Prime
Rate (as defined) or the Eurodollar Rate (as defined).


                                       38
<PAGE>   39

         THE SENIOR NOTES

         GSTOC has issued $125 million of 12-1/4% Senior Notes due 2005 under an
Indenture dated as of October 5, 1995 (the "12-1/4% Note Indenture") between
GSTOC, GST and State Street Bank and Trust Company, as successor trustee (the
"Trustee"). GSTOC has also issued $125 million of 12% Senior Notes due 2004
under an Indenture dated as of August 30, 1994 (as amended to date, the "12%
Note Indenture") between GSTOC, GST and the Trustee. The 12-1/4% Notes and the
12% Notes are herein referred to collectively as the "Notes".

         During 1999, GSTOC purchased in the open market $1.0 million of the 12
1/4% Senior Notes. In addition, GSI purchased in the open market $2.0 million of
the 12 1/4% Senior Notes and subsequently contributed the purchased notes to
GST. Therefore, as of December 31, 1999, the amount of outstanding principal on
the 12 1/4% Senior Notes was $122 million.

         TERMS OF THE 12 1/4% NOTes. The 12-1/4% Notes are general, unsecured
obligations of GSTOC, limited to $125 million aggregate principal amount.
Payment of the 12-1/4% Notes is fully and unconditionally guaranteed by a
guarantee of GST (the "12-1/4% Note Guarantee"). The 12-1/4% Notes bear interest
at a rate equal to 12-1/4% per annum from October 5, 1995 or from the most
recent Interest Payment Date to which interest has been paid or provided for,
payable semi-annually on April 1 and October 1 of each year, commencing April 1,
1996. The 12-1/4% Notes rank pari passu with all existing and future unsecured
and unsubordinated indebtedness of GSTOC, including the 12% Notes.

         OPTIONAL REDEMPTION. The 12 1/4% Notes are not redeemable prior to
October 1, 2000. On or after such date, the 12-1/4% Notes will be subject to
redemption, at the option of GSTOC, in whole or in part, at any time prior to
maturity, at the following Redemption Prices (expressed as percentages of the
principal amount) plus accrued interest up to but excluding the Redemption Date,
if redeemed during the twelve-month period beginning October 1 of the years
indicated:

         YEAR                                        REDEMPTION PRICE
         ----                                        ----------------

         2000................................................106.125%
         2001................................................104.083
         2002................................................102.042
         2003 and thereafter ................................100.000

         TERMS OF THE 12% NOTES. The 12% Notes are general, unsecured (as to
GSTOC) obligations of GSTOC, limited to $125 million aggregate principal amount.
Payment of the 12% Notes is fully and unconditionally guaranteed by a guarantee
of GST (the "12% Note Guarantee" and collectively with the 12-1/4% Note
Guarantee, the "Note Guarantees"). The 12% Notes bear interest at a rate equal
to 12% per annum from August 30, 1994 or from the most recent Interest Payment
Date to which interest has been paid or provided for, payable semi-annually on
March 1 and September 1 of each year, commencing March 1, 1995. The 12% Notes
will mature on September 1, 2004 and rank pari passu with all existing and
future unsecured and unsubordinated indebtedness of GSTOC, including the 12-1/4%
Notes.


                                       39
<PAGE>   40

OPTIONAL REDEMPTION. The 12% Notes are subject to redemption, at the option of
GSTOC, in whole or in part, at any time prior to maturity at the following
Redemption Prices (expressed as percentages of principal amount) plus accrued
interest up to but excluding the Redemption Date, if redeemed during the
twelve-month period beginning September 1 of the years indicated:

         YEAR                                     REDEMPTION PRICE
         ----                                     ----------------

         2000.................................................104%
         2001.................................................102
         2002 and thereafter .................................100

         CERTAIN COVENANTS. The 12-1/4% Note Indenture and the 12% Note
Indenture contain certain customary covenants and defined events of default.

         NOTE GUARANTEES

         The 12-1/4% Note Guarantee and the 12% Note Guarantee by GST constitute
the unconditional guarantee to each holder of a 12-1/4% Note and 12% Note,
respectively, of the payment of the principal (and premium, if any) and interest
on such Note when and as due and payable, whether at the stated maturity, by
acceleration, call for redemption, purchase or otherwise. In the case of failure
of GSTOC to make any such payment, GST will cause such payment to be made. There
can be no assurance that GST will be able to make such payment.


                                       40
<PAGE>   41

                                     PART IV

ITEM 14: EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES, AND REPORTS ON FORM 8-K

         The exhibits and other documents filed as a part of this Annual Report
on Form 10-K, including those exhibits which are incorporated by reference
herein, are:

(a)(1)   FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The following financial statements are filed as part of this report:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                          PAGE
                                                                                                          ----
<S>                                                                                                        <C>
Report of Independent Accountants .........................................................................F-1

Consolidated Statements of Earnings for the Years Ended
December 31, 1999, 1998 and 1997...........................................................................F-2

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 1999
and 1998...................................................................................................F-3

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended
December 31 1999, 1998 and 1997............................................................................F-4

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholder's Equity for
the Years Ended December 31, 1999, 1998 and 1997...........................................................F-5

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for the Years Ended
December 31, 1999, 1998 and 1997...........................................................................F-6

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.................................................................F-7
</TABLE>

(a)(2)   FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

The following consolidated financial statement schedules of the Company are
included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                          PAGE
                                                                                                          ----
<S>                                                                                                        <C>
Report of Independent Accountants..........................................................................S-1

Schedule I Condensed Financial Information of the Parent Company...........................................S-2

Schedule II Valuation and Qualifying Accounts..............................................................S-6
</TABLE>


                                       41
<PAGE>   42

(a)(3)   EXHIBITS

         Exhibits required in connection with this Annual Report on Form 10-K
are listed below. Certain of such exhibits, which have heretofore been filed
with the Commission and which are designated by reference to their exhibit
numbers in prior filings, are incorporated herein as exhibits by such reference
and made a part hereof.

(b) No reports on Form 8-K were filed during the year ended December 31, 1999.

EXHIBIT NO.       DESCRIPTION
- -----------       -----------

     3.1          Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of GST, as
                  amended (1)

     3.2          By-laws of GST (1)

     3.3          Amendment to By-laws of GST dated April 1, 1996 (1)

     3.4          Certificate of Incorporation of GSTOC (1)

     3.5          By-laws of GSTOC (4)

     3.6          Amendment to By-laws of GSTOC dated April 1, 1996 (1)

     4.1          Indenture between GSTOC, GST and State Street Bank and Trust
                  Company, as successor trustee, relating to the 12% Notes
                  (including the form of 12% Note) (4)

     4.2          Form of Pledge Agreement between GSTOC, GST and State Street
                  Bank and Trust Company, as successor Collateral Trustee,
                  relating to the 12% Notes (1)

     4.3          First Supplemental Indenture dated October 5, 1995 among
                  GSTOC, GST State Street Bank and Trust Company, as successor
                  trustee, as Trustee, relating to the 12% Notes (3)

     4.4          Second Supplemental Indenture dated August 15, 1996 among
                  GSTOC, GST and State Street Bank and Trust Company, as
                  successor trustee, relating to the 12% Notes (7)

     4.5          Indenture between GSTOC, GST and State Street Bank and Trust
                  Company, as successor trustee, relating to the 12 1/4% Notes
                  (including the form of 12 1/4% Note) (3)

     4.6          Loan Agreement dated October 5, 1995 among GSTOC, GECC and the
                  Lenders named therein (3)

     4.7          Amendment No. 1, dated July 8, 1996, to Loan Agreement dated
                  October 5, 1995 among GSTOC, GECC and the Lenders named
                  therein (7)



                                       42
<PAGE>   43

     4.8          Amendment No. 2, dated December 20, 1996, to Loan Agreement
                  dated October 5, 1995 among GSTOC, GECC and the Lenders named
                  therein (7)

     10.1         Second Amended and Restated Stockholders Agreement dated as of
                  October 5, 1995 by and among GSI, GECC, Leggett & Platt and
                  each of the Persons listed on Schedule I attached thereto (4)

     10.2         Second Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement
                  dated as of October 5, 1995 by and among GSI, Leggett & Platt,
                  GECC and the Persons listed on Schedule A and Schedule B
                  attached thereto (4)

     10.3         GS Technologies Non-Qualified Deferred Compensation Plan dated
                  November 11, 1993 (1)

     10.4         GS Technologies Pension Plan (1)

     10.5         GS Technologies Retirement and Savings Plan (1)

     10.6         Rod Supply Agreement dated November 12, 1993, as amended on
                  August 2, 1994, between GST and Leggett & Platt (confidential
                  treatment has been requested for certain portions of this
                  agreement) (1)

     10.7         Form of Stock Option Agreement (1)

     10.8         Form of GS Technologies Excess Retirement Plan (1)

     10.9         Form of GS Technologies Supplemental Retirement Plan (1)

     10.10        Partnership Agreement relating to MolyCop Canada (1)

     10.11        Form of Amended and Restated Management Agreement dated as of
                  August 17, 1995 among GSI, GST and Messrs. Leon and Concha (4)

     10.12        Transfer Restriction Agreement dated as of October 5, 1995 by
                  and among GSI and stockholders thereof (4)

     10.13        Investor Stock Purchase Agreement dated as of October 5, 1995
                  among GSI, GSTOC, Bain Funds, GECC, Leggett & Platt, Randolph
                  Street Partners and James Haas (4)

     10.14        Executive Stock Purchase Agreement dated as of October 5, 1995
                  among GSI, GST and the Persons named on the schedule attached
                  thereto (4)

     10.15        Executive Stock Purchase Agreement dated as of October 5, 1995
                  among GSI, GST and Messrs. Wieland, Leon, Burnsworth and
                  Shelley (4)

     10.16        Amended and Restated Employment Agreement dated October 5,
                  1995 between GSI and Roger R. Regelbrugge (4)

     10.17        Stock Option Agreement dated October 5, 1995 between GSI and
                  Roger R. Regelbrugge (4)

     10.18        Agreement dated January 19, 1994 between Georgetown and Roger
                  R. Regelbrugge (4)



                                       43
<PAGE>   44

     10.19        Amended and Restated Pension Plan and Trust of Georgetown
                  dated as of May 1, 1993, as amended through October 5, 1995
                  (4)

     10.20        Management Services Agreement dated as of October 5, 1995
                  among GSI, GST, GSTOC and certain subsidiaries named therein
                  (3)

     10.21        Amended and Restated Management Services Agreement dated as of
                  August 14, 1996 among GSI, GST and GSTOC and certain
                  subsidiaries named therein (7)

     10.22        Tax Sharing Agreement dated as of October 5, 1995 among GSI,
                  GST, GSTOC and certain subsidiaries named therein (3)

     10.23        Amendment dated April 28, 1997 to Employment Agreement date of
                  October 5, 1995 between GSI and Roger R. Regelbrugge (6)

     10.24        Amendment dated July 31, 1997 to Stock Option Agreement dated
                  October 5, 1995 between GSI and Roger R. Regelbrugge (6)

     10.25        1997 Stock Option Plan (8)

     10.26        Essig Employment Agreement dated December 11, 1997 (8)

     10.27        Essig Stock Option Agreement dated December 11, 1997 (8)

     10.28        Form of Change of Control Agreement between GSI and each of
                  Messrs. Essig, Yarborough and Leon dated December 11, 1997,
                  Mr. Walsh dated March 25, 1999 and Mr. Luzzi dated June 29,
                  1999.(8)

     10.29        Amendment No. 3, dated March 18, 1997, to Loan Agreement dated
                  October 5, 1995 among GSTOC, GECC and the Lenders named
                  therein(9)

     10.30        Amendment No. 4, dated as of December 1, 1997, to Loan
                  Agreement dated October 5, 1995 among GSTOC, GECC and the
                  Lenders named therein(9)

     10.31        Amendment No. 5, dated September 30, 1998, to Loan Agreement
                  dated October 5, 1995 among GSTOC, GECC, and the Lenders named
                  therein(9)

     10.32        Credit Agreement dated as of March 13, 2000 among GSTOC,
                  Georgetown, ME International, Inc. and ME West Castings, Inc.,
                  the financial institutions party thereto, as Lenders, and CIT
                  Group, as agent.

     10.33        GST Guaranty dated March 13, 2000

     21.1         List of  Subsidiaries of GST and GSTOC

     27.1         Financial Data Schedule

- --------------


                                       44
<PAGE>   45

(1)      Incorporated by reference to the Registrant's Registration Statement on
         Form S-1 (File No. 33-80618).

(2)      Incorporated by reference to the Registrant's Registration Statement on
         Form S-1 (File No. 33-95278).

(3)      Incorporated by reference to the Registrant's Quarterly Report on Form
         10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 1995 (File No. 33-80618).

(4)      Incorporated by reference to the Registrant's Annual Report on Form
         10-K for the year ended December 31, 1995 (File No. 33-80618).

(5)      Incorporated by reference to the Registrant's Quarterly Report on Form
         10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 1997 (File No. 33-80618).

(6)      Incorporated by reference to the Registrant's Quarterly Report on Form
         10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 1997 (File No. 33-80618).

(7)      Incorporated by reference to the Registrant's Annual Report on Form
         10-K for year ended December 31, 1996 (File No. 33-80618).

(8)      Incorporated by reference to the Registrant's Annual Report on Form
         10-K for year ended December 31, 1997 (File No. 33-80618).

(9)      Incorporated by reference to the Registrant's Annual Report on Form
         10-K for the year ended December 31, 1998 (File No. 33-80618).


                                       45
<PAGE>   46

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                      Page
                                                                                                      ----
<S>                                                                                                    <C>
         Report of Independent Accountants.............................................................F-1

         Consolidated Statements of Earnings for the Years Ended
         December 31, 1999, 1998 and 1997..............................................................F-2

         Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 1999
         and 1998......................................................................................F-3


         Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31,
         1999, 1998 and 1997...........................................................................F-4

         Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholder's Equity
         for the Years Ended December 31, 1999, 1998 and 1997..........................................F-5

         Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for the Years
         Ended December 31, 1999, 1998 and 1997........................................................F-6

         Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements....................................................F-7
</TABLE>


INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                      Page
                                                                                                      ----
<S>                                                                                                    <C>
         Report of Independent Accountants.............................................................S-1

         Schedule I Condensed Financial Information of the Parent Company..............................S-2

         Schedule II Valuation and Qualifying Accounts.................................................S-6
</TABLE>



                                       46
<PAGE>   47


                        REPORT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS


To The Board of Directors and
  Shareholder of GS Technologies Corporation

In our opinion, the accompanying consolidated balance sheets and the related
consolidated statements of earnings, of comprehensive income, of changes in
shareholder's equity and of cash flows present fairly, in all material respects,
the financial position of GS Technologies Corporation and its subsidiaries at
December 31, 1999 and 1998, and the results of their operations and their cash
flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 1999, in
conformity with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States.
These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management;
our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based
on our audits. We conducted our audits of these statements in accordance with
generally accepted auditing standards in the United States, which require that
we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the
financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes
examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in
the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and
significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial
statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis
for the opinion expressed above.




PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP



Charlotte, North Carolina
February 18, 2000 except for
Note 19 for which the date is
March 13, 2000




                                      F-1
<PAGE>   48

                           GS TECHNOLOGIES CORPORATION

                       CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF EARNINGS
                             (Dollars in thousands)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                       Years Ended December 31,
                                                              -----------------------------------------

                                                                 1999            1998            1997
                                                              ---------       ---------       ---------
<S>                                                           <C>             <C>             <C>
Net sales                                                     $ 588,578       $ 641,170       $ 629,927
Net sales - related party (Note 15)                              87,664          97,233          83,239
                                                              ---------       ---------       ---------
                                                                676,242         738,403         713,166
                                                              ---------       ---------       ---------
Operating costs and expenses:
   Cost of products sold                                        599,277         671,225         613,552
   Selling, general and administrative expenses                  39,882          35,764          35,896
   Depreciation and amortization                                 27,440          26,497          25,771
                                                              ---------       ---------       ---------
                                                                666,599         733,486         675,219
                                                              ---------       ---------       ---------

Operating income                                                  9,643           4,917          37,947

Other income (expense):
   Interest income                                                  470             610             976
   Interest expense                                             (38,673)        (38,820)        (38,852)
   Equity in income (loss) of joint ventures (Note 6)           (22,727)         (1,815)          6,195
   Fees from joint ventures (Note 6)                              2,700           3,541           2,743
   Other, net (Note 3)                                            1,613           7,123             909
                                                              ---------       ---------       ---------
                                                                (56,617)        (29,361)        (28,029)
Earnings (loss) from continuing operations before income
taxes                                                           (46,974)        (24,444)          9,918

Income tax provision (Notes 2 and 12)                            (6,051)         (1,190)         (5,134)
                                                              ---------       ---------       ---------


Earnings (loss) from continuing operations                      (53,025)        (25,634)          4,784

Discontinued operations (Note 3):
   Income from operations, net of taxes                             440             283           3,065
   Loss on disposal, net of taxes                                    --              --         (23,965)
                                                              ---------       ---------       ---------


Net loss                                                      $ (52,585)      $ (25,351)      $ (16,116)
                                                              =========       =========       =========
</TABLE>


       The accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements are an
                       integral part of these statements.


                                      F-2
<PAGE>   49

                           GS TECHNOLOGIES CORPORATION

                           CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

                             (Dollars in thousands)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                          December 31,    December 31,
                                                                              1999            1998
                                                                           ---------       ---------
<S>                                                                        <C>             <C>
ASSETS
Current assets:
   Cash and cash equivalents                                               $   3,937       $  10,664
   Receivables, net of allowance of $1,740 in 1999 and $1,893 in 1998         86,924          74,432
   Receivables from related parties (Note 6 and 15)                            6,301           5,939
                                                                           ---------       ---------
     Total receivables                                                        93,225          80,371
                                                                           ---------       ---------
   Inventories (Note 4)                                                      111,181         119,560
   Prepaid expenses and other current assets                                   7,343           6,621
   Taxes recoverable from parent (Note 12)                                        --           9,297
   Income taxes receivable (Note 12)                                              --           3,474
   Deferred income taxes (Note 12)                                             5,691           6,422
                                                                           ---------       ---------
     Total current assets                                                    221,377         236,409

Investments in joint ventures (Note 6)                                        14,919          38,590
Property, plant and equipment, net (Note 7)                                  234,168         240,000
Net acquisition premium (Note 2)                                              40,652          41,792
Net assets of discontinued operations (Note 3)                                53,473          59,616
Other assets (Note 2)                                                         14,094          19,879
                                                                           ---------       ---------
     Total assets                                                          $ 578,683       $ 636,286
                                                                           =========       =========

LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDER'S EQUITY
Current liabilities:
   Notes payable (Note 10)                                                 $   5,882       $   8,568
   Current portion of long-term debt (Note 10)                                 1,034             518
   Payables and accrued liabilities (Note 8)                                 132,953         127,813
   Income taxes payable (Notes 2 and 12)                                       2,859              --
   Payables to related parties (Note 6)                                        4,706           8,161
                                                                           ---------       ---------
     Total current liabilities                                               147,434         145,060

Long-term debt (Note 10)                                                     342,568         336,241
Loans from parent (Note 15)                                                       --           4,900
Post retirement benefit obligations other than pensions (Note 11)             29,995          28,231
Deferred income taxes (Note 12)                                               14,427          20,999
Other long-term liabilities                                                   22,649          31,959
Commitments and contingencies (Note 16)
                                                                           ---------       ---------
     Total liabilities                                                       557,073         567,390
                                                                           ---------       ---------

Shareholder's equity (Note 14):
   Common stock, $.01 par value, 1,000 shares authorized, 100 shares
      issued and outstanding at December 31, 1999 and 1998                         1               1
   Additional paid in capital                                                139,072         132,716
   Accumulated deficit                                                      (111,781)        (59,196)
   Accumulated other comprehensive loss                                       (5,682)         (4,625)
                                                                           ---------       ---------
     Total shareholder's equity                                               21,610          68,896
                                                                           ---------       ---------
     Total liabilities and shareholder's equity                            $ 578,683       $ 636,286
                                                                           =========       =========
</TABLE>


       The accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements are an
                       integral part of these statements.


                                      F-3
<PAGE>   50

                           GS TECHNOLOGIES CORPORATION

                      CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
                             (Dollars in thousands)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                       Years Ended December 31,
                                                              -----------------------------------------

                                                                 1999            1998            1997
                                                              ---------       ---------       ---------
<S>                                                           <C>             <C>             <C>
OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
Net (loss)                                                    $ (52,585)      $ (25,351)      $ (16,116)
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to
   net cash provided by operating activities:
    Depreciation and amortization                                27,440          26,497          25,771
    (Gain) loss on divestitures                                      --          (6,320)         23,965
    Gain on repurchase of long term debt (Note 15)               (1,460)             --              --
    Deferred income taxes                                        (4,326)          8,052          (9,321)
    Equity in (income) loss of joint ventures                    22,727           1,815          (6,195)
    Dividends from joint ventures                                   782           6,526           3,640
    Post retirement benefit obligations accrued in
       excess of cash paid                                        1,764           1,383           1,055
    Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
       Receivables                                              (11,869)         14,620          10,480
       Inventories                                                6,662           4,394          (7,236)
       Payables and accrued liabilities                           3,957          (2,150)         (7,319)
       Income taxes                                               6,426         (14,130)          7,638
       Income taxes recoverable from parent                       9,297          (9,297)             --
       Other                                                     (2,812)          8,984           1,910
                                                              ---------       ---------       ---------
    Net cash provided by operating activities of
      continuing operations                                       6,003          15,023          28,272
    Operating cash flow from discontinued operations              8,484           6,803         (11,430)
                                                              ---------       ---------       ---------
      Net cash provided by operating activities                  14,487          21,826          16,842
                                                              ---------       ---------       ---------

INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
    Capital expenditures                                        (21,899)        (21,643)        (21,909)
    Proceeds from divestitures                                       --          11,423          55,998
    Investment in joint ventures                                 (3,750)         (6,538)         (9,049)
                                                              ---------       ---------       ---------
    Net cash provided by (used in) investing
        activities of continuing operations                     (25,649)        (16,758)         25,040
    Investing cash flow from discontinued operations             (2,342)           (437)         (3,203)
                                                              ---------       ---------       ---------
     Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities        (27,991)        (17,195)         21,837
                                                              ---------       ---------       ---------

FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
    Borrowings under revolving credit facility                  186,483         218,245         200,339
    Repayments on revolving credit facility                    (176,092)       (216,374)       (234,994)
    Repayments of long-term debt                                 (2,040)           (500)           (500)
    Payments on notes payable, net                               (2,243)         (2,327)         (4,923)
    Borrowings from parent                                           --           4,900              --
    Contribution from parent                                      1,456             550              --
                                                              ---------       ---------       ---------
      Net cash provided by (used in) financing
        activities                                                7,564           4,494         (40,078)
                                                              ---------       ---------       ---------

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash                            (787)         (1,823)         (2,986)
                                                              ---------       ---------       ---------
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents             (6,727)          7,302          (4,385)

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS:
    Beginning of period                                          10,664           3,362           7,747
                                                              ---------       ---------       ---------
    End of period                                             $   3,937       $  10,664       $   3,362
                                                              =========       =========       =========

SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION
    Cash paid during the period for interest                  $  39,018       $  40,111       $  39,057
    Cash paid during the period for taxes                     $   6,332       $   4,335       $   6,613
    Non-cash financing activities:
       Contribution of note payable from parent               $   4,900       $      --       $      --
</TABLE>


       The accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements are an
                       integral part of these statements.


                                      F-4
<PAGE>   51

                           GS TECHNOLOGIES CORPORATION

           CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN SHAREHOLDER'S EQUITY
                             (Dollars in thousands)


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                    Accumulated
                                     Common Stock         Additional                   Other          Total
                                  ---------------------    Paid in     Accumulated  Comprehensive   Shareholders
                                  Shares         Amount    Capital       Deficit        Loss          Equity
                                  ------         ------   ----------   -----------  -------------   ------------
<S>                               <C>           <C>       <C>         <C>           <C>             <C>
Balance at
   December 31, 1996                   100      $    1    $ 132,166   $   (17,729)  $   (1,677)     $ 112,761
                                  ----------  ---------- ----------- -------------  ------------    -----------
   Net loss                                                               (16,116)                    (16,116)
   Foreign currency
     translation adjustments                                                            (1,484)        (1,484)
                                  ----------  ---------- ----------- -------------  ------------    -----------
Balance at
   December 31, 1997                   100           1      132,166       (33,845)      (3,161)        95,161
                                  ----------  ---------- ----------- -------------  ------------    -----------
   Contribution from parent                                     550                                       550
   Net loss                                                               (25,351)                    (25,351)
   Foreign currency
     translation adjustments                                                            (1,464)        (1,464)
                                  ----------  ---------- ----------- -------------  ------------    -----------
Balance at
   December 31, 1998                   100           1      132,716       (59,196)      (4,625)        68,896
                                  ----------  ---------- ----------- -------------  ------------    -----------
   Contributions from parent                                  6,356                                     6,356
   Net loss                                                               (52,585)                    (52,585)
   Foreign currency
     translation adjustments                                                            (1,057)        (1,057)
                                  ----------  ---------- ----------- -------------  ------------    -----------
Balance at
   December 31, 1999                   100    $      1   $  139,072  $   (111,781)  $   (5,682)     $  21,610
                                   =========  ========== =========== =============  ============    ===========
</TABLE>


The accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements are an integral part
                              of these statements.


                                      F-5
<PAGE>   52

                           GS TECHNOLOGIES CORPORATION

                 CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
                             (Dollars in thousands)


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                         Years Ended December 31,
                                               ------------------------------------------

                                                   1999             1998           1997
                                               ----------       ----------     ----------
<S>                                            <C>              <C>            <C>
Net loss                                       $  (52,585)      $  (25,351)    $  (16,116)

Other comprehensive loss:
     Foreign currency translation adjustments      (1,057) (1)      (1,464)        (1,484)
                                               ----------       ----------     ----------

         Other comprehensive loss                  (1,057)          (1,464)        (1,484)


Comprehensive loss                             $  (53,642)      $  (26,815)    $  (17,600)
                                               ==========       ==========     ==========
</TABLE>



(1)  Total foreign currency translation adjustments      $      ($1,754)
     Less:  amount included in net loss                             697
                                                         -----------------

     Net foreign currency translation adjustments        $       (1,057)
                                                         =================


        The accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements are a
                       integral part of these statements.


                                      F-6
<PAGE>   53

                           GS TECHNOLOGIES CORPORATION

                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                 (Dollars in thousands, unless otherwise noted)

1.   BUSINESS AND ORGANIZATION

Business

GS Technologies Corporation (the "Company" or "GST") is a leading producer of
high carbon and special grade wire rod, grinding media, mill liners and steel
billets.

In the automotive industry, wire rod is used in many applications, including
tire cord, tire bead, hose wire, springs, shock absorbers, brake pads and
fasteners. Consumer end-uses include upholstery springs, steel wool, coathangers
and fish hooks. General industrial uses include screws and bolts, ball bearings,
cutting wire, baling wire and wire rope.

Wire rod is used in the construction industry in the production of prestressed
concrete strand and galvanized guy strand, which are used in parking garages,
cable-stay bridges, railroad cross ties, guywires for pole and tower support,
messenger cable for carrying telephone and cable TV wire, traffic signal support
wires, cross bracing used in metal buildings, and highway barrier strand.

Grinding media are high carbon steel balls and rods used inside a rotating mill
to grind semi-crushed rock as a step in processing various kinds of ore. Mill
liners are protective steel liners that shield the rotating mill from the
pulverizing activity of the grinding media. Grinding media and mill liners are
consumed as ore is processed and must be continually replenished.

The Company conducts it operations through several domestic and international
facilities.

Organization

The Company is a wholly-owned subsidiary of GS Industries, Inc. ("GSI") and has
fully and unconditionally guaranteed senior notes of $247 million as of December
31, 1999, which were issued by the Company's wholly-owned subsidiary, GS
Technologies Operating Co., Inc. ("GSTOC"). The Company was incorporated in 1993
to affect the acquisition of certain operations of Armco, Inc. ("Armco"), and,
in October 1995 acquired Georgetown Industries, Inc.

2.   SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

The following summarizes the significant policies applied in the preparation of
the accompanying financial statements.

Principles of Consolidation

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of all majority owned
subsidiaries. All significant intercompany accounts and transactions have been
eliminated. Investments in unconsolidated affiliates in which the Company has a
20% or more ownership position are accounted for using the equity method of
accounting. Reserves are provided where management anticipates that the
investment is not recoverable.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted
accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions that
affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of
contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and
the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period.
Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Revenue Recognition

Sales and related cost of products sold are primarily recognized upon shipment
of products to customers.


                                      F-7
<PAGE>   54

                           GS TECHNOLOGIES CORPORATION

                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                 (Dollars in thousands, unless otherwise noted)

Cash and Cash Equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents include demand deposits and short term investments
purchased with a maturity of three months or less.

In accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 95,
"Statement of Cash Flows", cash flows from the Company's operations in foreign
countries are calculated based on their reporting currencies. As a result,
amounts related to assets and liabilities reported in the statement of cash
flows will not necessarily agree to changes in the corresponding balances on the
balance sheet. The effect of exchange rate changes on cash balances held in
foreign currencies is reported below cash flows from financing activities.

Inventories

Substantially all inventories are valued at the lower of FIFO (first-in,
first-out) and/or average cost or market.

Property, Plant and Equipment

Property, plant and equipment are recorded at cost. Maintenance and repairs are
expensed in the year incurred. Expenditures which result in betterments or
extensions of the useful lives of assets are capitalized and depreciated over
the remaining lives of such assets. Depreciation expense is computed using the
straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets, as follows:

                  Machinery and equipment              3-20
                  Buildings and improvements           4-30

Assets under capital leases are amortized over the life of the lease. For
leasehold improvements, the estimated useful life is the lesser of the asset
life or the lease term.

Acquisition Premium and Other Assets

The net acquisition premium represents the excess of the purchase price over
fair value of net assets acquired and is being amortized on a straight-line
basis over forty years. At December 31, 1999 and 1998, accumulated amortization
was $4.9 million and $3.8 million, respectively.

Other assets include unamortized debt issuance costs of $7.4 million and $9.0
million at December 31, 1999 and 1998, respectively, which are being amortized
over the lives of the corresponding debt agreements. Amortization of these costs
aggregated $1.6 million for each of the years ended December 31, 1999, 1998 and
1997, and is included in interest expense.

Asset Impairment

The Company monitors conditions that may affect the carrying value of its long
lived assets. When events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying
value of a long lived asset may not be recoverable, the Company will undertake
necessary market studies and re-evaluate projected future cash flows associated
with the asset. To the extent projected undiscounted cash flows are less than
the carrying value of the asset, the impaired asset is written down to its
estimated fair value.


                                      F-8
<PAGE>   55

                           GS TECHNOLOGIES CORPORATION

                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                 (Dollars in thousands, unless otherwise noted)

Income Taxes

The Company is included in the GSI consolidated U.S. federal income tax return
and is party to a tax sharing agreement with GSI. The tax sharing agreement
provides, among other things that the expense or benefit for U.S. federal and
combined state income taxes for financial reporting purposes is calculated as
though the Company were filing separate U.S. federal and combined state income
tax returns. Payments by the Company to GSI are made at such times as they would
have been made to the federal and state governments had the Company been filing
separate tax returns. Non-combined state and foreign taxes are recorded and paid
directly to the appropriate governmental agencies.

The Company accounts for income taxes in accordance with Statement of Financial
Accounting Standards No. 109, "Accounting for Income Taxes", which is an asset
and liability method of accounting for income taxes. Under this method, deferred
tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the expected future tax
consequences, utilizing current tax rates, of temporary differences between the
carrying amounts and the tax bases of assets and liabilities. Deferred tax
assets are recognized, net of any valuation allowance, for the estimated future
tax effects of deductible temporary differences and tax operating loss and
credit carryforwards. Deferred tax expense reflects changes in the deferred tax
asset and liability balances.

Through the end of 1996, the Company provided deferred tax liabilities for the
tax effect of repatriating all unremitted earnings of foreign subsidiaries and
joint ventures. During 1997, management determined that a portion of the
unremitted earnings of the foreign subsidiaries and joint ventures will remain
invested in the foreign operations indefinitely. This change was based upon
expected opportunities to use these funds in expansion and capital improvement
projects undertaken by the foreign subsidiaries and joint ventures and the
historical percentage of earnings repatriated.

The Company provides U.S. federal income tax and foreign withholding tax
liabilities on the portion of the unremitted earnings of foreign subsidiaries
and joint ventures that is expected to be repatriated. Receipt of foreign
dividends or liquidation proceeds in excess of the anticipated repatriation
amount would be subject to additional U.S. income tax and foreign withholding
tax.

Environmental Expenditures

The Company's environmental expenditures are expensed or capitalized, depending
upon their future economic benefit. Expenditures that increase the value of the
property and which prevent future environmental contamination are capitalized.
Expenditures which return a property to its condition at the time of acquisition
are expensed as incurred. Environmental liabilities are recorded when it is
probable that an obligation has been incurred and the amount can be reasonably
estimated.

Foreign Currency Translation

The financial statements of the Company's foreign subsidiaries are prepared in
their respective local currencies and translated into U.S. dollars at year-end
exchange rates for assets and liabilities and at an average rate of exchange in
effect during the period for income and expenses. Translation adjustments are
reported in shareholder's equity under the caption accumulated other
comprehensive loss in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. Transaction gains and
losses included in net loss were not material in 1999, 1998 or 1997.

Earnings Per Share

Earnings per share amounts are not presented, as the Company's common stock is
not publicly traded.


                                      F-9
<PAGE>   56

                           GS TECHNOLOGIES CORPORATION

                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                 (Dollars in thousands, unless otherwise noted)


Reclassifications

Certain amounts previously reported have been reclassified to conform to the
current year presentation.

New Accounting Standard

In June, 1998, the Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") issued
Statement No. 133, Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities
(as amended by Statement No. 137, Accounting for Derivative Instruments and
Hedging Activities, Deferral of the Effective Date of FASB Statement No. 133).
This statement requires that derivative financial instruments be recorded in the
balance sheet as either an asset or liability at fair value.

Changes in the fair value of derivatives that are not hedges must be recognized
in earnings. If the derivative is a hedge, depending on the nature of the hedge,
changes in the fair value will either be offset against the change in fair value
of the hedged assets, liabilities or firm commitments through earnings or
recognized in other comprehensive income until the hedged item is recognized in
earnings.

The statement becomes effective for fiscal years beginning after June 15, 2000.
The Company has not yet determined what the impact of adopting this statement
will be on its consolidated financial statements and has not yet determined the
timing or method of adoption, but does not expect it will have a material
effect.

3.       DIVESTITURES

In November 1999, GSTOC entered into a stock purchase agreement for the sale of
the common stock of its subsidiary, Florida Wire and Cable, Inc. ("FWC"). The
sale was completed in January 2000 for $68.5 million in cash, subject to a price
adjustment based on the closing balance sheet. The disposition of the wire
products business represents the disposal of a segment of a business under APB
No. 30. Accordingly, the Consolidated Statements of Earnings, Balance Sheets and
Statements of Cash Flows have been restated to reflect the operations of FWC as
a discontinued operation. Net sales of the discontinued operation were $98.1
million , $93.4 million , and $96.6 million in 1999, 1998 and 1997,
respectively.

The Company has a signed letter of intent for the sale of the stock of its
Italian subsidiary GST Europa SpA. This operation manufactures cast grinding
balls which the Company considers to be a non-strategic business as these
products are not used in the mining industry. The sale is expected to be
completed in the first half of 2000. During 1999, the Company recorded a $1.0
million reserve for an estimated loss on the sale which is included in Other
income (expense) in the Consolidated Statement of Earnings.

In June 1998, the Company completed the sale of its wholly-owned Peruvian
subsidiary, Tubos y Alcantarillas S.A., for $9.5 million, resulting in a pre-tax
gain of $5.2 million. Also in June 1998, the Company sold an idle plant in
Cividale, Italy for $1.9 million, resulting in a pre-tax gain of $1.1 million.
Both of these gains are reported in Other income (expense) in the Consolidated
Statement of Earnings.

In May 1997, the Company sold Georgetown Wire Company, Inc. and Tree Island
Industries, Ltd. (the "West Coast Wire Business") for approximately $56.0
million, resulting in a loss of $23.9 million, net of taxes. Accordingly, the
results of operations, net assets and cash flows of this business have been
classified as discontinued operations for 1997. The Company recorded a net tax
benefit of $17.1 million on the transaction; of this amount, $15.4 million was
recorded in 1997 as a deferred tax asset in connection with finalizing the
purchase accounting. The remaining tax benefit of $1.7 million was netted
against the loss from discontinued operations. The loss on discontinued
operations contributed to an overall net operating loss for U.S. tax purposes in
1997. In 1998, a portion of the net operating loss generated in 1997 was carried
back to earlier tax years resulting in a refund of taxes previously paid.


                                      F-10
<PAGE>   57

                           GS TECHNOLOGIES CORPORATION

                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                 (Dollars in thousands, unless otherwise noted)

4.       INVENTORIES

Inventories consist of the following:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                    December 31,       December 31,
                                                        1999               1998
                                                  -----------------  ------------------
<S>                                               <C>                <C>
             Finished and semi-finished           $       57,841     $       65,496
             Raw materials, supplies and other            53,340             54,064
                                                  -----------------  ------------------
                  Total                           $      111,181     $      119,560
                                                  =================  ==================
</TABLE>


5.       SUMMARIZED FINANCIAL INFORMATION OF GSTOC

The 12% and 12 1/4% Senior Notes (See Note 10) were issued by GSTOC and are
unconditionally guaranteed by the Company. Pursuant to Securities and Exchange
Commission disclosure requirements, summarized financial information for GSTOC
is provided below.

                                      December 31,    December 31,
                                          1999            1998
                                       ---------       --------
Current assets                         $ 160,486       $167,345
Noncurrent assets                        308,281        336,031
                                       ---------       --------
     Total assets                      $ 468,767       $503,376
                                       =========       ========

Current liabilities                    $ 108,604       $ 98,909
Noncurrent liabilities                   383,034        381,263
                                       ---------       --------
     Total liabilities                   491,638        480,172
                                       ---------       --------

Shareholder's equity (deficit)           (22,871)        23,204
                                       ---------       --------
     Total liabilities and equity      $ 468,767       $503,376
                                       =========       ========

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                Year Ended December 31,
                                                       -----------------------------------------

                                                          1999            1998             1997
                                                       ---------       ---------       ---------
<S>                                                    <C>             <C>             <C>
Net sales                                              $ 498,503       $ 549,362       $ 521,858
Cost of products sold                                    467,387         529,621         467,069
Selling, general & administrative expenses                21,473          17,326          15,775
Depreciation and amortization                             22,905          22,391          21,945
                                                       ---------       ---------       ---------
     Operating income (loss)                             (13,262)        (19,976)         17,069
Interest expense                                         (37,378)        (37,452)        (36,229)
Equity in loss of joint venture                          (14,912)         (3,850)             --
Fees from affiliates                                       4,072           4,325           3,636
Interest income and other, net                               593            (243)            315
                                                       ---------       ---------       ---------
Loss from continuing operations before income tax
                                                         (60,887)        (57,196)        (15,209)
Income tax benefit                                         2,472           1,452           5,300
                                                       ---------       ---------       ---------
Loss from continuing operations                          (58,415)        (55,744)         (9,909)
Discontinued operations:
   Income from operations, net of taxes                      440             283           3,065
   Loss on disposal, net of taxes                             --              --         (23,965)
                                                       ---------       ---------       ---------
Net loss                                               $ (57,975)      $ (55,461)      $ (30,809)
                                                       =========       =========       =========
</TABLE>


                                      F-11
<PAGE>   58

                           GS TECHNOLOGIES CORPORATION

                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                 (Dollars in thousands, unless otherwise noted)

6.       INVESTMENTS IN JOINT VENTURES

Investment balances in joint ventures, partnerships, and companies in which
there is a 20% or more interest, but not control is accounted for using the
equity method and are as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                      Investment Amount
                                                            ---------------------------------------
                                              Percent          December 31,        December 31,
                                             Ownership             1999               1998
                                           --------------   ------------------- -------------------
<S>                                            <C>          <C>                   <C>
   Donhad Pty. Ltd (Australia)                 40.0%        $         8,072       $       6,627

   Moly-Cop Canada (Canada)                    50.0%                  3,680               3,622

   SIMEC-Moly-Cop S.A. de C.V (Mexico)         50.0%                  2,397               2,021

   Sidercorp, S.A. (Peru)                      32.9%                  2,014              10,292

   American Iron Reduction LLC ("AIR") (U.S.)  50.0%                    853              15,166

   GSI Lucchini SpA (Italy and Sweden)         49.0%                    753                 862

   Reserve for investments in
        joint ventures                                               (2,850)              -
                                                            ------------------- -------------------
                                                            $        14,919       $      38,590
                                                            =================== ===================
</TABLE>


                                      F-12
<PAGE>   59

                           GS TECHNOLOGIES CORPORATION

                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                 (Dollars in thousands, unless otherwise noted)


Aggregate summarized balance sheets and results of operations of companies
accounted for using the equity method are as follows:

                                                      December 31, 1999
                                                   and the year then ended
                                         ---------------------------------------
                                           Foreign      U.S. (AIR)      Total
                                         -----------   -----------    ----------

        Current assets                   $  156,995    $   20,122     $ 177,117
        Property, plant and equipment       161,764       185,239       347,003
        Total assets                        355,546       212,318       567,864
        Current liabilities                 166,742        19,703       186,445
        Long-term debt                      123,836       184,908       308,744
        Total liabilities                   314,084       204,611       518,695

        Net sales                           245,712       63,449        309,161
        Operating income (loss)              11,702       (9,918)         1,784
        Net loss                            (19,926)     (30,124)       (50,050)


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                            December 31, 1998
                                                         and the year then ended
                                                ---------------------------------------
                                                Foreign       U.S. (AIR)        Total
                                                --------      ---------       ---------
<S>                                             <C>           <C>             <C>
             Current assets                     $199,689      $  30,097       $ 229,786
             Property, plant and equipment       157,519        195,231         352,750
             Total assets                        393,220        234,426         627,646
             Current liabilities                 194,692         19,187         213,879
             Long-term debt                      113,797        184,908         298,705
             Total liabilities                   330,871        204,095         534,966

             Net sales                           291,362         94,671         386,033
             Operating income                     30,591          3,604          34,195
             Net earnings (loss)                   6,988         (9,700)         (2,712)
</TABLE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                         December 31, 1997
                                                      and the year then ended
                                             ------------------------------------------
                                             Foreign         U.S. (AIR)          Total
                                             -------         ----------         -------
<S>                                          <C>             <C>                <C>
                   Net sales                 284,179            -               284,179
                   Operating income           38,377            -                38,377
                   Net earnings               18,698            -                18,698
</TABLE>



                                      F-13
<PAGE>   60

                           GS TECHNOLOGIES CORPORATION

                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                 (Dollars in thousands, unless otherwise noted)


The Company has a 50% interest in American Iron Reduction, L.L.C. ("AIR"), a
joint venture company producing direct reduced iron ("DRI"). AIR started
operations in January 1998 and has a rated capacity of approximately 1.2 million
metric tons of DRI annually. DRI is a substitute for high quality steel scrap
used in steel making facilities. The Company has made equity contributions of
$23.8 million ($3.8 million during 1999) to AIR. The Company is also party to a
DRI purchase agreement with AIR in effect through March 2013, pursuant to which
the Company agrees, subject to the terms of the agreement, to purchase up to a
maximum of 300,000 metric tons of DRI annually, if produced and tendered by AIR.

In 1999 and 1998, the Company purchased from AIR 245,000 and 307,000 metric
tons, respectively, of DRI produced and tendered by AIR for $31.2 million and
$46.4 million, respectively. The Company used 18,000 and 97,000 metric tons in
1999 and 1998, respectively, of the DRI purchased from AIR in its own
steelmaking operations and sold the balance to third parties resulting in gross
margin of $.8 million in 1999, which includes a $2.6 million settlement from a
customer regarding minimum purchase requirements, and a gross margin loss of
$7.4 million in 1998. The Company's cost of acquiring DRI is AIR's total cash
cost which excludes depreciation and amortization and includes capital
expenditures, interest and debt principal which are paid by AIR. The Company
accounts for DRI purchased from AIR and resold to others as components of net
sales and cost of products sold and accounts for DRI used in its own steelmaking
operations as a component of production cost.

During 1998 and most of 1999, the domestic steel industry, and in particular the
scrap and scrap substitute supply segment of the steel industry which includes
DRI, experienced significant market sales price declines as a result of record
volumes of steel imports into the U.S. at prices that were substantially below
the domestic industry's cost. As a result, some manufacturing facilities
curtailed production and/or ceased operations. AIR produced at a level of
approximately 40% of its design capacity during 1999 and 54% during 1998 as an
intentional reaction to market conditions. Consequently, the Company incurred
equity losses from this joint venture of $14.9 million in 1999 and $3.9 million
in 1998. During 1998 and most of 1999, AIR's average per ton cash cost of
production plus interest and capital requirements exceeded the depressed market
price of DRI and other scrap substitutes currently available. As a result, the
Company paid to AIR prices for DRI that exceeded the depressed market price for
DRI and other scrap substitutes. Market conditions have stabilized somewhat in
recent months, as the market price for scrap and scrap substitutes has been
increasing although not yet to the point where market prices exceed cash costs.
There can be no assurance that the current trend in the market will continue. A
portion of the reserve for investments in joint ventures relates to AIR.

Under the terms of AIR's construction loan agreement, the construction loan was
to have been converted to term loan status by October 31, 1998 upon the
successful achievement of certain production milestones, and the completion of
an adjacent bulk materials handling facility owned and operated by a third party
having a contractual arrangement with AIR to provide materials handling services
to AIR's operations. This date was subsequently extended to March 31, 1999 at
which time AIR and its lenders were unable to agree upon conditions of
conversion and effective March 31, 1999, AIR defaulted under the terms of the
construction loan agreement. AIR and its lenders have reached an agreement in
principal regarding a restructuring that provides AIR with cash flow relief over
the next three years. Under the terms of the proposed restructuring, GSTOC has
agreed to pay loan transaction costs of $.6 million as part of its price for DRI
purchased from AIR. In the event AIR is sold, the lenders have established a
minimum redemption value. Should the actual sales proceeds fall short of this
minimum, GSTOC could incur a potential liability of one-half of any such
shortfall, up to a maximum of $15.0 million if paid in cash. Also in the event
of the sale of AIR, GSTOC would be released from all obligations related to AIR.
The proposed new agreement includes a clawback provision whereby 75% of any
excess in the DRI market price over the price paid for DRI by GSTOC would be
added to AIR's invoice price and applied to outstanding principal. The proposed
restructuring agreement is subject to approval by the credit committees of all
the lenders comprising the lending group.



                                      F-14
<PAGE>   61

                           GS TECHNOLOGIES CORPORATION

                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                 (Dollars in thousands, unless otherwise noted)

The Company incurred an equity loss in 1999 from its joint venture in Peru of
$10.0 million compared to equity earnings of $.7 million in 1998. This joint
venture has experienced a significant decline in volume and sales prices due to
an economic recession in that country. A portion of the reserve for investments
in joint ventures relates to this joint venture.

Income or losses from joint ventures are reported in the consolidated statement
of earnings under the caption "Equity in income (loss) of joint ventures". All
of the joint ventures are invoiced technical service fees pursuant to technology
and management support agreements. These amounts are included in the
accompanying consolidated statements of earnings as a separate component of
other income. The Company has related party accounts receivable from its joint
venture affiliates of $1.5 million and $1.6 million as of December 31, 1999 and
1998, respectively. The Company has related party accounts payable to its joint
venture affiliates of $4.7 million and $8.2 million at December 31, 1999 and
1998, respectively, including amounts due to AIR of $3.3 million and $3.7
million at December 31, 1999 and 1998, respectively.

7.   PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT

     Property, plant and equipment consists of the following:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                  December 31,         December 31,
                                                      1999                 1998
                                               -------------------  -------------------
<S>                                                  <C>                  <C>
              Land and leasehold improvements        $  12,374            $  12,151
              Buildings and improvements                46,284               45,403
              Machinery and equipment                  269,899              257,467
              Construction in progress                  14,743               10,580
                                               -------------------  -------------------
                                                       343,300              325,601
              Less accumulated depreciation           (109,132)             (85,601)
                                               -------------------  -------------------
                                                      $234,168             $240,000
                                               ===================  ===================
</TABLE>

To participate in certain local government sponsored programs, the Kansas City
operation structured an arrangement with the city government of Kansas City,
Missouri whereby GSTOC purchased certain industrial revenue bonds and leased the
project equipment through November 1, 1999. Upon expiration of the lease, the
Kansas City operation reacquired legal title to the project equipment.

The Company capitalized no interest during 1999 or 1998.

8.       PAYABLES AND ACCRUED LIABILITIES

Payables and accrued liabilities consist of the following:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                        December 31,        December 31,
                                                            1999                1998
                                                      ------------------  ------------------
<S>                                                       <C>                  <C>
              Trade payables                              $  88,081            $  79,750
              Salaries, wages and employee benefits          10,640               10,112
              Interest                                        9,934               10,072
              Other                                          24,298               27,879
                                                      ------------------  ------------------
                                                           $132,953             $127,813
                                                      ==================  ==================
</TABLE>


                                      F-15
<PAGE>   62

                           GS TECHNOLOGIES CORPORATION

                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                 (Dollars in thousands, unless otherwise noted)


9.       CLAIM SETTLEMENTS

During 1999 and 1998, the Company recorded certain gains from settlements of
antitrust claims against its electrode suppliers. The settlements were a
combination of cash and credits taken on previous and current purchases. Such
gains, which were recorded as a reduction to cost of products sold, amounted to
$5.9 million in 1999 and $7.5 million in 1998. In 1999, the Company also
received a settlement of $2.6 million from one of its customers regarding
minimum purchase requirements which is included in net sales in the Consolidated
Statement of Earnings.

10.      NOTES PAYABLE AND LONG-TERM DEBT

International short-term debt exists under several uncollateralized credit lines
in Chile, Peru, and Italy for general corporate purposes and working capital
requirements. This short-term debt totaled $5.9 million at December 31, 1999
with remaining borrowing availability of $38.0 million.



                                      F-16
<PAGE>   63

                           GS TECHNOLOGIES CORPORATION

                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                 (Dollars in thousands, unless otherwise noted)

Long-term debt consists of the following:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                  December 31,      December 31,
                                                                                      1999              1998
                                                                                 ----------------  ----------------
<S>                                                                                  <C>               <C>
        12% Senior notes due September 1, 2004, unsecured and guaranteed by
           the Company, interest payable semi-annually                               $ 125,000         $ 125,000

        12 1/4% Senior notes due October 1, 2005, unsecured and guaranteed by
           the Company, interest payable semi-annually (1)                             122,000           125,000

        $50,000 Long-term note due in quarterly installments to September 30,
           2002, collateralized by certain property, plant and equipment of
           GSTOC and subsidiaries. Interest payable monthly/quarterly at the
           Company's option based upon fixed margin over LIBOR or the prime
           rate (9.38% at December 31, 1999)                                            47,875            48,375

        $120,000 Revolving credit facility due September 30, 2001,
           collateralized by accounts receivable, inventory and other current
           assets of GSTOC and subsidiaries, interest payable monthly/quarterly
           at the Company's option based upon varying margin over LIBOR
           or the prime rate (9.46% at December 31, 1999)(2)                            39,954            24,575

        $8,000 Unsecured MEI term note due in 8 quarterly installments
           commencing March 31, 2002, interest payable quarterly based upon
           varying margins over LIBOR or the prime rate (7.19% at December
           31, 1999)                                                                     8,000             8,000

        $9,000 Unsecured MEI revolving credit agreement due June 30, 2002,
           interest payable quarterly based upon varying margins over LIBOR
           or the prime rate (8.5% at December 31, 1999) (3)                               239             4,259

        Unsecured Acerco S.A. long-term note due on August 8, 2000.  Interest
           payable based on a fixed rate over the one year LIBOR rate (7.1%
           at December 31, 1999)                                                           519             1,535

        Other                                                                               15                15
                                                                                 ----------------  ----------------
                                                                                       343,602           336,759
        Less current portion                                                            (1,034)             (518)
                                                                                 ----------------  ----------------
                                                                                      $342,568          $336,241
                                                                                 ================  ================
</TABLE>

(1) During 1999, the Company and GSTOC purchased in the open market $3.0 million
of the 12 1/4% senior notes due October 1, 2005 (see Note 15 of the Notes to
Consolidated Financial Statements).

(2) The Revolving Credit Facility provides for up to $120.0 million inclusive of
letters of credit, limited by a borrowing base of a percentage of eligible
accounts receivable and inventories of GSTOC and subsidiaries. At December 31,
1999, $7.1 million of letters of credit were outstanding, and unused
availability under the facility was $36.2 million. The facility requires payment
of a commitment fee on the unutilized portion of the facility. See Note 19 of
the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements regarding the refinancing of this
credit facility.


                                      F-17
<PAGE>   64

                           GS TECHNOLOGIES CORPORATION

                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                 (Dollars in thousands, unless otherwise noted)

(3) MEI's revolving credit agreement permits borrowings on a revolving line of
credit up to $9.0 million. Unused availability under the facility was $8.8
million at December 31, 1999. An annual commitment fee of .25% on the unutilized
facility is payable quarterly. See Note 19 of the Notes to Consolidated
Financial Statements regarding the refinancing of this facility.

Several of the debt agreements require, among other things, that the Company
comply with certain covenants such as minimum cash flows and net worth
requirements. As of December 31, 1999, the Company was in violation of the net
worth covenant under the Revolving Credit Facility. See Note 19 of the Notes to
Consolidated Financial Statements regarding the refinancing of this facility.

The aggregate maturities of long-term debt under the credit agreements existing
at December 31, 1999 were as follows:

                             2000                   $       1,034
                             2001                          40,454
                             2002                          51,114
                             2003                           4,000
                             2004                         125,000
                             Thereafter                   122,000
                                                    ---------------
                               Total                $     343,602
                                                    ===============

11.      EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS

DEFINED BENEFIT PLANS

The Company has several qualified non-contributory employee pension plans
covering most employees. Plans covering most salaried employees provide benefits
based on employees' years of service and compensation. Defined benefit plans
covering most hourly employees provide benefits based on employees' years of
service.

The Kansas City operations provide certain healthcare, life and other post
retirement benefits other than pensions ("OPEB") to current and future hourly
union retirees and certain salaried retirees hired prior to January 1, 1990.
Benefit expense begins to accrue on the date of hire. The life insurance plan is
non-contributory and covers retirees only. The Company's policy is to fund
benefits payable under these plans as the obligations become due.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                   Other
                                                    Defined Pension Benefits              Post Retirement Benefits
                                                ----------------------------------    ---------------------------------
                                                     1999               1998               1999              1998
                                                ---------------    ---------------    ---------------   ---------------
<S>                                             <C>                <C>                <C>               <C>
Change in projected benefit obligation:
Benefit obligation at beginning of year         $      67,370      $      62,113      $      27,295     $      23,689
Service cost                                            4,092              4,112                500               506
Interest cost                                           5,156              4,575              2,067             1,887
Amendments                                                817                648              -                 -
Actuarial (gain) loss                                  (5,531)            (1,956)            (1,723)            2,213
Benefits paid                                          (2,585)            (2,122)              (793)           (1,000)
                                                ---------------    ---------------    ---------------   ---------------
    Benefit obligation at end of year           $      69,319      $      67,370      $      27,346     $      27,295
                                                ---------------    ---------------    ---------------   ---------------

Change in plan assets:
Fair value of plan assets at beginning of       $      66,117      $      54,484      $       -         $       -
year
Actual return on assets                                18,762              8,596              -                 -
Employer contributions                                  5,949              5,159                793             1,000
Benefits paid                                          (2,585)            (2,122)              (793)           (1,000)
                                                ---------------    ---------------    ---------------   ---------------
    Fair value of plan assets at end of year    $      88,243      $      66,117      $       -         $       -
                                                ---------------    ---------------    ---------------   ---------------
</TABLE>


                                      F-18
<PAGE>   65

                           GS TECHNOLOGIES CORPORATION

                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                 (Dollars in thousands, unless otherwise noted)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                            Defined Pension Benefits                       Other
                                                                                                  Post Retirement Benefits
                                                       -----------------------------------   -----------------------------------
                                                            1999                1998              1999               1998
                                                       ----------------    ---------------   ---------------    ----------------
<S>                                                    <C>                 <C>               <C>                <C>
Funded Status:
Funded status                                          $      18,924       $      (1,253)    $     (27,346)     $     (27,295)
Unrecognized actuarial (gain) loss                           (27,768)            (11,004)           (2,649)              (936)
Unrecognized prior service cost                                9,468              10,459             -                  -
                                                       ----------------    ---------------   ---------------    ----------------
    Net amount recognized                              $         624       $      (1,798)    $     (29,995)     $     (28,231)
                                                       ================    ===============   ===============    ================

Amounts recognized in the balance sheet consist of:
    Prepaid benefit cost                               $       3,965       $       2,759     $       -          $       -
    Accrued benefit liability                                 (3,341)             (4,557)          (29,995)           (28,231)
    Additional minimum liability                               -                  (6,152)            -                  -
    Intangible asset                                           -                   6,152             -                  -
                                                       ----------------    ---------------   ---------------    ----------------
       Net amount recognized                           $         624       $      (1,798)    $     (29,995)     $     (28,231)
                                                       ================    ===============   ===============    ================

Weighted-average assumptions as of
   December 31
         Discount rate                                         8.00%               7.25%            8.00%              7.25%
         Expected return on plan assets                        9.50                9.50
         Rate of compensation increase                         3.00                3.00
</TABLE>

For measurement purposes, a nine-percent annual rate of increase in the per
capita cost of covered health care benefits was assumed for 1999 and 1998. The
rate was assumed to decrease gradually to five-percent for 2002 and remain at
that level thereafter.

The components of net periodic benefit cost for the years ended December 31,
1999, 1998 and 1997 were as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                             Defined Pension Benefits                          Other
                                                                                      Post Retirement Benefits
                                       -------------------------------------    -------------------------------------
                                         1999          1998         1997          1999         1998          1997
                                       ----------    ---------    ----------    ---------    ----------    ----------
<S>                                    <C>           <C>          <C>           <C>          <C>           <C>
Service cost                           $   4,092     $  4,112     $   3,728     $    500     $     506     $     528
Interest cost                              5,156        4,575         3,852        2,067         1,887         1,664
Expected return on plan assets            (6,348)      (5,181)       (4,197)         -            -             -
Amortization of prior service cost           990          990           406          -            -             -
Recognized actuarial (gain) loss          (1,180)         765         1,770          (10)          (11)         (237)
Union accrual                                817          737          -             -            -             -
                                       ----------    ---------    ----------    ---------    ----------    ----------
   Net periodic benefit cost           $   3,527     $  5,998     $   5,559     $  2,557     $   2,382     $   1,955
                                       ==========    =========    ==========    =========    ==========    ==========
</TABLE>

For the pension plans that have accumulated benefit obligations in excess of
plan assets, the accumulated benefit obligations and the fair value of plan
assets, as of December 31, 1998, were $49.9 million and $45.6 million,
respectively. The projected benefit obligation and the accumulated benefit
obligation were the same at December 31, 1998. As of December 31, 1999, there
were no plans in which the accumulated benefit obligation exceeded plan assets.

Assumed health care cost trend rates have a significant effect on the amounts
reported for other post retirement benefit plans. A one-percentage-point change
in assumed health care cost trend rates would have the following effects:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                1-Percentage         1-Percentage
                                                               Point Increase       Point Decrease
                                                               --------------       --------------
<S>                                                             <C>                   <C>
Effect on total of service and interest cost components         $        389          $      (313)
Effect on post retirement benefit obligations                   $      3,557          $    (2,936)
</TABLE>



                                      F-19
<PAGE>   66

                           GS TECHNOLOGIES CORPORATION

                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                 (Dollars in thousands, unless otherwise noted)

Assets of the qualified defined benefit plans are administered by a trustee and
consist primarily of units of certain collective trust funds and diversified
mutual funds.

The assets and liabilities of the ME International Pension Plan for the United
Steelworkers of America Local 1028 Employees Plan were transferred to the United
Steelworkers multi-employer plan as of December 31, 1997. The contributions to
the plan during 1999 and 1998 were $.8 million and $.1 million, respectively.

The Company's funding policy is to meet or exceed the minimum amount required
under ERISA.

Additionally, the Company has Supplemental Retirement Plans which cover certain
key executives. These plans are defined benefit pension plans and are not
intended to be qualified plans under the Internal Revenue Code. Benefits payable
under these plans are not funded; rather, the liability for future plan benefits
is recorded on the balance sheet and amounted to $.8 million and $.7 million at
December 31, 1999 and 1998, respectively.

DEFINED CONTRIBUTION PLANS

The Company's subsidiaries have various defined contribution plans that cover
most of the salaried and hourly employees at those locations. The Company's
expense related to those plans was $2.1 million, $2.3 million and $2.1 million
for the years ended December 31, 1999, 1998 and 1997, respectively.

12.      INCOME TAXES

TAX EXPENSE

Total income tax expense (benefit) was allocated as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                         Year Ended December 31,
                                                          ------------------------------------------------------

                                                                1999              1998               1997
                                                          ----------------- ------------------ -----------------
<S>                                                       <C>               <C>                <C>
     Income from continuing operations                    $         6,051   $         1,190    $         5,134
     Income (loss) from discontinued operations                       772              (450)             1,486
     Loss on disposal of discontinued operations                    -                 -                 (1,704)
                                                          ----------------- ------------------ -----------------
                                                          $         6,823   $           740    $         4,916
                                                          ================= ================== =================
</TABLE>

The provision (benefit) for income taxes attributable to income from continuing
operations consists of the following components:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                   Year Ended December 31,
                                    -------------------------------------------------------

                                          1999               1998               1997
                                    ------------------ ------------------ -----------------
<S>                                 <C>                <C>                <C>

     Current
              Federal               $         5,782    $         -        $        (1,173)
              State and Local                   288               (989)              -
              Foreign                         4,307              5,382              3,657
                                    ------------------ ------------------ -----------------
                                    $        10,377    $         4,393    $         2,484
                                    ------------------ ------------------ -----------------
</TABLE>



                                      F-20
<PAGE>   67

                           GS TECHNOLOGIES CORPORATION

                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                 (Dollars in thousands, unless otherwise noted)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                    Year Ended December 31,
                                     ------------------------------------------------------

                                           1999              1998               1997
                                     ------------------ ----------------  -----------------
<S>                                  <C>                <C>               <C>
     Deferred
              Federal                $        (1,938)   $        (5,821)  $           252
              State and Local                    (14)               539              (408)
              Foreign                         (2,374)             2,079             2,806
                                     ------------------ ----------------  -----------------
                                              (4,326)            (3,203)            2,650
                                     ------------------ ----------------  -----------------
     Total income tax expense        $         6,051    $         1,190   $         5,134
                                     ================== ================  =================
</TABLE>

TAX RATES

Differences between income taxes computed using the U.S. federal income tax
statutory rate of 35% and income tax expense recorded by the Company are
attributable to the following:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                      Year Ended December 31,
                                                       -------------------------------------------------------

                                                             1999                1998              1997
                                                       -----------------  ------------------------------------
<S>                                                    <C>                <C>                 <C>
   Income tax expense using the US statutory rate      $       (16,754)   $      (8,221)      $      3,262
   Permanent differences                                           476              (23)                (8)
   Difference in rates on earnings of foreign
    subsidiaries and joint ventures                              2,094           (2,167)            (1,789)
   Unremitted earnings of foreign subsidiaries
    and joint ventures                                             (59)           6,818              3,725
   State income taxes, net                                         178             (291)              (266)
   Change in valuation allowance                                17,055                -                  -
   Other                                                         3,061            5,074                210
                                                       -----------------  ------------------------------------
        Total                                          $         6,051    $       1,190       $      5,134
                                                       =================  ====================================
</TABLE>

DEFERRED TAXES

Deferred tax liabilities (assets) are comprised of the following:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                            December 31,       December 31,
                                                                1999               1998
                                                          -----------------  -----------------
<S>                                                       <C>                <C>
   Inventory                                              $        4,199     $       3,201
   Basis in foreign subsidiaries                                  14,898            17,272
   Intangibles                                                     1,668             1,596
   Property, plant and equipment                                  45,904            46,460
                                                          -----------------  -----------------
   Gross deferred tax liabilities                                 66,669            68,529
                                                          -----------------  -----------------

   Long-term employee health obligations                         (11,691)          (11,068)
   NOL, AMT credit and ITC credit carryovers                     (63,746)          (42,259)
   Book liabilities not currently deductible for tax              (4,871)           (4,624)
   Deferred compensation and other employee benefits              (1,648)           (3,100)
   Vacation accrual                                               (1,742)           (1,723)
   Other, net                                                       (200)              (88)
                                                          -----------------  -----------------
   Gross deferred tax assets                                     (83,898)          (62,862)
                                                          -----------------  -----------------
   Deferred tax asset valuation allowance                         25,965             8,910
                                                          -----------------  -----------------

   Net deferred tax liability                              $       8,736     $      14,577
                                                          =================  =================
</TABLE>


                                      F-21
<PAGE>   68

                           GS TECHNOLOGIES CORPORATION

                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                 (Dollars in thousands, unless otherwise noted)

At December 31, 1999, the Company has NOL carryforwards for U.S. federal income
tax purposes of approximately $118.4 million, which are available to offset
future U.S. federal taxable income. Under existing tax laws net operating losses
can be carried forward for 20 years. The Company's net operating losses will
expire in the years 2013 through 2020. In addition, the Company has alternative
minimum tax credit carryforwards of approximately $6.8 million, which are
available to reduce future U.S. federal regular income taxes over an indefinite
period.

The valuation allowance for net operating losses increased by $17.1 million
during 1999. Management has determined, based upon evidence available to the
Company, that it is likely the Company will realize the remaining deferred tax
assets (principally net operating loss carryforwards), as adjusted for in the
valuation allowance.

Deferred tax expense has been provided for the portion of the unremitted
earnings of foreign subsidiaries and joint ventures that the Company anticipates
will be repatriated. Provision has not been made for U.S. income tax or foreign
withholding tax on approximately $11.8 million of unremitted earnings of foreign
subsidiaries and joint ventures, as those earnings are considered to be invested
indefinitely. Such earnings could become taxable upon the sale or liquidation of
these foreign operations or upon the remittance of dividends in excess of the
percentage the Company has estimated to be repatriated. Determination of the
amount of unrecognized deferred U.S. income tax associated with these earnings
is not practicable because such amounts depend on the Company's future ability
to claim foreign tax credits which cannot currently be predicted. Foreign
withholding taxes of approximately $.9 million would be payable upon the
remittance of the portion of unremitted earnings considered to be invested
indefinitely.

As discussed in Note 2, the Company is a party to a tax sharing agreement and
files a consolidated U.S. federal tax return with GSI and other members of GSI's
consolidated U.S. federal income tax return. Among other things, if the Company
generates a net operating loss or other tax attribute that it is unable to use
in the current year, the Company will be allowed to carry forward, but not carry
back, any unused net operating or tax attribute for purposes of computing the
Company's separate federal income tax liability. However, during 1998, GSI
elected to carry back certain of the Company's net operating losses and recover
federal income taxes previously paid by the Company. As a result, the Company
had an income tax receivable at December 31, 1998, of approximately $9.2 million
due from GSI which was paid in 1999.

The Company's tax returns are currently under audit by the Internal Revenue
Service. It is impossible to predict with certainty the outcome of any potential
IRS examinations, and thus no assurance can be given that tax adjustments will
not exceed reserves established by the Company.

13.      FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

The carrying amount for cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, notes
payable and accounts payable approximates fair value due to the short term
nature of these items. To minimize credit risk associated with trade accounts
receivable, ongoing credit evaluations of customers' financial conditions are
performed, although collateral is generally not required. In addition, the
Company maintains allowances for potential credit losses.

The fair value of variable-rate long term debt approximates carrying value. The
fair value of the 12% notes and the 12 1/4% notes is $63.8 million and $58.6
million, respectively, based on the market trading price at December 31, 1999.

14.      STOCK OPTIONS

The GSI Board of Directors has granted stock options of GSI to certain officers
and employees. These options, which have ten-year terms, consist of two general
types. Time Options vest over a five year period from the date of the grant;
however, vesting is accelerated upon the occurrence of an Acceleration Event, as
defined in the stock option plan. Target Options vest after a specified period
of time unless there is an Acceleration Event or an Exercise Event, as defined
in the stock option plan. Upon the occurrence of an Acceleration Event or
Exercise Event, all or some portion of the target options granted become
immediately exercisable depending on achievements of predetermined investor
return multiples. Those not currently exercisable remain outstanding through the
original vesting date.


                                      F-22
<PAGE>   69

                           GS TECHNOLOGIES CORPORATION

                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                 (Dollars in thousands, unless otherwise noted)

Both types of options are non-qualified, have anti-dilution provisions, and have
been granted at exercise prices not less than 100% of the fair market value of
the stock at the date of option grant.

A summary of stock option activity follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                   Time                 Target         Average Option
                                                  Options               Options        Price per share
                                                  -------               -------        ---------------
<S>                                                  <C>                <C>                 <C>
      Outstanding at December 31, 1996               2,711,905          1,914,350           $3.51
                                            --------------------    ----------------
      Options granted                                  922,000                              $7.00
      Options cancelled                                (74,133)                             $6.82
                                            --------------------    ----------------
      Outstanding at December 31, 1997               3,559,772          1,914,350           $4.06
      Options granted                                  212,000                              $7.00
      Options cancelled                                (91,950)           (15,552)          $7.01
                                            --------------------    ----------------
      Outstanding at December 31, 1998               3,679,822          1,898,798           $4.12
      Options granted                                  283,000                              $7.00
      Options cancelled                               (152,500)                             $7.68
                                            --------------------    ----------------
      Outstanding at December 31, 1999               3,810,322          1,898,798           $4.16
                                            ====================    ================
</TABLE>

The following summarizes information about the Company's stock options
outstanding at December 31, 1999:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                   Options Outstanding
                                                  -------------------------------------------------------
                                                         Time              Target
           Exercise Price                              Options             Options            Total
           ---------------------------------      -------------------  ----------------  ----------------
           <S>                                    <C>                  <C>               <C>
           $     .10                                        543,147         1,838,798          2,381,945
           $    5.25                                        965,625             -                965,625
           $    7.00                                      1,278,550             -              1,278,550
           $    8.00                                        200,000            60,000            260,000
           $    9.00                                        823,000             -                823,000
                                                  -------------------  ----------------  ----------------
                                                          3,810,322         1,898,798          5,709,120
                                                  ===================  ================  ================
           Weighted Average Exercise Price
                                                  $            6.06    $          .35    $          4.16
                                                  ===================  ================  ================


                                                                   Options Exercisable
                                                  -------------------------------------------------------
                                                         Time              Target
           Exercise Price                              Options             Options            Total
           ----------------------------------     -------------------  ----------------  ----------------

           $     .10                                        543,147         1,575,044          2,118,191
           $    5.25                                        965,625             -                965,625
           $    7.00                                        517,150             -                517,150
           $    8.00                                        200,000             -                200,000
           $    9.00                                        767,000             -                767,000
                                                  -------------------  ----------------  ----------------
                                                          2,992,922         1,575,044          4,567,966
                                                  ===================  ================  ================
           Weighted Average Exercise Price
                                                  $            5.76    $          .10    $          3.81
                                                  ===================  ================  ================
</TABLE>

Shares available for grant at December 31, 1999 under the stock option plan were
115,786.


                                      F-23
<PAGE>   70

                           GS TECHNOLOGIES CORPORATION

                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                 (Dollars in thousands, unless otherwise noted)


In October 1995, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued Statement No.
123, "Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation." This standard defines a fair
value based method of accounting for employee stock options and gives companies
a choice to recognize related compensation expense by adopting the new fair
value method or to continue to measure compensation using the intrinsic value
approach under Accounting Principles Board (APB) Opinion No. 25, the former
standard. The Company has elected to continue applying APB Opinion No. 25 in
accounting for its stock option plan. Had compensation expense for the GSI
options been determined based on the fair value of the awards consistent with
Statement No. 123, assuming the compensation expense would increase net loss of
GST, the Company's pro forma net loss would have been $(52,585) for 1999,
$(26,000) for 1998 and $(16,633) for 1997. For purposes of proforma disclosure,
the estimated fair value of the options is amortized to expense over the
options' vesting period.

The fair value of the options was estimated at the date of grant using the
Black-Scholes option pricing model with the following weighted average
assumptions: expected life of 6 years, no dividends, risk-free interest rate of
5.5% for 1998 and 6.2% for 1997, and volatility of .22 for 1998 and .27 for
1997. The assumptions are not applicable for 1999 since the fair value of the
options granted in 1999 is zero.

The weighted average value of options granted during 1999, 1998 and 1997 was $0,
$.08, and $2.38.

15.    RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

TRANSITION SERVICES AND OTHER ANCILLARY AGREEMENTS

The officers, directors, and management employees of GSI provide management
services to GST. The cost of these services is charged to GST under a management
services agreement and included in selling, general and administrative expenses.
This charge amounted to $13.0 million, $10.0 million, and $10.6 million in 1999,
1998, and 1997, respectively. At December 31, 1998 GST had a note payable to GSI
of $4.9 million which was contributed to capital by GSI to GST during 1999.

Certain agreements were entered into as part of the Purchase and Sale Agreement
between the Company and Armco (now AK Steel). The Company leases certain
facilities from Armco at its Kansas City operations for which it pays a nominal
rental and the associated property taxes, maintenance and utilities.

TRANSACTIONS AMONG SHAREHOLDERS/SIGNIFICANT CUSTOMER

Certain shareholders of GSI are party to other transactions with the Company.
General Electric Capital Corporation was a lender and acted as agent on certain
of the Company's domestic debt prior to the refinancing in March 2000. Bain
Capital provides certain management support services for which it receives a fee
not to exceed $1.0 million annually, exclusive of out-of-pocket expenses.

One shareholder of GSI is a major customer of the Company's Kansas City wire rod
operation. Sales to this customer comprised 13.0%, 13.2%, and 11.7% of the
Company's consolidated net sales for the years ended December 31, 1999, 1998 and
1997, respectively. The Company has receivables due from this shareholder of
$4.8 million and $4.3 million as of December 31, 1999 and 1998, respectively.
The Company and this shareholder are parties to a wire rod supply contract which
provides for minimum annual purchases and maximum annual supply of wire rod
through December 31, 2005.

OTHER

During 1999, GSI purchased in the open market $2.0 million of the 12 1/4% Senior
Notes issued by GSTOC and subsequently contributed the purchased notes to GST.


                                      F-24
<PAGE>   71

                           GS TECHNOLOGIES CORPORATION

                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                 (Dollars in thousands, unless otherwise noted)

16.    COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

LITIGATION AND OTHER CONTINGENCIES

In August 1996, Samsung America, Inc. ("Samsung") filed an action in the Supreme
Court of the state of New York seeking monetary damages against GSI, the
Company, its Peruvian subsidiary, Acerco, and Acerco's partners in the Siderperu
joint venture, collectively, ("the Defendants"). Samsung seeks to recover
purported damages of $48.5 million and punitive damages of $10.0 million and
alleges that the Defendants failed to honor a written contract which entitled
Samsung to obtain an equity interest in Siderperu and to provide certain
distribution and trading services on an exclusive basis. The Company believes
that it has substantial and meritorious defenses and will defend itself
accordingly.

The Company's subsidiary, Georgetown Steel Corporation, is the defendant in
three related suits filed in 1998 by certain private plaintiffs in the Court of
Common Pleas for the County of Georgetown, South Carolina. The plaintiffs allege
trespass, nuisance, negligence and violation of State and Federal law in
connection with the escape of "mill dust" and gases from Georgetown's steel mill
into the atmosphere and onto the plaintiffs' property in Georgetown, South
Carolina. The plaintiffs seek certification as a class action in each case. The
plaintiffs in these actions seek unspecified actual, compensatory and punitive
damages. The Company believes the actions lack merit and intends to defend them
vigorously.

There are various claims pending involving the Company arising out of the normal
course of business. In management's opinion, the ultimate liability resulting
therefrom will not materially affect the financial position, results of
operations, or cash flows of the Company.

INDEMNIFICATIONS FROM ARMCO

As part of the Purchase and Sale Agreement with Armco (which merged with and
into AK Steel in September 1999), the Company has been indemnified by Armco for
known environmental matters and known quantified income tax issues related to
periods prior to November 12, 1993. The Company has also been indemnified
against all unknown other pre-closing environmental matters or conditions for a
period of six years from closing. Armco's indemnity covers 100% of the first
$10.0 million subject to an aggregate deductible of $0.3 million and a
fifty-fifty sharing for aggregate claims between $10.0 million and $15.0 million
with a maximum cap of $12.5 million. As of December 31, 1999 there were no known
losses that would be covered under this indemnification. Management of the
Company is not aware of any current information which would indicate that Armco
will not be able to satisfy its obligation to the Company under these
indemnifications.

ENVIRONMENTAL MATTERS

The Company's U.S. facilities are subject to a broad range of federal, state and
local environmental requirements, including those governing discharges to the
air and water, the handling and disposal of solid and hazardous wastes and the
remediation of contamination associated with releases of hazardous substances at
Company facilities and associated offsite disposal locations. Liabilities with
respect to hazardous substance releases arise principally under the Federal
Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act ("CERCLA")
and similar state laws, which impose strict, retroactive, joint and several
liability upon statutorily defined classes of "potentially responsible parties."
The Company's foreign facilities and joint ventures are subject to varying
degrees of environmental regulation in the jurisdictions in which those
facilities are located.

Based on the continuing review of environmental requirements, the Company
believes that it is currently in compliance with environmental requirements.
Nevertheless, as is the case with steel producers in general, if a release of
hazardous substances occurs on or from the Company's properties or any
associated offsite


                                      F-25
<PAGE>   72

                           GS TECHNOLOGIES CORPORATION

                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                 (Dollars in thousands, unless otherwise noted)

disposal locations, or if contamination from prior activities is discovered at
such properties or locations, the Company may be held liable and may be required
to pay the cost of remedying the condition or satisfying third party damage
claims. The amount of any such liability could be material. The Company devotes
considerable resources to ensuring that its operations are conducted in a manner
that reduces such risks.

The Company has several environmental issues currently under discussion with
various federal and local agencies, some of which involve compliance and/or
remediation at certain properties. The Company did not incur significant
environmental expenditures during 1999, 1998, or 1997.

The Company records certain operating expenses for environmental compliance,
testing and other environmental related costs as expenses when incurred. When it
has been possible to determine reasonable estimates of liabilities related to
environmental issues, based upon information from engineering and environmental
specialists, the Company has made provisions and accruals. At December 31, 1999
and 1998, $2.8 million and $2.4 million were accrued for environmental related
issues. The Company believes, based upon information currently available to
management, that it will not require expenditures to maintain compliance with
environmental requirements which would have a material adverse effect on its
financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

LABOR RELATIONS

A significant portion of the Company's hourly employees are covered by
collective bargaining agreements negotiated with various unions. These
agreements expire at various times between October 2002 and November 2003. In
the course of previous contract negotiations, the Company has on occasion been
affected by work stoppages.

The collective bargaining agreement at the Kansas City facility expired on March
31, 1997 and the Company and the United Steel Workers of America ("USWA") were
unable to agree on terms of a new labor agreement. A work stoppage at this
facility commenced on April 2, 1997. On June 13, 1997, the 650 employees covered
by this collective bargaining agreement ratified a new five and one-half year
agreement and returned to work.

The collective bargaining agreement with employees at the Company's facility in
Tempe, Arizona was due to expire in November 1997. The Company successfully
negotiated a new contract which expires November 2003.

The Company's collective bargaining agreement at the Georgetown, South Carolina
facility expired on December 8, 1997. The Company and the USWA were unable to
agree on the terms of a new agreement and a work stoppage commenced on December
5, 1997. On January 7, 1998, the 580 employees covered by this agreement
ratified a new sixty-two month agreement and returned to work.

The collective bargaining agreement with employees at the Company's facility in
Concepcion, Chile was due to expire on December 31, 1997. The Company
successfully negotiated a new contract that extends until December 2002.

The Company's collective bargaining agreement at the Jacksonville, Florida
facility expired on April 30,1998. The Company was unable to reach agreement
with the union and a work stoppage commenced. The Company re-staffed the
facility with permanent replacement workers and production returned to normal
levels. In July 1998, the union notified the Company that striking workers had
accepted the Company's final offer as proposed by management before the work
stoppage began.

The Company's collective bargaining agreement at the Duluth, Minnesota facility
expired on August 24, 1999. The Company and the United Steelworkers Union were
unable to reach an agreement and a work stoppage by the union workers commenced.
There are approximately 140 union workers at the Duluth facility and management
together with its salaried workforce and temporary workers have continued to
operate the plant with no impact to production and without any interruption in
shipments to the Company's customers. Negotiations are ongoing with the union.


                                      F-26
<PAGE>   73

                           GS TECHNOLOGIES CORPORATION

                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                 (Dollars in thousands, unless otherwise noted)

COMMITMENTS

The Kansas City operation has entered a ten year agreement, expiring in 2004,
with a third party that will staff and manage its computer operations for $.9
million per year.

The Company is party to a DRI purchase agreement as discussed in Note 6.

Rent expense under equipment operating leases was $2.6 million, $2.5 million and
$2.4 million for the years ended December 31, 1999, 1998 and 1997, respectively.
The Company has future minimum noncancelable operating lease commitments of the
following as of December 31, 1999:

                      2000                             $         2,250
                      2001                                       1,636
                      2002                                       1,172
                      2003                                         810
                      2004                                         344
                      Thereafter                                   272
                                                       --------------------
                      Total minimum payments           $         6,484
                                                       ====================

17.     RISK FACTORS, LIQUIDITY AND UNCERTAINTIES

The following forward-looking statements involve a number of assumptions, risks
and uncertainties. Actual results of the Company could differ from those matters
expressed in or implied by such forward-looking statements.

During 1998 and 1999, the Company's results have been negatively impacted by
market conditions within the domestic steel industry. Distressed economic
conditions in other countries, particularly in Asia, have resulted in record
levels of low priced steel imports into the U.S. causing dramatic declines in
selling prices industry-wide. In December 1998, the Company, along with other
U.S. companies and the United Steelworkers of America, filed a petition with the
U. S. International Trade Commission seeking action to limit wire rod imports
which have caused serious harm to the industry. In February 2000, the U.S.
President granted domestic wire rod producers some import protection in the form
of a tariff rate quota which will go into effect in March 2000 and remain in
place for three years. In the first year, wire rod imports in excess of 1.58
million tons will be subject to a tariff of 10%. The level of imports will be
allowed to increase by 2 percent a year in the second and third years, while the
tariff penalty will drop by 2.5 percentage points a year. Until such time that
these tariffs take effect, the Company's financial condition could continue to
be impacted by these factors.

During 1999, the Company's grinding media and mill liner business has been
negatively affected by a slow down in the mining industry as a result of
declining commodity prices and customer consolidations.

As discussed in Note 6, the Company's 50% owned DRI joint venture has
experienced losses due to unusually low prices for scrap and scrap substitutes,
resulting in lower than optimal production levels and costs of producing DRI in
excess of current market prices. Continuation of these market conditions could
have a material adverse impact on the Company's future financial performance and
potentially on its liquidity and financial condition.

While management believes that funds available from the Company's cash flow from
operations and credit facilities will be sufficient, in the aggregate, to fund
planned working capital and capital expenditure requirements for 2000,
management continues to evaluate alternative sources of funds. There are
fluctuations in the Company's working capital needs over the course of a year,
generally influenced by various factors such as seasonality, inventory levels,
the timing of raw material purchases and capital expenditures. Due to the
cyclical nature of the Company's business, management believes that it is
important for the Company to maintain borrowing facilities in excess of working
capital requirements.



                                      F-27
<PAGE>   74

                           GS TECHNOLOGIES CORPORATION

                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                 (Dollars in thousands, unless otherwise noted)

Capital expenditures in the Company's business tend to vary from year to year,
as the impact of major programs is concentrated in certain periods followed by
periods of maintenance spending. Management believes that this pattern is
typical of the industry. The high quality sector of the steel and mining
products industry is characterized by high levels of capital spending. The focus
of capital spending is increased production capacity, improvement in product
quality and reduction in product cost. The Company carefully evaluates capital
spending and invests any when anticipated economic returns clearly exceed cost
and when necessary to ensure proper maintenance of equipment. During the last
few years, the Company has not undertaken any major capital projects.

During 1999, the Company managed its liquidity needs on a consolidated basis
with borrowings available under the Revolving Credit Facility (see Note 10) and
will continue to do so with borrowings available under the New Revolving Credit
Facility (see Note 19). Management believes the additional borrowing
availability under the New Credit Facility and the cash flows from operations
will be sufficient to meet anticipated capital expenditures and to make
principal and interest payments on the Company's indebtedness when due.

18.    GEOGRAPHIC INFORMATION

Financial information by geographic region is presented below. United States
includes GSTOC and MEI. South America is principally comprised of the Company's
operations in Chile and Peru. Other includes the Company's operations in Europe
(principally Italy), Canada and other joint venture interests around the world
(Note 6).

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                      Year ended December 31, 1999
                                                    -------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                        United           South
                                                        States          America             Other            Total
                                                    ---------------  ---------------   ----------------  --------------
<S>                                                   <C>              <C>                <C>             <C>
Net sales                                             $   560,096      $  104,678         $    11,468     $   676,242
Operating income (loss)                                   (8,498)          17,590                 551           9,643
Equity in income (loss) of joint ventures                (14,629)          (8,279)                181         (22,727)
Net earnings (loss)                                      (58,488)           4,757               1,146         (52,585)
Total assets                                             503,012           60,719              14,952         578,683
Total liabilities                                        520,999           30,368               5,706         557,073
Net assets                                               (17,987)          30,351               9,246          21,610


                                                                      Year ended December 31, 1998
                                                    -------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                        United           South
                                                        States          America             Other            Total
                                                    ---------------  ---------------   ----------------  --------------
Net sales                                             $   622,343      $   108,784        $    7,276     $    738,403
Operating income (loss)                                    (9,140)          14,028                29            4,917
Equity in income (loss) of joint ventures                  (2,359)             557               (13)          (1,815)
Net earnings (loss)                                       (38,852)          11,514             1,987          (25,351)
Total assets                                              550,750           67,111            18,425          636,286
Total liabilities                                         520,217           39,238             7,935          567,390
Net assets                                                 30,533           27,873            10,490           68,896


                                                                      Year ended December 31, 1997
                                                    -------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                        United           South
                                                        States          America             Other            Total
                                                    ---------------  ---------------   ----------------  --------------
Net sales                                             $   594,190      $  106,664         $   12,312      $   713,166
Operating income                                           27,406           9,982                559           37,947
Equity in income of joint ventures                          2,679           3,003                513            6,195
Net earnings (loss)                                       (27,014)          9,478              1,420          (16,116)
Total assets                                              562,084          67,020             11,736          640,840
Total liabilities                                         502,007          39,695              3,977          545,679
Net assets                                                 60,077          27,325              7,759           95,161
</TABLE>


                                      F-28
<PAGE>   75

                           GS TECHNOLOGIES CORPORATION

                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                 (Dollars in thousands, unless otherwise noted)

19.      SUBSEQUENT EVENT

         On March 13, 2000, GSTOC and its subsidiaries entered into a new credit
agreement with an unaffiliated financial institution consisting of a $120
million revolver, inclusive of letters of credit, collateralized by inventory
and accounts receivable (the "New Revolving Credit Facility") and a $10 million
term loan (the "New Term Loan Facility"). GSTOC expects to replace the New Term
Loan Facility with a new five year $50 million term loan facility currently in
process which is expected to close in the second quarter of 2000. The New
Revolving Credit Facility contains no operating covenants other than a
requirement that GSTOC maintain availability under the revolver of at least $25
million and certain capital expenditure limitations.

         Proceeds from the refinancing were used to prepay the outstanding
balances on the Revolving Credit Facility and term loan and the MEI Revolving
Credit Facility and term loan. Simultaneous with the closing of the new credit
agreement, MEI became a wholly owned subsidiary of GSTOC. Borrowings under the
new credit facility bear interest at varying margins over the prime rate or the
Eurodollar rate. The rate in effect on March 13, 2000 was 9.15%.


20.  SELECTED QUARTERLY FINANCIAL DATA - UNAUDITED (DOLLARS IN MILLIONS)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                    1999                                       1998
                                   ---------------------------------------     --------------------------------------
                                     1ST        2ND       3RD        4TH        1ST        2ND       3RD        4TH
                                   ------     ------     ------     ------     ------    ------     ------     ------
<S>                                <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>       <C>        <C>        <C>
Net sales                          $179.9     $167.7     $163.0     $165.6     $194.2    $201.0     $172.6     $170.6

Operating income (loss)               6.3        (.1)      (1.2)       4.6       12.3       3.2       (6.8)      (3.8)

Earnings (loss) from continuing
   Operations                        (5.2)     (15.0)     (15.7)     (17.1)       2.4        .4      (14.1)     (14.3)

Discontinued operations                .2         .3         .4        (.5)        .2       (.5)        .9        (.4)

                                   ------     ------     ------     ------     ------    ------     ------     ------
Net earnings (loss)                $ (5.0)    $(14.7)    $(15.3)    $(17.6)    $  2.7    $ (0.1)    $(13.2)    $(14.7)
                                   ======     ======     ======     ======     ======    ======     ======     ======
</TABLE>


                                      F-29
<PAGE>   76

                      REPORT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS ON
                          FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES


To the Board of Directors
 of GS Technologies Corporation

Our audits of the consolidated financial statements referred to in our report
dated February 18, 2000, except for Note 19 for which the date is March 13,
2000, appearing on page F-1 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K also included an
audit of the Financial Statement Schedules listed in Item 14(a)(2) of this Form
10-K. In our opinion, these Financial Statement Schedules present fairly, in all
material respects, the information set forth herein when read in conjunction
with the related consolidated financial statements.


PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP


Charlotte, North Carolina
February 18, 2000

                                       S-1
<PAGE>   77

                                                                      Schedule I
                           GS TECHNOLOGIES CORPORATION
              CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION OF THE PARENT COMPANY

                             STATEMENTS OF EARNINGS
                             (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              Year Ended December 31,
                                                --------------------------------------------------------
                                                    1999               1998                1997
                                                -----------------  ------------------  -----------------
<S>                                             <C>                <C>                 <C>
Equity in loss of subsidiaries                  $        (48,514)  $        (34,556)   $        (12,093)
Equity in income of joint ventures                           283              1,490               1,530
Gain on divestitures                                       -                  5,176                -
Other, net                                                (2,235)            (1,606)             (1,262)
                                                -----------------  ------------------  -----------------

Loss before income tax                                   (50,466)           (29,496)            (11,825)

Income tax benefit (provision)                            (2,119)             4,145              (4,291)
                                                -----------------  ------------------  -----------------

Net loss                                        $        (52,585)  $        (25,351)   $        (16,116)
                                                =================  ==================  =================
</TABLE>

                  See notes to Condensed Financial Information.


                                       S-2
<PAGE>   78

                                                                      Schedule 1
                           GS TECHNOLOGIES CORPORATION
              CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION OF THE PARENT COMPANY

                                 BALANCE SHEETS
                             (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                         December 31,         December 31,
                                                                             1999                 1998
                                                                        -------------------  -------------------
<S>                                                                     <C>                  <C>
ASSETS
Current assets:
   Cash and cash equivalents                                            $           265      $             8
   Other receivables                                                                 83                  108
   Recoverable income taxes                                                       -                    4,612
   Deferred Income Taxes                                                            222                1,036
                                                                        -------------------  -------------------
     Total current assets                                                           570                5,764

Loans to affiliates                                                               -                    3,500
Investment in subsidiaries                                                       39,228               82,463
Investment in joint ventures                                                      8,500                8,675
Other assets                                                                      2,001                -
                                                                        -------------------  -------------------
     Total assets                                                       $        50,299      $       100,402
                                                                        ===================  ===================

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDER'S EQUITY
Current liabilities:
   Payables to affiliates                                               $         4,134      $         4,669
   Payables and accrued liabilities                                                 793                  588
   Income taxes payable                                                           1,806                -
                                                                        -------------------  -------------------
     Total current liabilities                                                    6,733                5,257

Deferred income taxes payable                                                    13,237               19,922
Other long-term liabilities                                                       5,239                4,497
                                                                        -------------------  -------------------
     Total liabilities                                                           25,209               29,676
                                                                        -------------------  -------------------

Shareholder's equity
   Common Stock, $.01 par value, 1,000 shares authorized,
     100 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 1999 and
     1998                                                                             1                    1
   Additional paid-in capital                                                   139,072              132,716
   Accumulated deficit                                                         (111,781)             (59,196)
   Accumulated other comprehensive income                                        (2,202)              (2,795)
                                                                        -------------------  -------------------
     Total shareholder's equity                                                  25,090               70,726
                                                                        -------------------  -------------------
     Total liabilities and shareholder's equity                         $        50,299      $       100,402
                                                                        ===================  ===================
</TABLE>


                  See notes to Condensed Financial Information.

                                       S-3
<PAGE>   79

                                                                      Schedule I
                           GS TECHNOLOGIES CORPORATION
              CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION OF THE PARENT COMPANY
                            STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
                             (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                              Years Ended December 31,
                                                               ------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                   1999                1998                  1997
                                                               -----------------  --------------------  -------------------
<S>                                                            <C>                <C>                   <C>
OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
   Net loss                                                    $       (52,585)   $       (25,351)      $       (16,116)
   Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net
     cash provided by (used in) operating activities:
       Equity in loss of subsidiaries                                   48,514             34,556                12,093
       Equity in income of joint ventures                                 (283)            (1,490)               (1,530)
       Dividends from joint ventures                                       458              1,434                 1,018
       Gain on divestitures                                              -                 (5,176)                -
       Gain on repurchase of long term debt                             (1,060)             -                     -
       Deferred income taxes                                            (5,871)            (2,308)               (3,436)
       Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
         Receivables                                                        25                (45)                  272
         Payables and accrued liabilities                                  205              2,286                    79
         Income taxes                                                    6,418             (4,475)                6,469
         Other                                                             394              4,200                   498
                                                               -----------------  --------------------  -------------------
         Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities            (3,785)             3,631                  (653)
                                                               -----------------  --------------------  -------------------

INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
   Investment in subsidiaries                                           (3,319)           (21,765)              (10,730)
   Purchase of additional interest in Moly-Cop
      Philippines                                                        -                 (1,000)                -
   Dividends received from subsidiaries                                  6,440             12,577                10,761
   Proceeds from disposition of property, plant and
      equipment                                                          -                  9,500                 -
   Loan to affiliate                                                     -                 (3,500)                -
   Change in receivable/payable to affiliates                             (535)             -                     -
                                                               -----------------  --------------------  -------------------
         Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities             2,586             (4,188)                   31
                                                               -----------------  --------------------  -------------------

FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
   Contribution from GSI                                                 1,456                550                 -
                                                               -----------------  --------------------  -------------------
         Net cash provided by financing activities                       1,456                550                 -
                                                               -----------------  --------------------  -------------------

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents                       257                 (7)                 (622)

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS:
   Beginning of period                                                       8                 15                   637
                                                               -----------------  --------------------  -------------------
   End of period                                               $           265    $             8       $            15
                                                               =================  ====================  ===================

SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION:
   Non-cash financing activities:
          Contribution of note payable from parent             $         4,900    $         -           $         -
          Contribution of loan to affiliate to subsidiary      $         3,500    $         -           $         -
</TABLE>

                  See notes to Condensed Financial Information.


                                      S-4
<PAGE>   80

                                                                      Schedule 1
                           GS TECHNOLOGIES CORPORATION
              NOTES TO SCHEDULE 1 - CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION
                              OF THE PARENT COMPANY
                             (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)

NOTE 1 - BASIS OF PRESENTATION

The accompanying condensed financial information has been presented pursuant to
Rule 5-04(c) of Regulation S-X. The notes to the audited consolidated financial
statements contained elsewhere in this Form 10-K reflect all disclosures
required by generally accepted accounting principles. Such information has not
been separately disclosed in this schedule.

NOTE 2 - RESTRICTED ASSETS

GST owns 100% of the common stock of GS Technologies Operating Co., Inc.
("GSTOC"), ME International, Inc. ("MEI"), Inversiones en Molienda (Chile),
Acerco S.A. (Peru), GST Europa SpA (Italy), and GST Philippines, Inc.
(Philippines) and holds investments in various joint ventures.

At December 31, 1999 and 1998, GSTOC and MEI had long-term debt instruments that
contained various covenants which, among other things, restricted the payment of
dividends to GST. Restricted net assets were $18,325 and $19,067 at December 31,
1999 and 1998, respectively. There were no restrictions for dividend payments
from the other subsidiaries to GST.




                                      S-5
<PAGE>   81

                                                                     Schedule II
                           GS TECHNOLOGIES CORPORATION

                        VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS

                   For the Three Years Ended December 31, 1999
                                 (In Thousands)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                        Additions
                                                              ---------------------------------

                                             Balance at        Charged to         Charge to                         Balance at
Description                                   Beginning         Costs and           Other                             End of
                                              of Period          Expense          Accounts         Deductions         Period
                                           ----------------   ---------------   ---------------  -----------------  ---------------
<S>                                        <C>                <C>               <C>              <C>                <C>

1999

Valuation account deducted from assets -
   Allowance for doubtful accounts         $        1,893     $          291    $      -         $         (444)    $      1,740
                                           ================   ===============   ===============  =================  ===============


1998

Valuation account deducted from assets -
   Allowance for doubtful accounts         $        1,581     $        1,161    $      -         $         (849)    $      1,893
                                           ================   ===============   ===============  =================  ===============


1997

Valuation account deducted from assets -
   Allowance for doubtful accounts         $        1,612     $          307    $      -         $         (338)    $      1,581
                                           ================   ===============   ===============  =================  ===============
</TABLE>



                                      S-6
<PAGE>   82

                                   SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange
Act of 1934, the Registrants have duly caused this report to be signed on its
behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, on the 30th day of March,
2000.

                             GS TECHNOLOGIES CORPORATION AND
                             GS TECHNOLOGIES OPERATING CO., INC.


                                   By:       /s/ Luis E. Leon
                                       ---------------------------------------
                                       Luis E. Leon, Executive Vice President,
                                       Chief Financial Officer, Executive Vice
                                       President - Mining Products, and Director


Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report
has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and
in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

Signatures                         Title
- ----------                         -----

/s/ Mark G. Essig                  Chairman, President, Chief
- -------------------------------    Executive Officer, and Director
Mark G. Essig                      (Principal Executive Officer)


/s/ Luis E. Leon                   Executive Vice President,
- -------------------------------    Chief Financial Officer,
Luis E. Leon                       Executive Vice President - Mining
                                   Products (Principal Financial Officer),
                                   and Director


/s/ David O. Shelley               Vice President and Controller
- -------------------------------    (Principal Accounting Officer)
David O. Shelley


/s/ Roger R. Regelbrugge           Director
- -------------------------------
Roger R. Regelbrugge


/s/ Paul B. Edgerley               Director
- -------------------------------
Paul B. Edgerley


<PAGE>   83

SUPPLEMENTAL INFORMATION TO BE FURNISHED WITH REPORTS FILED PURSUANT TO SECTION
15(d) OF THE ACT BY REGISTRANTS WHICH HAVE NOT REGISTERED SECURITIES PURSUANT
SECTION 12 OF THE ACT.

No annual report or proxy soliciting materials has been provided to security
holders as of the date of filing of this annual report on Form 10-K. The
Registrants may subsequently provide an annual report to security holders and
will provide the Commission with copies of any such report. The Registrants do
not plan to send a proxy statement, form of proxy or other proxy soliciting
material to its security holders during 2000.


<PAGE>   1

                                                                   EXHIBIT 10.32

===============================================================================


                                CREDIT AGREEMENT

                           dated as of March 13, 2000

                                     among

                      GS TECHNOLOGIES OPERATING CO., INC.,

                         GEORGETOWN STEEL CORPORATION,

                            ME INTERNATIONAL, INC.,

                                      and

                            ME-WEST CASTINGS, INC.,

                                 AS BORROWERS,
                                 -------------


                    THE FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS PARTY HERETO,

                                  AS LENDERS,
                                  -----------

                                      and

                      THE CIT GROUP/BUSINESS CREDIT, INC.,

                                    AS AGENT



                                  $130,000,000



===============================================================================
<PAGE>   2

                               TABLE OF CONTENTS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
SECTION               TITLE                                                                      PAGE
- -------               -----                                                                      ----

<S>     <C>                                                                                      <C>
ARTICLE I   DEFINITIONS; CONSTRUCTION...............................................................1
  1.01. Certain Definitions.........................................................................1
  1.02. Construction...............................................................................21
  1.03. Accounting Principles......................................................................22

ARTICLE II  THE CREDITS............................................................................22
  2.01. Loans......................................................................................22
  2.02. Notes; Repayment of Loans..................................................................23
  2.03. Notice of Borrowing; Making of Loans.......................................................23
  2.04. Reduction of Commitments; Prepayment; Termination Fee......................................26
  2.05. Interest...................................................................................28
  2.06. Interest Payment Dates.....................................................................29
  2.07. Amortization...............................................................................29
  2.08. Payments; Periodic Statements; Fees........................................................29
  2.09. Use of Proceeds............................................................................32
  2.10. Eurodollar Rate Not Determinable; Illegality or Impropriety................................32
  2.11. Reserve Requirements; Capital Adequacy Circumstances.......................................33
  2.12. Indemnity..................................................................................34
  2.13. Sharing of Setoffs.........................................................................35
  2.14. Continuation and Conversion of Loans.......................................................35
  2.15. Taxes......................................................................................36
  2.16. Joint and Several Liability of the Borrowers...............................................38

ARTICLE III  LETTERS OF CREDIT.....................................................................40
  3.01. Letters of Credit..........................................................................40
  3.02. Participations.............................................................................44

ARTICLE IV  BORROWING BASE.........................................................................45
  4.01. Condition of Lending and Assisting in Establishing or Opening Letters of Credit............45
  4.02. Mandatory Prepayment.......................................................................45
  4.03. Rights and Obligations Unconditional.......................................................45
  4.04  Borrowing Base Certificate.................................................................45
  4.05. General Provisions.........................................................................46

ARTICLE V  CONDITIONS OF EFFECTIVENESS, LETTER OF CREDIT ISSUANCE AND LENDING......................46
  5.01. Conditions Precedent to Effectiveness......................................................46
  5.02. Conditions Precedent to Loans and Letters of Credit........................................50

ARTICLE VI  REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES.........................................................51
</TABLE>


                                      -i-
<PAGE>   3

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
SECTION               TITLE                                                                      PAGE
- -------               -----                                                                      ----

<S>     <C>                                                                                      <C>
  6.01. Organization, Good Standing, Etc...........................................................51
  6.02. Authorization, Etc.........................................................................52
  6.03. Governmental Approvals.....................................................................52
  6.04. Enforceability of Loan Documents...........................................................52
  6.05. Subsidiaries...............................................................................52
  6.06. Litigation.................................................................................52
  6.07. Financial Condition........................................................................53
  6.08. Compliance with Law, Etc...................................................................53
  6.09. ERISA......................................................................................53
  6.10. Taxes, Etc.................................................................................54
  6.11. Regulation T, U or X.......................................................................54
  6.12. Nature of Business.........................................................................54
  6.13. Adverse Agreements, Etc....................................................................54
  6.14. Holding Company and Investment Company Acts................................................54
  6.15. Permits, Etc...............................................................................55
  6.16. Priority; Title............................................................................55
  6.17. Full Disclosure............................................................................55
  6.18. Environmental Matters......................................................................55
  6.19. Insurance..................................................................................56
  6.20. Financial Accounting Practices, Etc........................................................56
  6.21. No Material Adverse Effect.................................................................56
  6.22. Real Property; Leases......................................................................57
  6.23. Location of Bank Accounts..................................................................58
  6.24. No Event of Default........................................................................58
  6.25. Tradenames.................................................................................58
  6.26. Solvency...................................................................................58
  6.27. Inventory..................................................................................58
  6.28. Intellectual Property......................................................................58
  6.29. Material Contracts.........................................................................58
  6.30. Labor Relations; Collective Bargaining Agreements..........................................59

ARTICLE VII  AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS.................................................................59
  7.01. Reporting Requirements.....................................................................59
  7.02. Compliance with Laws, Etc..................................................................63
  7.03. Preservation of Existence, Etc.............................................................64
  7.04. Keeping of Records and Books of Account....................................................64
  7.05. Inspection Rights..........................................................................64
  7.06. Maintenance of Properties, Etc.............................................................64
  7.07. Maintenance of Insurance...................................................................65
  7.08. Environmental Matters......................................................................65
  7.09. Further Assurances.........................................................................66
  7.10. Borrowing Base.............................................................................66
  7.11. Change in Collateral; Collateral Records...................................................66
  7.12. Financial Accounting Practices, Etc........................................................66
  7.13. Cash Management System.....................................................................67
</TABLE>

                                      -ii-
<PAGE>   4

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
SECTION TITLE                                                                                      PAGE
- ------- -----                                                                                      ----
<S>     <C>                                                                                        <C>
  7.14. Landlord and Warehouse Waivers.............................................................68
  7.15. Additional Subsidiaries....................................................................68

ARTICLE VIII  NEGATIVE COVENANTS...................................................................68
  8.01. Liens, Etc.................................................................................68
  8.02. Indebtedness...............................................................................70
  8.03. Guarantees, Etc............................................................................70
  8.04. Merger, Consolidation, Sale of Assets, Etc.................................................71
  8.05. Change in Nature of Business...............................................................71
  8.06. Loans, Advances and Investments, Etc.......................................................72
  8.07. Dividends, Prepayments, Etc................................................................72
  8.08. Federal Reserve Regulations................................................................73
  8.09. Transactions with Affiliates...............................................................73
  8.10. ERISA......................................................................................74
  8.11. Capital Expenditures.......................................................................74
  8.12. Sales of Notes, Etc........................................................................74
  8.13. Compromise of Receivables..................................................................74
  8.14. Amendment of Indentures, Tax Sharing Agreement and Management
        Services Agreement.........................................................................74
  8.15. Limitation on Dividends and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting
        Subsidiaries...............................................................................74
  8.16. Limitation on Issuance of Additional Stock.................................................75
  8.17. Availability...............................................................................75

ARTICLE IX  MANAGEMENT, COLLECTION AND STATUS OF ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE AND OTHER COLLATERAL..........75
  9.01. Management of Collateral...................................................................75
  9.02. Accounts Receivable Documentation..........................................................77
  9.03. Status of Accounts Receivable and Other Collateral.........................................77
  9.04. Collateral Custodian.......................................................................78

ARTICLE X  DEFAULTS................................................................................78
  10.01. Events of Default.........................................................................78
  10.02. Consequences of an Event of Default.......................................................81
  10.03. Deposit for Letters of Credit.............................................................82
  10.04. Certain Remedies..........................................................................82

ARTICLE XI  MISCELLANEOUS..........................................................................83
  11.01. Holidays..................................................................................83
  11.02. Records...................................................................................83
  11.03. Amendments and Waivers....................................................................83
  11.04. No Implied Waiver; Cumulative Remedies....................................................84
  11.05. Notices...................................................................................84
  11.06. Expenses; Taxes; Attorneys' Fees; Indemnification.........................................85
  11.07. Application...............................................................................86
  11.08. Severability..............................................................................86
</TABLE>

                                     -iii-
<PAGE>   5

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
SECTION  TITLE                                                                                    PAGE
- -------  -----                                                                                    ----
<S>      <C>                                                                                      <C>
  11.09. Governing Law.............................................................................86
  11.10. Prior Understandings......................................................................86
  11.11. Duration; Survival........................................................................86
  11.12. Counterparts..............................................................................87
  11.13. Assignments; Participations...............................................................87
  11.14. Successors and Assigns....................................................................89
  11.15. Confidentiality...........................................................................89
  11.16. Waiver of Jury Trial......................................................................90
  11.17. Right of Setoff...........................................................................90
  11.18. Headings..................................................................................90
  11.19. Forum Selection and Consent to Jurisdiction...............................................90
  11.20. The Administrative Borrower as Agent for Borrowers........................................91

ARTICLE XII  THE AGENT.............................................................................91
  12.01. Appointment...............................................................................91
  12.02. Nature of Duties..........................................................................92
  12.03. Rights, Exculpation, Etc..................................................................92
  12.04. Reliance..................................................................................93
  12.05. Indemnification...........................................................................93
  12.06. Successor Agent...........................................................................94
  12.07. Collateral Matters........................................................................94
</TABLE>


                                     -iv-
<PAGE>   6

<TABLE>
<S>         <C>
Exhibit A-1 -  Form of Revolving Credit Note
Exhibit A-2 -  Form of Term Note
Exhibit B   -  Form of Guaranty
Exhibit C-1 -  Form of Security Agreement [Current Assets]
Exhibit C-2 -  Form of Security Agreement [Equipment]
Exhibit D   -  Form of Borrowing Base Certificate
Exhibit E   -  Form of Notice of Borrowing
Exhibit F   -  Form of Letter of Credit Application
Exhibit G   -  Form of Assignment and Acceptance
Exhibit H   -  Form of Depository Account Agreement
Exhibit I   -  Form of Contribution Agreement
Exhibit J   -  Form of Exemption Certificate
</TABLE>


<TABLE>
<S>                  <C>
Schedule 1.01(A)     -   Locations of Eligible Inventory
Schedule 1.01(B)     -   Commitments
Schedule 6.05        -   Subsidiaries
Schedule 6.06        -   Litigation
Schedule 6.09        -   Employee Plans
Schedule 6.10        -   Tax Assessments
Schedule 6.18        -   Environmental Matters
Schedule 6.19        -   Insurance
Schedule 6.22        -   Real Property; Leases
Schedule 6.23        -   Bank Accounts
Schedule 6.25        -   Tradenames
Schedule 6.29        -   Material Contracts
Schedule 6.30        -   Collective Bargaining Agreements
Schedule 8.01        -   Existing Liens
Schedule 8.02        -   Indebtedness
Schedule 8.03        -   Guaranties
Schedule 8.06        -   Investments
</TABLE>


                                      -v-
<PAGE>   7

                                CREDIT AGREEMENT


                  CREDIT AGREEMENT, dated as of March 13, 2000, among GS
TECHNOLOGIES OPERATING CO., INC., a Delaware corporation ("GSTOC"), GEORGETOWN
STEEL CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation ("GSC"), ME INTERNATIONAL, INC., a
Michigan corporation ("MEI"), and ME-WEST CASTINGS, INC., an Arizona
corporation ("ME-West" and together with GSTOC, GSC and MEI, each a "Borrower"
and collectively the "Borrowers"), the financial institutions from time to time
party hereto (collectively, the "Lenders" and individually, a "Lender"), and
THE CIT GROUP/BUSINESS CREDIT, INC. ("CIT"), as agent for the Lenders (in such
capacity, the "Agent").

                                   BACKGROUND

                  The Borrowers have requested the Lenders to extend credit to
the Borrowers consisting of (a) a term loan facility in the principal amount of
$10,000,000 and (b) a revolving credit facility in an aggregate principal
amount not to exceed $120,000,000 at any time outstanding, including a $25
million subfacility for the issuance of letters of credit. Subject to the terms
and conditions set forth herein, the Lenders have agreed to provide such
facilities.

                  Accordingly, the parties hereto agree as follows:


                                   ARTICLE I

                           DEFINITIONS; CONSTRUCTION

                  1.01. Certain Definitions. In addition to other terms defined
elsewhere in this Agreement, as used herein the following terms shall have the
following respective meanings:

                  "Account Debtor" shall mean any Person that is in any way
obligated to any Borrower on or in connection with any Account Receivable.

                  "Accountant's Opinion" shall have the meaning given that term
in Section 7.01(a).

                  "Accounts Receivable" shall mean any and all rights of a
Borrower to payment for goods sold or services rendered, including accounts,
contract rights, general intangibles and any and all such rights evidenced by
chattel paper, instruments or documents, whether due or to become due and
whether or not earned by performance, and whether now or hereafter acquired or
arising in the future and any proceeds arising therefrom or relating thereto.

                  "Adjusted Consolidated Debt Service Coverage Ratio" shall
mean for any period, the ratio of (i) the sum of (A) Consolidated EBITDA for
such period and(B) the amount of all capital contributions made by GS
Technologies to GSTOC during such period less the aggregate amount of any such
capital contributions the proceeds of which were used, directly or indirectly,
to pay dividends or make loans or other payments by GSTOC or any of its
Subsidiaries to GS
<PAGE>   8

Technologies or GSI with respect to such period, to (ii) the sum of (A)
Consolidated Interest Expense for such period and (B) the aggregate amount of
all principal of Indebtedness of any of GSTOC and its Subsidiaries payable
(whether by mandatory prepayment, at maturity, by acceleration or otherwise) or
paid during such period.

                  "Adjusted Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio" shall
mean for any period, the ratio of (i) the sum of (A) Consolidated EBITDA for
such period and (B) the amount of all capital contributions made by GS
Technologies to GSTOC during such period less the aggregate amount of any such
capital contributions the proceeds of which were used, directly or indirectly,
to pay dividends or make loans or other payments by GSTOC or any of its
Subsidiaries to GS Technologies or GSI with respect to such period, to (ii) the
sum of (A) Consolidated Interest Expense for such period, (B) the aggregate
amount of all principal of Indebtedness of any of GSTOC and its Subsidiaries
payable (whether by mandatory prepayment, at maturity, by acceleration or
otherwise) or paid during such period, and (C) Capital Expenditures of GSTOC
and its Subsidiaries made or committed to be made during such period.

                  "Administrative Borrower" shall have the meaning given that
term in Section 11.20.

                  "Affiliate" of a Person shall mean any other Person (other
than a Subsidiary) which, directly or indirectly, is in control of, is
controlled by, or is under common control with, such Person. For purposes of
this definition, "control" of a Person means the power, directly or indirectly,
either to (i) vote 10% or more of the securities having ordinary voting power
for the election of directors of such Person or (ii) direct or cause the
direction of the management and policies of such Person whether by contract or
otherwise; provided, however, that none of the Agent and the Lenders shall be
deemed to be an Affiliate of any Obligor.

                  "Agent" shall have the meaning specified therefor in the
preamble hereto.

                  "Agent Account" shall mean an account in the name of the
Agent designated to the Borrowers from time to time into which the Borrowers
shall make all payments to the Agent, for the account of the Agent or the
Lenders, as the case may be, under this Agreement.

                  "Agent Advances" shall have the meaning given that term in
Section 12.08.

                  "Agreement" shall mean this Credit Agreement.

                  "AIR" shall mean American Iron Reduction, LLC, a Delaware
limited liability company.

                  "Applicable Eurodollar Rate" shall mean, for any Interest
Period with respect to any Eurodollar Loan, the Eurodollar Rate plus 3.00%;
provided, however, that (i) in the event that as of the Test Date for the
Applicable Margin Period (A) the Adjusted Consolidated Debt Service Coverage
Ratio for the Test Period ended on such Test Date is at least 1.50 to 1, such
percentage shall be .25% less than the Applicable Eurodollar Rate that would
otherwise be in effect after giving effect to the provisions of this definition
other than this clause, and (B) the Adjusted Consolidated Debt Service Coverage
Ratio for the Test Period ended on such Test Date


                                       2
<PAGE>   9

is at least 1.75 to 1, such percentage shall be .25% less than the Applicable
Eurodollar Rate that would otherwise be in effect after giving effect to the
provisions of this definition other than this clause, and (ii) in the event
that as of the first day of such Interest Period, the Permitted Term Loan
Facility is in full force and effect, such percentage shall be .25% less than
the Applicable Eurodollar Rate that would otherwise be in effect after giving
effect to the provisions of this definition other than this clause. Only one
(if any) rate reduction under clause (i)(A) or clause (i)(B) or clause (ii)
above shall be taken into account in determining any rate reduction under any
other such clause.

                  "Applicable Margin Period" shall mean each period commencing
on a date, on or after April 1, 2000, on which the financial statements are
delivered pursuant to Section 7.01(c) and ending on the earlier of (i) the date
of the actual delivery of the next financial statements pursuant to such
Section 7.01(c) and (ii) the latest date on which the next financial statements
are required to be delivered pursuant to such Section 7.01(c).

                  "Applicable Regular Rate" shall mean, for any day with
respect to any Prime Loan, the Prime Rate plus 0.75%; provided, however, that
(i) in the event that as of the Test Date for the Applicable Margin Period, (A)
the Adjusted Consolidated Debt Service Coverage Ratio for the Test Period ended
on such Test Date is at least 1.50 to 1, such percentage shall be .25% less
than the Applicable Regular Rate that would otherwise be in effect after giving
effect to the provisions of this definition other than this clause, and (B) the
Adjusted Consolidated Debt Service Coverage Ratio for the Test Period ended on
such Test Date is at least 1.75 to 1, such percentage shall be .25% less than
the Applicable Regular Rate that would otherwise be in effect after giving
effect to the provisions of this definition other than this clause, and (ii) in
the event that the Permitted Term Loan Facility is in full force and effect on
such day, such percentage shall be .25% less than the Applicable Regular Rate
that would otherwise be in effect after giving effect to the provisions of this
definition other than this clause. Only one (if any) rate reduction under
clause (i)(A) or clause (i)(B) or clause (ii) above shall be taken into account
in determining any rate reduction under any other such clause.

                  "Assignment and Acceptance" shall mean an assignment and
acceptance entered into by a Lender and an assignee, and accepted by the Agent,
substantially in the form of Exhibit G hereto.

                  "Availability" shall mean, at any time, the difference
between (i) the lesser of (A) the Current Revolving Commitment and (B) the
Borrowing Base and (ii) the sum of (A) the aggregate outstanding principal
amount of all Loans and (B) the Letter of Credit Exposure.

                  "Availability Reserve" shall mean, on any date of
determination, (i) $25,000,000 or (ii) if the Adjusted Consolidated Fixed
Charge Coverage Ratio for the Test Period ended on the Test Date for such date,
is at least 1.5 to 1, $15,000,000.

                  "Bain Entities" shall mean Bain Capital, Inc. and any funds
controlled or managed by Bain Capital, Inc.


                                       3
<PAGE>   10

                  "Bank" shall mean The Chase Manhattan Bank its successors or
any other bank designated by the Agent to the Borrowers from time to time that
is reasonably acceptable to the Borrowers.

                  "Benefit Plan" shall mean a defined benefit plan as defined
in Section 3(35) of ERISA that is subject to Title IV of ERISA (other than a
Multiemployer Plan) and in respect of which a Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate
is or within the immediately preceding six (6) years was an "employer" as
defined in Section 3(5) of ERISA.

                  "Board" means the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve
System of the United States.

                  "Book Value" shall mean, as to any Inventory with respect to
which such amount is to be determined, the lower of (i) cost (as reflected in
the general ledgers of the applicable Borrower) or (ii) market value (both cost
and market value being determined in accordance with GAAP calculated on the
first in first out basis).

                  "Borrower" and "Borrowers" shall have the respective meanings
given those terms in the preamble hereto.

                  "Borrowing Base" shall mean an amount equal to the difference
between (i) the sum of (A) 65% of the Book Value of Eligible Inventory other
than supplies and equipment spares, (B) 30% of the Book Value of Eligible
Inventory consisting of supplies and equipment spares, up to a maximum amount
of $7,000,000 and (C) 85% of the Net Amount of Eligible Accounts Receivable and
(ii) the Availability Reserve and such other reserves as the Agent, in its sole
discretion exercised reasonably, may deem appropriate; provided, however, that
(y) in the event that any Inventory appraisal conducted pursuant to Section
7.05 indicates that the net orderly liquidation value of aggregate Inventory,
as reasonably determined by the Agent, is less than the sum of (1) 75% of the
Book Value of the portion of such Inventory other than supplies and equipment
spares and (2) 40% of the Book Value of the portion of such Inventory
consisting of supplies and equipment spares, in each case determined pursuant
to clause (i) of the definition of the term Book Value, the Agent may reduce
the percentage in clause (i)(A) to such a percentage as the Agent may determine
to be appropriate and (z) in the event that any Eligible Accounts Receivable
are covered by credit insurance in amount and having terms acceptable to the
Agent in all respects (including the assignment of such insurance to the Agent
upon terms acceptable to the Agent), the Agent may, but shall have no
obligation to, increase the percentage in clause (i)(D) to such percentage as
the Agent may determine to be appropriate.

                  "Borrowing Base Certificate" shall have the meaning given
that term in Section 4.04(a).

                  "Business Day" shall mean any day other than a Saturday,
Sunday or other day on which banking institutions are authorized or obligated
to close in New York, New York or North Carolina, provided, that with respect
to the borrowing, payment, conversion to or continuation of Eurodollar Loans,
Business Day shall also mean a day on which dealings in Dollars are carried


                                       4
<PAGE>   11

on in the interbank eurodollar market where the eurodollar and foreign currency
and exchange operations in respect of the Bank's eurodollar loans are then
being conducted.

                  "Capital Expenditures" shall mean, for any period, the sum,
without duplication, of the aggregate amount of all expenditures during such
period which, in accordance with GAAP, is required to be included in property,
plant or equipment or similar fixed asset accounts and the amount of
Capitalized Lease Obligations incurred by such Person.

                  "Capitalized Lease" shall mean any lease which is required
under GAAP to be capitalized on the balance sheet of the lessee.

                  "Capitalized Lease Obligations" shall mean the aggregate
amount which is required under GAAP to be reported as a liability on the
balance sheet of a Person as lessee under a Capitalized Lease.

                  "Cash Concentration Account" shall mean the deposit account
maintained by the Agent at the Cash Concentration Account Bank, which deposit
account shall be under the sole dominion and control of the Agent.

                  "Cash Concentration Account Agreement" shall mean an
agreement, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Agent, among
the Cash Concentration Account Bank, the Borrowers and the Agent delivered to
the Agent pursuant to Section 7.13.

                  "Cash Concentration Account Bank" shall mean The Chase
Manhattan Bank or such other bank as the Borrowers may select with the written
approval of the Agent not to be unreasonably withheld.

                  "Change of Control" shall (i) prior to a Public Offering,
mean that the Bain Entities shall cease to have the ability, direct or
indirect, to elect a majority of the members of the Board of Directors of GSI,
or that the Bain Entities shall cease to own at least fifty-one percent (51%)
of the shares of capital stock of GSI owned by them on the date hereof, and
(ii) subsequent to a Public Offering, have the meaning given that term in the
Indentures, as in effect on the date hereof.

                  "CIT" shall have the meaning given that term in the
introductory paragraph to this Agreement.

                  "Closing Date" shall mean the date on which the conditions
set forth in Section 5.01 shall be satisfied.

                  "Code" shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as
amended, and any successor statute of similar import, and regulations
thereunder, in each case as in effect from time to time. References to sections
of the Code shall be construed also to refer to any successor sections.


                                       5
<PAGE>   12

                  "Collateral" shall mean all of the property (tangible and
intangible) of any Person purported to be subject to the Lien purported to be
created by any Security Document heretofore or hereafter executed by such
Person as security for all or any part of the Obligations.

                  "Commitment" shall mean, with respect to any Lender, such
Lender's Revolving Credit Commitment or Term Loan Commitment.

                  "Consolidated EBITDA" shall mean, for any period, (i)
Consolidated Net Income for such period, plus (ii) the sum of each of the
following expenses to the extent they have been deducted in determining
Consolidated Net Income for such period: (A) Consolidated Interest Expense for
such period, (B) all income tax expense (whether federal, state, local, foreign
or otherwise) of GSTOC and its Consolidated Subsidiaries for such period, (C)
all depreciation expense of GSTOC and its Consolidated Subsidiaries for such
period, and (D) all amortization expense of GSTOC and its Consolidated
Subsidiaries for such period, in each case determined in accordance with GAAP
for such period; provided, however, that with respect to any such period a
portion of which precedes the date hereof, Consolidated EBITDA for such portion
shall be determined in accordance with GAAP on a combined basis for GSTOC and
its Consolidated Subsidiaries and the MEI Entities.

                  "Consolidated Interest Expense" shall mean, for any period,
the total consolidated interest expense of GSTOC and its Consolidated
Subsidiaries for such period, calculated without regard to any limitations as
to payment thereof and determined in accordance with GAAP for such period,
plus, without duplication, that portion of Capitalized Lease Obligations of
GSTOC and its Consolidated Subsidiaries representing the interest factor for
such period, in each case net of the total consolidated cash interest income of
GSTOC and its Consolidated Subsidiaries for such period; provided, however,
that with respect to any such period a portion of which precedes the date
hereof, Consolidated Interest Expense for such portion shall be determined in
accordance with GAAP on a combined basis for GSTOC and its Consolidated
Subsidiaries and the MEI Entities.

                  "Consolidated Net Income" shall mean, for any period, the net
after tax income (or net loss) of GSTOC and its Consolidated Subsidiaries for
such period, determined in accordance with GAAP for such period; provided,
however, that with respect to any such period a portion of which precedes the
date hereof, net after tax income for such portion shall be determined in
accordance with GAAP on a combined basis for GSTOC and its Consolidated
Subsidiaries and the MEI Entities.

                  "Consolidated Subsidiary" of a Person at any time shall mean
those Subsidiaries or Affiliates of such Person whose accounts are or should in
accordance with GAAP be consolidated with those of such Person.

                  "Contribution Agreement" shall mean the Contribution
Agreement, substantially in the form of Exhibit I hereto, among the Borrowers.

                  "Credit Extension" shall mean (i) the making of any Loan by a
Lender or the Agent on behalf of the Lenders or (ii) the issuance, increase in
the Stated Amount, or extension


                                       6
<PAGE>   13

of the expiration date, of any Letter of Credit which CIT or any Lender assists
any Borrower in opening or establishing.

                  "Current Revolving Commitment" shall have the meaning
assigned to that term in Section 2.01.

                  "Depository Account Agreement" shall mean an agreement,
substantially in the form of Exhibit H hereto, among a Depository Bank, a
Borrower and the Agent delivered to the Agent pursuant to Section 7.13.

                  "Depository Account" shall mean the lock-box or blocked
depository account maintained by a Borrower for the collection of the cash of
such Borrower and the proceeds from the sale of the Inventory or payment of
Accounts Receivable of such Borrower.

                  "Depository Bank" shall mean each financial institution at
which a Depository Account is maintained.

                  "Designated Borrowing Officer" shall mean such officer as
shall be designated from time to time in writing by the Administrative Borrower
to the Agent.

                  "Designated Financial Officer" of a Person shall mean the
individual designated from time to time by the Board of Directors or governing
body performing like functions of such Person to be the chief financial
officer, Treasurer or Assistant Treasurer of such Person (and individuals
designated from time to time by the Board of Directors or governing body
performing like functions of such Person to act in lieu of the chief financial
officer or the Treasurer of such Person).

                  "Disbursement Account" shall mean the deposit account in the
name of the Administrative Borrower maintained at a bank in the United States
designated by the Administrative Borrower to the Agent into which there shall
be deposited proceeds of Loans and funds disbursed to the Administrative
Borrower by the Agent.

                  "Dollar," "Dollars" and the symbol "$" shall mean lawful
money of the United States of America.

                  "Eligible Accounts Receivable" shall mean, with respect to
any Borrower, the Accounts Receivable of such Borrower which are, and at all
times continue to be, reasonably acceptable to the Agent in all respects.
Criteria for eligibility may be established and revised from time to time
solely by the Agent in its exclusive judgment exercised reasonably. In general,
Accounts Receivable of a Borrower will not be deemed to be eligible unless: (i)
(A) delivery of the merchandise or the rendition of the services has been
completed or (B) the merchandise has been shipped, but not yet delivered to the
Account Debtor, provided that no Borrower has any knowledge that any such
shipped merchandise has been damaged, lost or stolen or is subject to any claim
or dispute by the Account Debtor; (ii) no return, rejection, repossession or
dispute has occurred with respect to such Account Receivable; (iii) the Account
Debtor has not asserted any setoff, defense or counterclaim with respect to
such Account Receivable but only to the extent of such setoff, dispute, defense
or counterclaim; (iv) such Account Receivable is lawfully owned by


                                       7
<PAGE>   14

such Borrower free and clear of any Lien (other than the Lien in favor of the
Agent that secures the Obligations) and is in full conformity with all
representations and warranties made by such Borrower with respect thereto in
the Loan Documents; (v) such Account Receivable is not evidenced by a
promissory note, chattel paper or any other instrument or document; (vi) such
Account Receivable is unconditionally payable in Dollars within 90 days from
the invoice date, and no more than 60 days have elapsed from the invoice due
date and no more than 90 days have elapsed from the invoice date, provided that
Accounts Receivable in an aggregate amount of not more than $20 million at any
one time may have payment terms extended by the Borrowers in the ordinary
course of business of up to 120 days from the invoice date; (vii) the Account
Debtor with respect thereto is not an Affiliate of any Obligor unless the
Accounts Receivable is supported by a letter of credit satisfactory to the
Agent; (viii) such Account Receivable does not constitute an obligation of the
United States or any other Governmental Authority (unless all steps required by
the Agent in connection therewith, including notice to the United States
Government under the Federal Assignment of Claims Act have been duly taken);
(ix) the Account Debtor (or the applicable office of the Account Debtor) with
respect thereto is located in the continental United States, Canada or Puerto
Rico unless the Account Receivable is supported by a letter of credit or other
similar obligation satisfactory to the Agent; (x) the Account Debtor with
respect thereto is not also a supplier to or creditor of any Obligor, provided
that the Account Receivable may be due from such a supplier or creditor (A) to
the extent that it is not subject to any dispute or claim or (B) if such
supplier or creditor has executed a no-offset letter satisfactory to the Agent;
(xi) not more than 50% of the aggregate amount of all Accounts Receivable of
the Account Debtor with respect to such Account Receivable have remained unpaid
60 days past the invoice due date; and (xii) unless otherwise agreed by the
Agent in reliance upon a court order acceptable to the Agent, the Account
Debtor with respect to such Account Receivable (A) has not filed a petition for
bankruptcy or any other relief under the Bankruptcy Code or any other law
relating to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or relief of debtors, made
an assignment for the benefit of creditors, had filed against it any petition
or other application for relief under the Bankruptcy Code or any such other
law, (B) has not failed, suspended business operations, become insolvent,
called a meeting of its creditors for the purpose of obtaining any financial
concession or accommodation, or (C) has not had or suffered to be appointed a
receiver or a trustee for all or a significant portion of its assets or
affairs.

                  "Eligible Inventory" shall mean Inventory of a Borrower which
at the time of determination meets all the following qualifications:

                            (i)     it is lawfully owned by such Borrower free
         and clear any Lien (other than the Lien in favor of the Agent that
         secures the payment of the Obligations) and is in full conformity with
         all representations and warranties made by such Borrower with respect
         thereto in the Loan Documents;

                            (ii)    it  may be lawfully sold;

                            (iii)   it is not held on consignment;

                            (iv)    it is (A) located at one of the locations
         of business of a Borrower listed in Schedule 1.01 (A) hereto; (B)
         located in other locations in the


                                       8
<PAGE>   15

         continental United States as the Agent shall have approved in writing
         from time to time, which approval shall be given upon a Borrower
         providing the Agent with evidence, reasonably satisfactory to the
         Agent, of (1) the Agent's perfected, first priority Lien on all
         Inventory of such Borrower located in such locations, (2) the absence
         of any other Liens on any Inventory of such Borrower located in such
         locations, which evidence may include the results of Uniform
         Commercial Code, tax and judgment lien searches in such locations and
         acknowledgment copies of Uniform Commercial Code financing statements
         naming such Borrower, as debtor, and the Agent, as secured party,
         filed in such locations and (3) in the case of Inventory located at a
         location which is listed in such Schedule and which is not owned by a
         Borrower (as indicated in such Schedule), the aggregate annual rent,
         fees and other amounts payable by the Borrowers with respect to such
         location shall not exceed $500,000; or (C) it is in transit for a
         period of not more than seven days between facilities owned by the
         Borrowers, during which time it is subject to a valid, perfected,
         first priority security interest in favor of the Agent;

                            (v)    it does not consist of packaging materials;

                            (vi)   it does not consist of work in process other
         than billets, blooms or bars; and

                            (vii)  it is Inventory that has been valued after
         deducting rejected, damaged, aged or otherwise unsalable Inventory,
         and other reserves required by the Agent in the exercise of its
         reasonable business judgment.

                  "Environmental Actions" shall mean any complaint, summons,
citation, notice, directive, order, claim, litigation, investigation,
proceeding, judgment, letter or other written communication from any
Governmental Authority or any third party involving a Release (i) from or onto
any of the properties presently or formerly owned or leased by a Borrower or
its Subsidiaries or (ii) from or onto any facilities which received Hazardous
Materials from a Borrower or its Subsidiaries, or involving any violation of
any applicable Environmental Law.

                  "Environmental Law" shall mean all federal, state and local
laws, statutes, ordinances and regulations, now or hereafter in effect relating
to the regulation and protection of human health, safety, the environment and
natural resources. Environmental Laws include but are not limited to the
Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act of 1980,
as amended (42 U.S.C. ss. 9601 et seq.) ("CERCLA"); the Hazardous Material
Transportation Act, as amended (49 U.S.C. ss. 180 et seq.); the Resource
Conservation and Recovery Act, as amended (42 U.S.C. ss. 6901 et seq.)
("RCRA"); the Toxic Substance Control Act, as amended (15 U.S.C. ss. 2601 et
seq.); the Clean Air Act, as amended (42 U.S.C. ss. 7401 et seq.); the Federal
Water Pollution Control Act, as amended (33 U.S.C. ss. 1251 et seq.); the
Occupational Safety and Health Act, as amended (29 U.S.C. s.651, et seq.)
("OSHA") and their state and local counterparts or equivalents.

                  "Environmental Liabilities and Costs" shall mean all
liabilities, monetary obligations, Remedial Actions, losses, damages, punitive
damages, consequential damages, treble damages, costs and expenses (including
all reasonable fees, disbursements and expenses of


                                       9
<PAGE>   16

counsel, expert and consulting and reasonable costs of investigation and
feasibility studies), fines and penalties, incurred as a result of any
Environmental Action arising out of any environmental condition, violation of
Environmental Law, Remedial Actions or a Release of Hazardous Materials from or
onto (i) any property presently or formerly owned by a Borrower or any of its
Subsidiaries or (ii) any facility which received Hazardous Materials generated
by a Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries.

                  "Environmental Lien" shall mean any Lien securing
Environmental Liabilities and Costs incurred by a Governmental Authority.

                  "ERISA" shall mean the Employee Retirement Income Security
Act of 1974, as amended, and any successor statute of similar import, and
regulations thereunder, in each case as in effect from time to time. References
to sections of ERISA shall be construed also to refer to any successor
sections.

                  "ERISA Affiliate" shall mean any (i) corporation which is a
member of the same controlled group of corporations (within the meaning of
Section 414(b) of the Code) as a Borrower, (ii) partnership or other trade or
business (whether or not incorporated) under common control (within the meaning
of Section 414(c) of the Code) with a Borrower, or (iii) member of the same
affiliated service group (within the meaning of Section 414(m) of the Code) as
a Borrower, any corporation described in clause (i) above or any partnership or
trade or business described in clause (ii) above.

                  "Eurodollar Base Rate" shall mean, with respect to a
Eurodollar Loan for the relevant Interest Period, the rate determined by the
Agent to be the rate at which deposits in Dollars are offered by the Bank to
first-class banks in the interbank eurodollar market where the eurodollar and
foreign currency and exchange operations in respect of its eurodollar loans are
then being conducted at approximately 11:00 a.m., New York City time, two
Business Days prior to the first day of such Interest Period, in the
approximate amount of the relevant Eurodollar Loan and having a maturity equal
to such Interest Period.

                  "Eurodollar Loan" shall mean a Loan bearing interest at the
Eurodollar Rate.

                  "Eurodollar Rate" means with respect to each day during each
Interest Period pertaining to a Eurodollar Loan, a rate per annum determined
for such day in accordance with the following formula (rounded upward to the
nearest 1/100 of 1%):

                                 Eurodollar Base Rate
                          ---------------------------
                          1.00 - Reserve Requirements

                  "Event of Default" shall mean any of the Events of Default
described in Section 9.01.

                  "Fee Letter" shall mean the letter agreement, dated as of the
date hereof, between the Borrowers and the Agent obligating the Borrowers
jointly and severally to pay certain fees to the Agent in connection with this
Agreement.


                                      10
<PAGE>   17

                  "GAAP" shall mean generally accepted accounting principles as
such principles shall be in effect in the United States at the relevant date.

                  "GECC Loan Agreement" shall mean the Loan Agreement, dated as
of October 5, 1995, among GSTOC and certain of its Subsidiaries, the lenders
named therein, Mellon Bank, N.A., as Documentation Agent, and General Electric
Capital Corporation, as Agent.

                  "Governmental Authority" shall mean any nation or government,
any federal, state, city, town, municipality, county, local or other political
subdivision thereof or thereto and any department, commission, board, bureau,
instrumentality, agency or other entity exercising executive, legislative,
judicial, regulatory or administrative functions of government.

                  "GSC" shall have the meaning specified therefor in the
preamble hereto.

                  "GSI" shall mean GS Industries, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

                  "GSTOC" shall have the meaning specified therefor in the
preamble hereto.

                  "GS Technologies" shall mean GS Technologies Corporation, a
Delaware corporation.

                  "Guarantee" of or by any Person shall mean any obligation of
such Person guaranteeing any Indebtedness of any other Person (the "primary
obligor"), directly or indirectly through an agreement (i) to purchase or pay
(or advance or supply funds for the purchase or payment of) such Indebtedness
or to purchase (or to advance or supply funds for the purchase of) any security
for the payment of such Indebtedness, (ii) to purchase property, securities or
services for the purpose of assuring the owner of such Indebtedness against
loss, or (iii) to maintain working capital, equity capital or other financial
statement condition or liquidity of the primary obligor so as to enable the
primary obligor to pay such Indebtedness; provided, however, that the term
Guarantee shall not include endorsements for collection or deposit, in either
case in the ordinary course of business.

                  "Guaranty" shall mean the guaranty, substantially in the form
of Exhibit B hereto, made by GS Technologies in favor of the Agent and the
Lenders guaranteeing the Obligations.

                  "Hazardous Materials" shall mean (i) any element, compound or
chemical that is defined, listed or otherwise classified as a solid waste,
contaminant, pollutant, toxic pollutant, hazardous substance, extremely
hazardous substance, toxic substance, hazardous waste, or special waste under
any Environmental Law; (ii) petroleum and its refined fractions, (iii) any
polychlorinated biphenyls, (iv) any flammable, explosive or radioactive
materials; and (v) any other raw materials used or stored by a Borrower,
building components (including but not limited to asbestos-containing
materials) and manufactured products containing Hazardous Materials.

                  "Indebtedness" shall mean as to any Person (i) indebtedness
for borrowed money; (ii) indebtedness for the deferred purchase price of
property or services (other than current trade payables incurred in the
ordinary course of business and payable in accordance with customary
practices); (iii) indebtedness evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or other
similar instruments


                                      11
<PAGE>   18

(other than performance, surety and appeal or other similar bonds arising in
the ordinary course of business); (iv) obligations and liabilities secured by a
Lien upon property owned by such Person, whether or not owing by such Person
and even though such Person has not assumed or become liable for the payment
thereof; (v) obligations and liabilities directly or indirectly Guaranteed by
such Person; (vi) obligations or liabilities created or arising under any
conditional sales contract or other title retention agreement with respect to
property used and/or acquired by such Person, even though the rights and
remedies of the lessor, seller and/or lender thereunder are limited to
repossession of such property; (vii) Capitalized Lease Obligations; (viii) all
liabilities in respect of letters of credit, acceptances and similar
obligations created for the account of such Person, and (ix) net liabilities of
such Person under interest rate cap agreements, interest rate swap agreements,
foreign currency exchange agreements and other hedging agreements or
arrangements calculated on a basis reasonably satisfactory to the Agent and in
accordance with accepted practice.

                  "Indemnified Parties" shall have the meaning given that term
in Section 11.06.

                  "Indentures" shall mean the 1994 Indenture and the 1995
Indenture.

                  "Insteel" shall mean Insteel Industries, Inc., a North
Carolina corporation.

                  "Interest Period" shall mean, with respect to any Eurodollar
Loan, the period commencing on the borrowing date for, or the date of any
continuation of or conversion for such Eurodollar Loan, as the case may be, and
ending one, two, three or six months thereafter as the Administrative Borrower
may elect in the applicable notice given to the Agent pursuant to Section 2.03
or Section 2.14, as appropriate; provided that (i) any Interest Period that
would otherwise end on a day that is not a Business Day shall be extended to
the next succeeding Business Day, unless such Business Day falls in another
calendar month, in which case such Interest Period shall end on the next
preceding Business Day; (ii) any Interest Period that begins on the last
Business Day of a calendar month or on a day for which there is no numerically
corresponding day in the calendar month at the end of such Interest Period
shall end on the last Business Day of the applicable calendar month; (iii) no
Interest Period for any Eurodollar Loan shall end after the Termination Date.
Interest shall accrue from and include the first date of an Interest Period,
but exclude the last day of such Interest Period.

                  "Inventory" shall mean all goods and merchandise of a
Borrower including, but not limited to, all raw materials, work in process,
finished goods, materials and supplies of every nature used or usable in
connection with the shipping, storing, advertising or sale of such goods and
merchandise, whether now owned or hereafter acquired and all such property, the
sale or disposition of which would give rise to Accounts Receivable or cash.

                  "L&P" shall mean Leggett & Platt, Incorporated, a Missouri
corporation.

                  "L/C Notice" shall have the meaning given to that term in
Section 3.01(b).

                  "Lease" shall mean any lease of real property to which a
Borrower is a party as lessee or lessor.


                                      12
<PAGE>   19

                  "Lenders" shall have the meaning given that term in the
preamble hereto.

                  "Letter of Credit" shall have the meaning given to that term
in Section 3.01(a).

                  "Letter of Credit Application" shall have the meaning given
to that term in Section 3.01(a).

                  "Letter of Credit Cash Collateral Account" shall mean the
deposit account maintained at the Bank or such other bank as the Agent may
select, which deposit account shall be under the sole dominion and control of
the Agent.

                  "Letter of Credit Exposure" shall mean, at any time, the sum
at such time of (i) the aggregate amount of all Unreimbursed Draws under
Letters of Credit (whether or not such Letters of Credit are then outstanding)
and (ii) the aggregate Undrawn Letter of Credit Availability under all
outstanding Letters of Credit.

                  "Letter of Credit Fee" shall have the meaning given to that
term in Section 2.08(f).

                  "Letter of Credit Guaranty" shall mean the guaranty delivered
by CIT to the Letter of Credit Issuer, guaranteeing the Borrowers'
reimbursement obligations under a reimbursement agreement, Letter of Credit
Application or other like document.

                  "Letter of Credit Issuer" shall mean The Chase Manhattan Bank
or such Lender or other Person as the Agent may appoint with notice to the
Administrative Borrower as substitute Letter of Credit Issuer if such
substitute issuer and CIT agree upon the terms and documentation with respect
to such substitution.

                  "Lien" shall mean any mortgage, deed of trust, pledge, lien,
security interest, charge or other encumbrance or security arrangement of any
nature whatsoever, including but not limited to any conditional sale or title
retention arrangement, and any assignment, deposit arrangement or lease
intended as, or having the effect of, security.

                  "Loan" or "Loans" shall mean any Term Loan or Revolving
Credit Loan.

                  "Loan Account" shall have the meaning given that term in
Section 2.08(a).

                  "Loan Documents" shall mean this Agreement, the Notes, each
Letter of Credit Application, the Letter of Credit Guaranty, the Fee Letter,
the Depository Account Agreements, the Cash Concentration Account Agreement,
the Security Documents, the Guaranty, each notice letter delivered to a
Depository Bank or other financial institution pursuant to Section 7.13 and all
other instruments, agreements and other documents from time to time delivered
in connection with or otherwise relating to any Loan Document.

                  "Majority Lenders" shall mean, at any time, one or more
Lenders whose Pro Rata Shares aggregate at least sixty-six and two-thirds
percent (66-2/3%); provided, that if at such time there are two or more
Lenders, Majority Lenders shall include at least two Lenders.


                                      13
<PAGE>   20

                  "Management Services Agreement" shall mean the Amended and
Restated Management Services Agreement, dated as of August 14, 1996 among GSI,
the Obligors and certain Affiliates of such Persons.

                  "Material Adverse Effect" shall mean a material adverse
effect upon (i) the business, operations, condition (financial or otherwise),
or properties of the Borrowers, taken as a whole, (ii) the collective ability
of the Borrowers to perform their obligations under the Loan Documents, (iii)
the Lien arising under any Loan Document on any Collateral, (iv) the legality,
validity or enforceability of this Agreement or any other Loan Document or the
Lien arising under any Loan Document, or (v) the value of the property included
in the calculation of the Borrowing Base.

                  "Material Contracts" shall mean the Indentures, the GECC Loan
Agreement, the MEI Loan Agreement, the Management Services Agreement, the Tax
Sharing Agreement, the Offtake Agreement, the collective bargaining agreements
listed in Schedule 6.29 hereto and any other agreement (other than an agreement
which relates to the purchase or sale of equipment or inventory in the ordinary
course of business of each Borrower party thereto) that would be a "material
contract" (as defined in Item 601(b)(10) of Regulation S-K under the federal
securities laws.

                  "ME-West" shall have the meaning specified therefor in the
preamble hereto.

                  "MEI" shall have the meaning specified therefor in the
preamble hereto.

                  "MEI Entities" shall mean MEI and ME-West, collectively.

                  "MEI Loan Agreement" shall mean the Second Amended and
Restated Revolving Credit and Term Loan Agreement, dated May 31, 1994, by and
between MEI and First Bank National Association.

                  "Minority Lenders" shall have the meaning given to that term
in Section 11.03(b).

                  "Multiemployer Plan" shall mean a "multiemployer plan" as
defined in Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA and subject to Title IV of ERISA which
is, or within the immediately preceding six (6) years was, contributed to by a
Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate.

                  "Net Amount of Eligible Accounts Receivable" shall mean the
aggregate unpaid invoice amount of Eligible Accounts Receivable less, without
duplication, sales, excise or similar taxes, returns, discounts (including
accrued discounts with respect to the sale price of goods sold by the Borrowers
to L&P or a Subsidiary of L&P), chargebacks, claims, advance payments, credits
(including unissued credits with respect to unprocessed claims) and allowances
of any nature at any time issued, owing, granted, outstanding, available or
claimed.

                  "Net Proceeds" shall mean:

                  (i) with respect to any sale of assets, the amount of cash
and other payments received (directly or indirectly) by a Borrower and/or its
Subsidiaries net of the sum of (A) the


                                      14
<PAGE>   21

principal amount of any Indebtedness secured by any Permitted Lien on such
assets (other than Indebtedness assumed by the purchaser of such assets) which
is required to be, and is, repaid in connection with the sale or other
disposition thereof (other than Indebtedness under this Agreement), (B)
reasonable costs and expenses incurred by such Borrower and/or its Subsidiaries
in connection with such sale, (C) taxes paid or payable by GSI's consolidated
group as a result of such sale, and (D) any amount provided by such Borrower or
any of its Subsidiaries as a reserve, in accordance with GAAP, against any
post-closing purchase price adjustments with respect to such sale; and

                  (ii) in the case of any loss of or damage to, or any taking
of any Collateral of any Borrower for which any of the Obligors and their
Subsidiaries receives insurance proceeds or other compensation, the aggregate
amount of such proceeds of insurance and other compensation received by the
Obligors and their Subsidiaries in respect of such event.

                  "1994 Indenture" shall mean the Indenture, dated as of August
30, 1994, between GSTOC as issuer, the GS Technologies as guarantor and State
Street Bank and Trust Company, as successor trustee.

                  "1995 Indenture" shall mean the Indenture, dated as of
October 5, 1995, between GSTOC as issuer, GS Technologies as guarantor and
State Street Bank and Trust Company, as successor trustee.

                  "Notes" shall mean the Revolving Credit Notes and the Term
Notes.

                  "Notice of Borrowing" shall have the meaning given to that
term in Section 2.03(a).

                  "Obligations" shall mean all indebtedness, obligations and
liabilities of each Borrower to any Lender or the Agent incurred under or
related to this Agreement, the Notes, or any other Loan Document, whether such
indebtedness, obligations or liabilities are direct or indirect, secured or
unsecured, joint or several, absolute or contingent, due or to become due,
whether for payment or performance, now existing or hereafter arising,
including, without limitation, those which are described in either of the
following clauses (i) or (ii):

                            (i)   All indebtedness, obligations (including
         Reimbursement Obligations) and liabilities of any nature whatsoever,
         including amounts due under Section 11.06 and similar agreements
         contained in the other Loan Documents, from time to time arising under
         or in connection with or evidenced or secured by this Agreement, the
         Notes, the Letters of Credit or any other Loan Document, including but
         not limited to the principal amount of Loans outstanding, together
         with interest thereon (including, without limitation, all interest
         that accrues after the commencement of any case, proceeding or other
         action relating to the bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization of a
         Borrower), the amount of the Letter of Credit Exposure, together with
         interest thereon and all expenses, fees and indemnities hereunder or
         under any other Loan Document. Without limitation, such amounts
         include all Loans and interest thereon and the amount of all Letter of
         Credit Exposure whether or not such Loans were made or any Letters of


                                      15
<PAGE>   22

         Credit to which such Letter of Credit Exposure relates were issued in
         compliance with the terms and conditions hereof or in excess of any
         Lender's obligation to lend and arrange for the issuance of Letters of
         Credit hereunder or any Lender's obligation to participate therein. If
         and to the extent any amounts in any account (including, without
         limitation, the Agent Account, the Letter of Credit Cash Collateral
         Account, the Depository Accounts, and the Cash Concentration Accounts)
         constituting Collateral are applied to Obligations hereunder, and any
         Lender or the Agent is subsequently obligated to return or repay any
         such amounts to any Person for any reason, the amount so returned or
         repaid shall be deemed a Loan hereunder and shall constitute an
         Obligation; and

                            (ii)  All indebtedness, obligations and liabilities
         from time to time arising under or in connection with any account from
         time to time maintained by a Borrower or by any Lender or the Agent
         pursuant to the terms of this Agreement or any Loan Document,
         including, without limitation, all reimbursement obligations, service
         charges and interest in connection with any overdrafts or returned
         items from time to time arising in connection with any such account,
         or arising under or in connection with any cash management services or
         other services from time to time performed by any Lender or the Agent
         pursuant to or in connection with this Agreement or any other Loan
         Document.

                  "Obligor" means any of the Borrowers and GS Technologies.

                  "Office" when used in connection with the Agent shall mean
its office located at 1211 Avenue of the Americas, New York, New York 10036 or
at such other office or offices of the Agent as may be designated in writing
from time to time by the Agent to the Administrative Borrower and when used in
connection with the Bank or the Letter of Credit Issuer shall mean the office
of such entity designated in writing from time to time by the Agent to the
Administrative Borrower.

                  "Offtake Agreement" shall mean the DRI Purchase Agreement
dated as of August 30, 1996, between GSTOC and AIR, as amended and restated as
of May 30, 1997.

                  "Other Taxes" shall have the meaning given to that term in
Section 2.15.

                  "PBGC" shall mean the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation or
any successor thereto.

                  "Permitted Investments" shall mean (i) direct obligations of
the United States of America or of any agency thereof or obligations guaranteed
as to principal and interest by the United States of America or of any agency
thereof, in either case maturing not more than 90 days from the date of
acquisition thereof by such Person; (ii) deposit accounts with or certificates
of deposit and bankers' acceptances issued by any bank or trust company
organized under the laws of the United States of America or any state thereof
and having capital, surplus and undivided profits of at least $500,000,000,
maturing not more than 90 days from the date of acquisition thereof by such
Person; (iii) commercial paper rated A-1 or better or P-1 or better by Standard
& Poor's Corporation ("S&P") or Moody's Investors Services, Inc. ("Moody's"),
respectively,


                                      16
<PAGE>   23

maturing not more than 90 days from the date of acquisition thereof by such
Person; (iv) Investments in money market funds rated AAAm or AAAm-G by S&P and
Aaa by Moody's and; and (v) repurchase agreements having maturities of not more
than 90 days from the date of acquisition which are entered into with a bank or
trust company described in clause (ii) above and which are secured by readily
available direct obligations of the United States of America or any agency
thereof.

                  "Permitted Liens" shall have the meaning given that term in
Section 8.01.

                  "Permitted Term Loan Facility" shall mean a credit facility
between GSTOC and one or more financial institutions (i) providing for term
loans to GSTOC in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $50 million at
any time secured only by equipment and other personal property and real
property of GSTOC not constituting Collateral or current assets, (ii) having
amortization with a weighted average life to maturity at least equal to the
weighted average life to maturity of the amortization set forth in the draft
Term Loan Agreement delivered to the Agent prior to the Closing Date and
otherwise having interest, covenant, default and other provisions customary for
transactions of such type, and (iii) subject to an Intercreditor Agreement, in
form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Agent and the Majority
Lenders, among the Agent and the Lenders, such financial institutions and any
agent acting on their behalf and the Borrowers.

                  "Person" shall mean an individual, corporation, partnership,
limited liability company, limited liability partnership, trust, unincorporated
association, joint venture, joint-stock company, government (including
political subdivisions), Governmental Authority or agency, or any other entity.

                  "Plan" shall mean an employee benefit plan defined in Section
3(3) of ERISA in respect of which a Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate is, or
within the immediately preceding six (6) years was, an "employer" as defined in
Section 3(5) of ERISA.

                  "Potential Default" shall mean any event or condition which,
with notice or passage of time, or any combination of the foregoing, would
constitute an Event of Default.

                  "Prime Loan" shall mean a Loan bearing interest at the
Applicable Regular Rate.

                  "Prime Rate" shall mean the interest rate per annum publicly
announced from time to time by The Chase Manhattan Bank in New York, New York
as its prime rate, such interest rate to change automatically from time to time
effective as of the announced effective date of each change in the prime rate.
Such rate is not intended to be the lowest rate of interest charged by The
Chase Manhattan Bank to its borrowers.

                  "Pro Rata Share" shall mean, with respect to any Lender, a
fraction (expressed as a percentage), the numerator of which shall be the sum
of such Lender's outstanding Term Loans (or Term Loan Commitment, if prior to
the Closing Date) and such Lender's Revolving Credit Commitment (or the sum of
such Lender's outstanding Revolving Loans and such Lender's interest in the
Letter of Credit Exposure, if such Lender's Revolving Commitment has been


                                      17
<PAGE>   24

terminated) and the denominator of which shall be the sum of all outstanding
Term Loans (or the aggregate Term Loan Commitments, if prior to the Closing
Date) and the aggregate Revolving Credit Commitments (or the aggregate amount
of all unpaid Revolving Credit Loans and the Letter of Credit Exposure, if the
Revolving Credit Commitments have been terminated).

                  "Public Offering" shall mean a firm underwritten offering or
offerings of voting stock of the Parent under one of more effective
registration statements under the Securities Act such that, after giving effect
thereto, (i) at least 15% of the total number of shares of voting common stock
of the Parent outstanding on a fully diluted basis has been publicly
distributed and sold pursuant to such offerings, and (ii) such offerings result
in aggregate cash proceeds of at least $40,000,000, exclusive of underwriter's
discounts and other expenses.

                  "Register" shall have the meaning given that term in Section
10.13(c).

                  "Regular Rate" shall mean, for any day, the Prime Rate for
each day.

                  "Reimbursement Obligation" shall mean the aggregate joint and
several obligations of the Borrowers to reimburse CIT or the Lenders for
amounts payable by CIT or the Lenders under a Letter of Credit Guaranty in
respect of any payment made under any Letter of Credit issued by the Letter of
Credit Issuer, together with interest thereon and all fees and expenses related
thereto.

                  "Release" shall mean any spilling, leaking, pumping, pouring,
emitting, emptying, injection, discharging, injecting, escaping, leaching,
dumping or disposing (including abandonment or discarding of barrels,
containers and other closed receptacles containing any hazardous substance,
pollutant or contaminant) of a Hazardous Material into the indoor or outdoor
environment or onto or from any property presently or formerly owned or
operated by a Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, or at any disposal facility
that received Hazardous Materials generated by such Borrower or any of its
Subsidiaries.

                  "Remedial Action" shall mean all reasonable actions required
by applicable Environmental Law taken to (i) monitor, assess, evaluate,
investigate, clean up, remove, remediate, treat, contain or in any other way
address Hazardous Materials in the indoor or outdoor environment; (ii) prevent
or minimize a Release or threatened Release of Hazardous Materials so that the
Release or threatened Release does not migrate or endanger or threaten to
endanger public health or welfare or the environment; or (iii) perform
pre-remedial studies and investigations and post-remedial operation and
maintenance activities, or any other actions authorized by 42 U.S.C. 9601.

                  "Reportable Event" shall mean any of the events described in
Section 4043(b) of ERISA (other than events for which the notice requirements
have been waived).

                  "Reserve Requirements" shall mean, for any day as applied to
a Eurodollar Loan, the aggregate (without duplication) of the rates (expressed
as a decimal fraction) of reserve requirements in effect on such day
(including, without limitation, basic, supplemental, marginal and emergency
reserves under any regulations of the Board or other Governmental Authority


                                      18
<PAGE>   25

having jurisdiction with respect thereto) dealing with reserve requirements
prescribed for eurocurrency funding (currently referred to as "Eurocurrency
Liabilities" in Regulation D of the Board) maintained by a member bank of the
Federal Reserve System. Eurodollar Loans shall be deemed to constitute
Eurocurrency Liabilities and to be subject to such reserve requirements without
benefit of or credit for proration, exceptions or offsets which may be
available from time to time to any Lender or the Affiliate of any Lender under
Regulation D.

                  "Revolving Credit Commitment" shall mean, with respect to
each Lender, the amount set forth in Schedule 1.01(B) hereto or assigned to
such Lender in accordance with Section 10.13, as such amount may be reduced
from time to time pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, and "Revolving
Credit Commitments" shall, collectively, mean the aggregate amount of the
Revolving Credit Commitments of all the Lenders, the maximum amount of which
shall not exceed $120,000,000.

                  "Revolving Credit Loan" shall mean a loan by a Lender to the
Borrowers pursuant to Section 2.01(a)(i) or by the Agent on behalf of the
Lender to the Borrowers or made as a result of charges made to the Loan
Account, in each case pursuant to the terms of this Agreement.

                  "Revolving Credit Note" shall mean a joint and several
promissory note of the Borrowers, substantially in the form of Exhibit A-1
hereto, made payable to the order of a Lender and evidencing the Indebtedness
resulting from the making by such Lender of Revolving Credit Loans and
delivered to the Agent, as such promissory note may be modified or extended
from time to time, and any promissory note or notes issued in exchange or
replacement therefor.

                  "Securities Act" shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as
amended, or any similar federal statute, and the rules and regulations of the
Commission thereunder, all as the same shall be in effect at the time.

                  "Security Agreements" shall mean (i) the Security Agreement,
substantially in the form of Exhibit C-1 hereto, made by the Borrowers in favor
of the Agent, for the benefit of the Lenders and (ii) the Security Agreement,
substantially in the form of Exhibit C-2 hereto, made by the Borrowers in favor
of the Agent, for the benefit of the Lenders.

                  "Security Documents" shall mean, collectively, the Security
Agreements and all Uniform Commercial Code financing statements required by
this Agreement and the Security Agreement to be filed with respect to the
security interests in personal property created pursuant to such agreements,
and all other instruments, agreements or other documents executed and delivered
by any Borrower and/or its Subsidiaries in connection with any of such
agreements.

                  "Senior Notes" shall mean the 12 1/4% Senior Notes and the
12% Senior Notes.

                  "Settlement Period" shall have the meaning set forth in
Section 2.03.

                  "Solvent" means, with respect to any Person on a particular
date, that on such date (i) the fair value of the property of such Person is
not less than the total amount of its liabilities, (ii) the present fair
salable value of the assets of such Person is not less than the amount that
will be required to pay the probable liability of such Person on its existing
debts as they become


                                      19
<PAGE>   26

absolute and matured, (iii) such Person is able to realize upon its assets and
pay its debts and other liabilities, contingent obligations and other
commitments as they mature in the normal course of business, (iv) such Person
does not intend to, and does not believe that it will, incur debts or
liabilities beyond such Person's ability to pay as such debts and liabilities
mature and (v) such Person is not engaged in business or a transaction, and, is
not about to engage in business or a transaction, for which such Person's
property would constitute unreasonably small capital.

                  "Stated Amount" shall mean, with respect to a Letter of
Credit, the face amount thereof, drawn or undrawn, regardless of the existence
or satisfaction of any conditions or limitations on drawing.

                  "Subsidiary" shall mean, with respect to any Person, any
corporation, limited or general partnership, limited liability company, limited
liability partnership, trust, association or other business entity of which an
aggregate of more than 50% or more of the outstanding stock or other interests
entitled to vote in the election of the board of directors of such corporation
(irrespective of whether, at the time, stock of any other class or classes of
such corporation shall have or might have voting power by reason of the
happening of any contingency), managers, trustees or other controlling persons,
or an equivalent controlling interest therein, of such Person is, at the time,
directly or indirectly, owned or controlled by such Person and/or one or more
Subsidiaries of such Person.

                  "Tax Sharing Agreement" shall mean the Tax Sharing Agreement,
dated as of October 5, 1995, among GSI, GS Technologies and certain Borrowers.

                  "Taxes" shall have the meaning given to that term in Section
2.15.

                  "Term Loan" shall mean a loan by a Lender to the Borrowers
pursuant to Section 2.01(a)(ii).

                  "Term Loan Commitment" shall mean, with respect to each
Lender, the term commitment of such Lender as set forth in Schedule 1.01B
hereto or assigned to such Lender in accordance with Section 10.13, as such
amount may be reduced from time to time pursuant to the terms of this
Agreement, and "Term Loan Commitments" shall, collectively, mean the aggregate
amount of the Term Loan Commitments of all of the Lenders, the maximum amount
of which shall not exceed $10,000,000.

                  "Term Note" shall mean a joint and several promissory note of
the Borrowers, substantially in the form of Exhibit A-2 hereto, made payable to
the order of a Lender and evidencing the Indebtedness resulting from the making
by such Lender of such Lender's Term Loan and delivered to the Agent, as such
promissory note may be modified or extended from time to time, and any
promissory note or notes issued in exchange or replacement therefor.

                  "Termination Date" shall mean March 10, 2005 or such earlier
or later date on which the Revolving Credit Commitments are terminated
hereunder in accordance with Section 2.01 or 10.02.


                                      20

<PAGE>   27
         "Termination Event" shall mean (i) a Reportable Event with respect to
any Benefit Plan; (ii) the withdrawal of a Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate from
a Benefit Plan during a plan year in which such Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate
was a "substantial employer" as defined in Section 4001(a)(2) of ERISA; (iii)
the imposition of an obligation on a Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate under
Section 4041 of ERISA to provide affected parties written notice of intent to
terminate a Benefit Plan in a distress termination described in Section 4041(c)
of ERISA; or (iv) the institution by the PBGC of proceedings to terminate a
Benefit Plan.

         "Test Date" shall mean, with respect to any Applicable Margin Period
or the date of any determination hereunder of the Adjusted Consolidated Fixed
Charge Coverage Ratio, the last day of the most recent fiscal month of GSTOC
ended immediately prior to the first day of such Applicable Margin Period or
such date of determination, respectively.

         "Test Period" shall mean a period of twelve consecutive months (taken
as one accounting period) ending on a Test Date.

         "Total Commitment" shall mean the sum of the amounts of the Lenders'
Commitments.

         "Total Revolving Credit Commitment" shall mean the sum of the Lenders'
Revolving Credit Commitments, as adjusted from time to time in accordance with
the provision of Section 11.13.

         "Total Term Loan Commitment" shall mean the sum of the Lenders' Term
Loan Commitments.

         "12% Senior Notes" shall mean GSTOC's 12% Senior Notes due 2004 issued
pursuant to the 1994 Indenture.

         "12 1/4% Senior Notes" shall mean GSTOC's 12 1/4% Senior Notes due
2005 issued pursuant to the 1995 Indenture.

         "Undrawn Letter of Credit Availability" shall mean with respect to a
Letter of Credit, at any time, the maximum amount available to be drawn under
such Letter of Credit at such time, regardless of the existence or satisfaction
of any conditions or limitations on drawing.

         "Unreimbursed Draws" shall mean with respect to a Letter of Credit, at
any time, the aggregate amount at such time of all payments made by the Letter
of Credit Issuer or payments made by CIT or the Lenders under a Letter of
Credit Guaranty in respect of such payments under such Letter of Credit, to the
extent not repaid by the Borrowers, provided that Unreimbursed Draws shall not
include any such payments that have been charged to the Loan Account and
constitute a Loan pursuant to the terms of this Agreement.

         "Unused Line Fee" shall have the meaning given to that term in Section
2.08(e).

         1.02.    Construction. Unless the context of this Agreement otherwise
clearly requires, references to the plural include the singular, the singular
the plural and the part the


                                      21
<PAGE>   28


whole and "or" has the inclusive meaning represented by the phrase "and/or."
References in this Agreement to "determination" by the Agent include reasonable
good faith estimates by the Agent (in the case of quantitative determinations)
and reasonable good faith beliefs by the Agent (in the case of qualitative
determinations). Unless the context requires otherwise, (i) any definition of
or reference to any agreement, instrument or other document herein shall be
construed as referring to such agreement, instrument or other document as from
time to time amended, supplemented or otherwise modified (subject to any
restrictions on such amendments, supplements or modifications set forth
herein), (ii) any reference herein to any Person shall be construed to include
such Person's successors and assigns, (iii) the words "herein," "hereof" and
"hereunder," and words of similar import, shall be construed to refer to this
Agreement in its entirety and not to any particular provision hereof, and (iv)
all references herein to Articles, Sections, Exhibits and Schedules shall be
construed to refer to Articles and Sections of, and Exhibits and Schedules to,
this Agreement.

         1.03.    Accounting Principles. Except as otherwise provided in this
Agreement, all computations and determinations as to accounting or financial
matters and all financial statements to be delivered pursuant to this Agreement
shall be made and prepared in accordance with GAAP (including principles of
consolidation where appropriate), and all accounting or financial terms shall
have the meanings ascribed to such terms by GAAP. Notwithstanding the
definition of GAAP contained in this Agreement, no change in GAAP that would
affect the method or calculation of any of the financial covenants,
restrictions or standards or definitions of terms used herein shall be given
effect in such calculations until such financial covenants, restrictions or
standards or definitions are amended in a manner satisfactory to the Borrowers
and the Majority Lenders so as to reflect such change in GAAP.


                                   ARTICLE II

                                  THE CREDITS

         2.01.    Loans.

                  (a)      Subject to the terms and conditions and relying upon
the representations and warranties herein set forth:

                  (i)      each Lender severally agrees to make Revolving Credit
Loans at any time and from time to time on or after the date hereof and to, but
not including, the Termination Date, in an aggregate principal amount not
exceeding at any one time its Pro Rata Share of the Current Revolving Commitment
at such time. The "Current Revolving Commitment" at any time shall be equal to
the lesser of (A) $120,000,000, as such amount may have been reduced pursuant to
the terms of this Agreement at such time and (B) the Borrowing Base. No Lender
shall have an obligation to make Revolving Credit Loans hereunder or arrange for
the issuance of Letters of Credit on or after the Termination Date or which,
when added to the aggregate amount of all outstanding and contemporaneous
Revolving Credit Loans and the Letter of Credit Exposure at such time, would
cause the aggregate amount of all Revolving Credit Loans and the Letter of
Credit Exposure at any time to exceed the Current Revolving


                                      22
<PAGE>   29
Commitment at such time. Within the limits of time and
amount set forth in this Section 2.01(a)(i), and subject to the provisions of
this Agreement, the Borrowers may borrow, repay and reborrow Revolving Credit
Loans hereunder; and

                  (ii) each Lender severally agrees to make a Term Loan on the
Closing Date in a principal amount not to exceed such Lender's Term Loan
Commitment. Any principal of a Term Loan which is repaid or prepaid may not be
reborrowed.

                  (b)      The Revolving Credit Commitments and the Termination
Date shall be automatically renewed for an additional one year period on the
initial Termination Date and on each subsequent Termination Date unless
terminated by the Borrowers at any time or by the Lenders as of the initial
Termination Date or as of any subsequent Termination Date, in each case upon
not less than sixty (60) days prior written notice.

         2.02.    Notes; Repayment of Loans. (a) All Revolving Credit Loans
made by a Lender shall be evidenced by a single Revolving Credit Note, duly
executed by the Borrowers and delivered to and made jointly and severally
payable to the order of such Lender in a principal amount equal to such
Lender's Revolving Credit Commitment on such date. The Term Loan made by a
Lender shall be evidenced by a Term Note, duly executed by the Borrowers and
delivered to and made payable to the order of such Lender in a principal amount
equal to such Lender's Term Loan Commitment. The Notes shall be dated the
Closing Date or the effective date of the relevant Assignment and Acceptance in
the principal amount of such Lender's Term Loan Commitment or Revolving Credit
Commitment, as the case may be, with the blanks appropriately filled in.

                  (b)      The outstanding principal balance of each Revolving
Credit Loan shall be due and payable on the Termination Date.

         2.03.    Notice of Borrowing; Making of Loans.

                  (a)      Whenever a Borrower desires to borrow, the
Administrative Borrower shall provide notice to the Agent of such proposed
borrowing (a "Notice of Borrowing"), each such notice, to be given not later
than 12:00 noon (New York City time) on the date of such proposed borrowing, in
the case of a borrowing consisting of Prime Loans, or not later than 12:00 noon
(New York City time) on the third Business Day before the date of such
borrowing, in the case of a borrowing consisting of Eurodollar Loans, setting
forth: (i) the date, which shall be a Business Day, on which such borrowing is
to occur, (ii) whether such Loan is a Term Loan or a Revolving Credit Loan and
whether such Loan is requested to be a Prime Loan or a Eurodollar Loan and, if
a Eurodollar Loan, the Interest Period requested with respect thereto, (iii)
the principal amount of the Loan being borrowed, and (iv) which of GSTOC, GSC
or the MEI Entities will receive the proceeds of such Loan. Such notice shall
be given by telephone or in writing by a Designated Borrowing Officer,
provided, that, if requested by the Agent, any such telephonic notice shall be
confirmed in writing by delivery to the Agent, on or before the date on which
such Loan is to be made, of a written notice substantially in the form of
Exhibit E hereto containing the original or facsimile signature of a Designated
Borrowing Officer. Except for a Notice of Borrowing when the Agent will fund
the related Loan pursuant to Section 2.03(e), the


                                      23
<PAGE>   30


Agent shall provide each Lender with prompt notice of each Notice of Borrowing.
Except as otherwise provided in Section 2.03(e), on the date specified in such
notice, each Lender shall, subject to the terms and conditions of this
Agreement, make its Pro Rata Share of such Loan in immediately available funds
by wire transfer to the Agent at its Office not later than 1:30 p.m. (New York
City time). Unless the Agent determines that any applicable conditions in
Section 5.02 have not been satisfied, the Agent shall make the funds so
received from the Lenders available to the applicable Borrower not later than
2:30 p.m. (New York City time), on the date specified in such notice in
immediately available funds by depositing such proceeds in the Disbursement
Account of such Borrower if such Disbursement Account is located at the Bank or
initiating a wire transfer of same day funds to the Disbursement Account if
such Disbursement Account is not located at the Bank.

                  (b)      The Agent and each Lender shall be entitled to rely
conclusively on each Designated Borrowing Officer's authority to request a Loan
on behalf of the Borrowers until the Agent receives written notice to the
contrary. The Agent and the Lenders shall have no duty to verify the
authenticity of the signature appearing on any written Notice of Borrowing and,
with respect to an oral request for a Loan, the Agent and the Lenders shall
have no duty to verify the identity of any Person representing himself as a
Designated Borrowing Officer.

                  (c)      The Agent and the Lenders shall not incur any
liability to the Borrowers in acting upon any telephonic notice referred to
above which the Agent and the Lenders believe in good faith to have been given
by a Designated Borrowing Officer or for otherwise acting in good faith under
this Section 2.03 and, upon the funding of a Loan by the Lenders (or by the
Agent on behalf of the Lenders) in accordance with this Agreement pursuant to
any such telephonic notice, a Borrower shall have effected a Loan hereunder.

                  (d)      Each Notice of Borrowing pursuant to this Section
2.03 shall be irrevocable and the Borrowers shall be bound to make a borrowing
in accordance therewith. Each borrowing of Prime Loans shall be in a minimum
amount of $100,000 and in multiples of $100,000 (or, in the case of Revolving
Credit Loans, the amount of the remaining Availability if less than $100,000)
if in excess thereof, and each borrowing of Eurodollar Loans shall be in a
minimum amount of $1,000,000 and in multiples of $500,000 (or, in the case of
Revolving Credit Loans, the amount of the remaining Availability if less than
$500,000) if in excess thereof, provided that the Borrowers shall not be
entitled to request any Loan that, if made, would result in an aggregate of
more than four separate Eurodollar Loans of any Lender being outstanding
hereunder at any one time.

                  (e)      (i)      Except as otherwise provided in this
subsection 2.03(e), all Loans under this Agreement shall be made by the Lenders
simultaneously and proportionately to their Pro Rata Shares of the Total Term
Loan Commitment or the Total Revolving Credit Commitment, as the case may be,
it being understood that no Lender shall be responsible for any default by any
other Lender in that other Lender's obligation to make a Loan requested
hereunder nor shall any Commitment of any Lender be increased or decreased as a
result of the default by any other Lender in that other Lender's obligation to
make a Loan requested hereunder.


                                      24
<PAGE>   31


                           (ii)     Notwithstanding any other provision of this
Agreement, and in order to reduce the number of fund transfers among the
Borrowers, the Lenders and the Agent, the Borrowers, the Lenders and the Agent
agree that the Agent may (but shall not be obligated to), and the Borrowers and
the Lenders hereby irrevocably authorize the Agent to, fund, on behalf of the
Lenders, Revolving Credit Loans pursuant to Section 2.01, subject to the
procedures for settlement set forth in subsection 2.03(f); provided, however,
that (A) the Agent shall in no event fund such Revolving Credit Loans if the
Agent shall have received written notice from the Majority Lenders on the
Business Day prior to the day of the proposed Revolving Credit Loan that one or
more of the conditions precedent contained in Section 5.02 will not be
satisfied on the day of the proposed Revolving Credit Loan, and (B) the Agent
shall not otherwise be required to determine that, or take notice whether, the
conditions precedent in Section 5.02 have been satisfied.

                           (iii)    Unless (A) the Agent has notified the
Lenders that the Agent, on behalf of the Lenders, will fund a particular
Revolving Credit Loan pursuant to subsection 2.03(e)(ii), or (B) the Agent
shall have been notified by any Lender on the Business Day prior to the day of
a proposed Revolving Credit Loan that such Lender does not intend to make
available to the Agent such Lender's Pro Rata Share of the Revolving Credit
Loan requested on such day, the Agent may assume that such Lender has made such
amount available to the Agent on such day and the Agent, in its sole
discretion, may, but shall not be obligated to, cause a corresponding amount to
be made available to the applicable Borrower on such day. If the Agent makes
such corresponding amount available to such Borrower and such corresponding
amount is not in fact made available to the Agent by such Lender, the Agent
shall be entitled to recover such corresponding amount on demand from such
Lender together with interest thereon, for each day from the date such payment
was due until the date such amount is paid to the Agent, at the customary rate
set by the Agent for the correction of errors among banks for three Business
Days and thereafter at the Regular Rate. During the period in which such Lender
has not paid such corresponding amount to the Agent, notwithstanding anything
to the contrary contained in this Agreement or any other Loan Document, the
amount so advanced by the Agent to a Borrower shall, for all purposes hereof,
be a Loan made by the Agent for its own account. Upon any such failure by a
Lender to pay the Agent, the Agent shall promptly thereafter notify the
Administrative Borrower of such failure and the Borrowers shall immediately pay
such corresponding amount to the Agent for its own account.

                           (iv)     Nothing in this subsection 2.03(e) shall be
deemed to relieve any Lender from its obligation to fulfill its Revolving
Credit Commitment hereunder or to prejudice any rights that the Agent or the
Borrowers may have against any Lender as a result of any default by such Lender
hereunder.

                  (f)      (i)      With respect to all periods for which the
Agent has funded Revolving Credit Loans pursuant to subsection 2.03(e), within
15 days after the last day of each calendar month, or such shorter period as it
may from time to time select (any such month or shorter period being herein
called a "Settlement Period"), the Agent shall notify each Lender of the
average daily unpaid principal amount of the Revolving Credit Loans outstanding
during such Settlement Period. In the event that such amount is greater than
the average daily unpaid principal amount of the Revolving Credit Loans
outstanding during the Settlement Period


                                      25
<PAGE>   32


immediately preceding such Settlement Period (or, if there has been no
preceding Settlement Period, the amount of the Revolving Credit Loans made on
the date of such Lender's initial funding), each Lender shall promptly make
available to the Agent its Pro Rata Share of the difference in immediately
available funds. In the event that such amount is less than such average daily
unpaid principal amount, the Agent shall promptly pay over to each other Lender
its Pro Rata Share of the difference in immediately available funds. In
addition, if the Agent shall so request at any time when a Potential Default or
an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, or any other event
shall have occurred as a result of which the Agent shall determine that it is
desirable to present claims against the Borrowers for repayment, each Lender
shall promptly remit to the Agent or, as the case may be, the Agent shall
promptly remit to each Lender, sufficient funds to adjust the interests of the
Lenders in the then outstanding Loans to such an extent that, after giving
effect to such adjustment, each Lender's interest in the then outstanding
Revolving Credit Loans will be equal to its Pro Rata Share thereof. The
obligations of each Lender under this subsection 2.03(f) shall be absolute and
unconditional. Each Lender shall only be entitled to receive interest on its
Pro Rata Share of the Revolving Credit Loans which have been funded by such
Lender.

                           (ii)     In the event that any Lender fails to make
any payment required to be made by it pursuant to subsection 2.03(f)(i), the
Agent shall be entitled to recover such corresponding amount on demand from
such Lender together with interest thereon, for each day from the date such
payment was due until the date such amount is paid to the Agent, at the
customary rate set by the Agent for the correction of errors among banks for
three Business Days and thereafter at the Regular Rate. During the period in
which such Lender has not paid such corresponding amount to the Agent,
notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement or any
other Loan Document, the amount so advanced by the Agent to a Borrower shall,
for all purposes hereof, be a Loan made by the Agent for its own account. Upon
any such failure by a Lender to pay the Agent, the Agent shall promptly
thereafter notify the Administrative Borrower of such failure and the Borrowers
shall immediately pay such corresponding amount to the Agent for its own
account. Nothing in this subsection 2.03(f)(ii) shall be deemed to relieve any
Lender from its obligation to fulfill its Revolving Credit Commitment hereunder
or to prejudice any rights that the Borrowers or the Agent may have against any
Lender as a result of any default by such Lender hereunder.

         2.04.    Reduction of Commitments; Prepayment; Termination Fee.

                  (a)      Reduction of the Commitment.

                           (i)      The Total Term Loan Commitment shall
     automatically terminate on the Closing Date if the Term Loans are not
     borrowed on the Closing Date.

                           (ii)     Subject to Section 2.04(e), the Borrowers
     may at any time or from time to time and without penalty or premium reduce
     the Total Revolving Credit Commitment of the Lenders to an amount (which
     may be zero) not less than the sum of the unpaid principal amount of all
     Revolving Credit Loans then outstanding plus the principal amount of all
     Revolving Credit Loans not yet made as to which notice has been given by
     the Administrative Borrower under Section 2.03 plus the Letter of Credit


                                      26
<PAGE>   33


     Exposure at such time plus the Stated Amount of all Letters of Credit not
     yet issued as to which a request has been made unless the request is
     withdrawn and the Letter of Credit is not issued by the Letter of Credit
     Issuer under Section 3.01. Any reduction shall be in an amount which is an
     integral multiple of $5,000,000 or such lesser amount that would reduce
     the Current Revolving Commitment to zero. Reduction of the Total Revolving
     Credit Commitment of the Lenders shall be made by providing not less than
     two Business Days' written notice (which notice shall be irrevocable) to
     such effect to the Agent (which notice the Agent shall promptly transmit
     to each Lender). Reductions of the Total Revolving Credit Commitment of
     the Lenders are irrevocable and may not be reinstated. Each such reduction
     shall reduce the Revolving Credit Commitment of each Lender
     proportionately in accordance with its Pro Rata Share.

                           (b)      Mandatory Prepayment.

                                    (i)      If at any time the Current
     Revolving Commitment is less than the aggregate unpaid principal amount of
     the Loans then outstanding plus the Letter of Credit Exposure at such
     time, the Borrowers shall prepay an amount of the Revolving Credit Loans
     not less than the amount of such difference or, if the Revolving Credit
     Loans then outstanding are less than the amount of such difference,
     provide cash collateral, or other collateral acceptable to the Agent in
     its sole discretion, to the Agent in an amount equal to 105% of such
     excess, which cash collateral shall be deposited and held in the Letter of
     Credit Cash Collateral Account until such time as such excess no longer
     exists. Any such prepayment will not otherwise reduce the Revolving Credit
     Commitments of the Lenders. Concurrently with any notice of reduction of
     the Revolving Credit Commitments of the Lenders, the Administrative
     Borrower shall give notice to the Agent of any mandatory prepayment which
     notice shall specify a prepayment date no later than the effective date of
     such reduction of the Revolving Credit Commitments of the Lenders.

                                    (ii)     The Agent shall on each Business
Day apply funds deposited in the Agent Account to the payment, in whole or in
part, of the Obligations outstanding.

                                    (iii)    The Borrowers shall immediately
prepay the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Term Loans in full in
the event that the Total Revolving Credit Commitment is reduced to zero for any
reason.

                                    (iv)     The Borrowers shall prepay in full
the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Term Loans immediately upon
the effectiveness of a Permitted Term Loan Facility.

                                    (v)      In the event of any loss of or
damage to, or taking of any Collateral of any Borrower for which any of the
Obligors and their Subsidiaries receives insurance proceeds or other
compensation, the Borrower shall prepay the Term Loans in an aggregate amount
equal to 100% of the Net Proceeds of such casualty event. Nothing in this
paragraph shall be deemed to limit any obligation of the Obligors or any of
their Subsidiaries


                                      27
<PAGE>   34


pursuant to any of the Security Documents to remit to a collateral or similar
account maintained by the Agent pursuant to any of the Security Documents the
proceeds of insurance or other compensation received in respect of any such
casualty event. In the event that the Borrowers have not closed a Permitted
Term Loan Facility on or before June 30, 2000, the Borrowers, the Agent and the
Lenders shall negotiate in good faith to amend this Agreement to provide
customary and reasonable provisions for the restoration to the Borrowers of
insurance proceeds payable as a result of casualty loss to the Equipment.

                  (c)      Optional Prepayment. The Borrowers may at any time
or from time to time prepay, in whole or in part, the Revolving Credit Loans
then outstanding. Any partial prepayment of a Eurodollar Loan shall not reduce
the aggregate principal amount of such Eurodollar Loan to less than $5,000,000
unless such prepayment reduces the aggregate principal amount of such
Eurodollar Loan to zero.

                  (d)      Prepayments Generally. All prepayments of Loans
under this Section 2.04 shall be without premium or penalty, except that any
prepayment of Eurodollar Loans shall be subject to the provisions of Section
2.12. Any prepayment made pursuant to this Section 2.04 shall be accompanied by
the payment of accrued interest on the principal amount being prepaid to the
date of prepayment.

                  (e)      Termination Fee. Notwithstanding the foregoing
provisions of this Section 2.04, the Borrowers jointly and severally agree that
if the Total Revolving Credit Commitment is reduced to zero (whether such
reduction is optional or mandatory, including after the occurrence of an Event
of Default) at any time prior to the Termination Date, the Borrowers will pay
to the Agent, for the account of each Lender, on the date of such termination
(together with any payments of principal, interest, fees or other amounts
payable hereunder or under the Fee Letter on such date), a fee determined by
multiplying (i) the average daily balance of the Revolving Credit Loans
outstanding during the term of this Agreement by (ii) (A) 2.00% per annum if
the Agreement is terminated on or prior to the first anniversary of the Closing
Date, (B) 1.00% per annum if the Agreement is terminated after the first
anniversary and on or prior to the second anniversary of the Closing Date or
(C) 0.50% per annum if the Agreement is terminated after the second anniversary
and on or prior to the third anniversary and (iii) a fraction (A) the numerator
of which is the number of days remaining until the next anniversary of the
Closing Date following the effective date of such reduction and (B) the
denominator of which is 360.

         2.05.    Interest.

                  (a)      Except as provided in subsection (b) below, (i) each
Prime Loan shall bear interest at a rate per annum for each day during which
such Prime Loan is outstanding equal to the Applicable Regular Rate for such
day and (ii) each Eurodollar Loan shall bear interest at a rate per annum for
each Interest Period during which such Eurodollar Loan is outstanding equal to
the Applicable Eurodollar Rate for such Interest Period. All Eurodollar Loans
constituting part of the same borrowing shall have the same Interest Period.



                                      28
<PAGE>   35


                  (b)      To the extent permitted by law, after there shall
have occurred and so long as there is continuing an Event of Default, all
principal, interest, fees, indemnities or any other Obligations (including
interest accrued under this Section 2.05(b)) shall compound on a daily basis
and shall bear interest for each day until paid (before and after judgment) at
a rate per annum equal to 2.00% above the highest rate that would otherwise be
in effect from any Prime Loans outstanding on such day.

         2.06.    Interest Payment Dates. The Borrowers shall jointly and
severally pay interest on the unpaid principal amount of each Loan from the
date of such Loan until such principal amount shall be paid in full, which
interest shall be payable (i) if such Loan is a Prime Loan, monthly in arrears
on the first day of each month, commencing April 1, 2000, and (ii) if such Loan
is a Eurodollar Loan, on the last day of the Interest Period of such Eurodollar
Loan and, in the case of an Interest Period of more than three months'
duration, each day prior to the last day of such Interest Period that occurs at
intervals of three months' duration after the first day of such Interest
Period. All interest payable pursuant to Section 2.05(b) shall be payable on
demand.

         2.07.    Amortization. To the extent not due and payable earlier
pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, the entire unpaid principal amount of
each of the Loans shall be due and payable on the Termination Date.

         2.08.    Payments; Periodic Statements; Fees.

                  (a)      Time, Place and Manner. All payments and prepayments
to be made in respect of principal, interest, fees or other amounts due jointly
and severally from the Borrowers hereunder, under the Fee Letter, the Notes or
any other Loan Document shall be payable at or before 12:00 Noon, New York City
time, on the day when due without presentment, demand, protest or notice of any
kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived. Such payments shall be made to
the Agent for the account of the Agent, CIT or the Lenders, as the case may be,
at the Agent Account in Dollars in funds immediately available at the Bank's
Office without setoff, counterclaim or other deduction of any nature. The Agent
shall maintain a loan account (the "Loan Account") on its books in the joint
name of the Borrowers in which the Borrowers will be charged with Loans made by
the Agent or the Lenders to any Borrower hereunder and with any other
Obligations. The Borrowers and the Lenders hereby authorize the Agent to, and
the Agent may, from time to time charge the Loan Account with any interest,
fees, expenses and other Obligations that are due and payable under this
Agreement or any Loan Document. The Borrower and the Lenders confirm that any
charges which the Agent may so make to the Loan Account as herein provided will
be made as an accommodation to the Borrowers and solely at the Agent's
discretion and shall constitute a Revolving Loan to the Borrowers funded by the
Agent on behalf of the Lenders and subject to subsections 2.03(e) and 2.03(f)
of this Agreement. Each of the Lenders and each of the Borrowers agrees that
the Agent shall have the right to make such charges regardless of whether any
Event of Default or Potential Default shall have occurred and be continuing or
whether any of the conditions precedent in Section 5.02 have been satisfied.
The Loan Account will be credited upon receipt of "good funds" in the Agent
Account with all amounts actually received by the Agent from the Borrowers or
others for the account of the Borrowers. Interest on all Loans and all fees
that accrue on a per annum basis shall be computed


                                      29
<PAGE>   36


on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed in the period during which
interest or such fee accrues and a year of 360 days. In computing interest on
any Loan, the date of the making of such Loan shall be included and the date of
payment shall be excluded; provided, however, that if a Loan is repaid on the
same day in which it is made, one day's interest shall be paid on such Loan. It
is expressly understood and agreed by the Borrowers that the Agent and the
Lenders shall have no responsibility to inquire into the correctness of the
apportionment, allocation or disposition of Loans, Agent Advances or Letters of
Credit made to the Borrowers or any fees, costs or expenses for which the
Borrowers are jointly and severally obligated under this Agreement.

                  (b)      Periodic Statements. The Agent shall provide the
Lenders and the Borrowers promptly after the end of each calendar month a
summary statement (in the form from time to time used by the Agent) of (A) the
opening and closing daily balances in the Loan Account during such month, (B)
the amounts and dates of all Loans made during such month, (C) the amounts and
dates of all payments on account of the Loans made during such month and each
Lender's interest in the Loans, (D) the amount of interest accrued on the Loans
during such month, (E) any Letters of Credit issued by the Letter of Credit
Issuer during such month, specifying the Stated Amount thereof, (F) the amount
of charges to the Loan Account or Revolving Loans to be made during such month
to reimburse CIT, the Lenders or the Letter of Credit Issuer for drawings made
under Letters of Credit or payments made by CIT or the Lenders under the Letter
of Credit Guaranty, and (G) the amount and nature of any charges to the Loan
Account made during such month on account of interest, fees and expenses and
other Obligations. All entries on any such statement shall, thirty (30) days
after the same is sent, be presumed to be correct and shall constitute prima
facie evidence of the information contained in such statement, subject to the
Borrowers' and each Lender's express right to rebut such presumption by
conclusively demonstrating the existence of any error on the part of the Agent.

                  (c)      Apportionment of Payments. Except as otherwise
provided in this subsection, aggregate principal and interest payments shall be
apportioned among all outstanding Loans to which such payments relate and
payments of the fees required to be jointly and severally paid by the Borrowers
to the Lenders under subsections 2.04(e), 2.08(e) and 2.08(f) shall, as
applicable, be apportioned ratably among the Lenders, in each case according to
their Pro Rata Shares. All payments shall be remitted to the Agent and all such
payments and any other amounts, including, without limitation, proceeds of
Collateral received by the Agent from or as to the Borrowers shall be applied
subject to the provisions of this Agreement first, to pay principal of and
interest on any Loans funded by the Agent on behalf of the Lenders and any
fees, expense reimbursements or indemnities then due to the Agent from the
Borrowers; second, to pay any fees, expense reimbursements or indemnities then
due to the Lenders or the Letter of Credit Issuer hereunder; third, to pay
interest due in respect of Loans and Unreimbursed Draws under Letters of
Credit; and fourth, to pay, prepay or provide cash collateral, if then
required, in respect of principal of Loans and Letter of Credit Exposure. The
Agent shall promptly distribute to each Lender at its primary address set forth
on the appropriate signature page hereof, or at such other address as such
Lender may designate in writing, such funds as it may be entitled to receive.
The foregoing apportionment of payments is solely for the purpose of
determining the obligations of the Borrowers hereunder and, notwithstanding
such apportionment, any Lender may on its books and records allocate payments
received by it in a manner different from that


                                      30
<PAGE>   37


contemplated hereby. No such different allocation shall alter the rights and
obligations of the Borrowers under this Agreement determined in accordance with
the apportionments contemplated by this Section 2.08(c). To the extent that the
Borrowers make a payment or payments to the Agent or the Agent receives any
payment or other amount, which payment(s) or proceeds or any part thereof are
subsequently invalidated, declared to be fraudulent or preferential, set aside
and/or required to be repaid to a trustee, receiver or any other party under
any bankruptcy law, state or federal law, common law or equitable cause then,
to the extent of such payment or proceeds received, the Obligations or part
thereof intended to be satisfied shall be revived and continue in full force
and effect, as if such payment or proceeds had not been received by the Agent.

                  (d)      Unused Line Fee. From and after the Closing Date
until the Termination Date, the Borrowers shall jointly and severally pay to
the Agent, for the ratable account of the Lenders in accordance with the
Lenders' Pro Rata Shares, an unused line fee (the "Unused Line Fee") accruing
at the rate of three-eighths of one percent (3/8%) per annum, on the excess, if
any, of (i) the aggregate Revolving Credit Commitments over (ii) the sum of (A)
the average daily aggregate outstanding principal of the Revolving Credit Loans
plus (B) the average daily outstanding amount of the Letters of Credit. All
Unused Line Fees shall be payable monthly in arrears on the first day of each
month commencing April 1, 2000.

                  (e)      Letter of Credit Fees and Commissions. From and
after the Closing Date until the Termination Date, the Borrowers shall jointly
and severally pay to the Agent, for the ratable account of the Lenders in
accordance with the Lenders' Pro Rata Shares, (i) a letter of credit fee equal
to 2.0% of the face amount of each documentary Letter of Credit, payable on the
date of issuance, and (ii) a letter of credit commission equal to 2.0% per
annum on the face amount of each standby letter of credit, payable monthly in
arrears on the first day of each month during which such Letter of Credit is
outstanding, commencing April 1, 2000. The Borrowers shall also jointly and
severally pay the customary letter of credit fees and charges of CIT and the
Letter of Credit Issuer for the administration, issuance, amendment and
processing of any Letters of Credit issued by the Letter of Credit Issuer.
Promptly following the Agent's receipt of any letter of credit fees and
commissions described above, the Agent shall pay to each Lender such Lender's
Pro Rata Share of the amount of such letter of credit fees or commissions
received by the Agent.

                  (f)      Administrative Management Fee. The Borrowers shall
jointly and severally pay to the Agent on the Closing Date, and on each
anniversary of the Closing Date on which this Agreement is in effect, an
administrative management fee of $100,000.

                  (g)      Eurodollar Loan Processing Fee. The Borrowers shall
jointly and severally pay to the Agent $500 for the Agent's own account a
processing fee which fee shall be paid on the date of any Borrower's request
for a Loan at the Eurodollar Rate.

                  (h)      Fee Letter. The Borrowers shall jointly and
severally pay to the Agent the fees set forth in the Fee Letter at the times
set forth in the Fee Letter. All fees required to be paid to the Agent pursuant
to the Fee Letter, this Agreement and any other Related Document


                                      31
<PAGE>   38


shall be paid to the Agent for its own account as required therein. All fees
under this Agreement, the Fee Letter and the other Related Documents are
non-refundable under all circumstances.

                  (i)      Fees Non-Refundable. All fees under this Agreement,
the Fee Letter and the other Loan Documents are non-refundable under all
circumstances.

         2.09.    Use of Proceeds. The Borrowers hereby covenant, represent
and warrant that the proceeds of the Loans on the Closing Date shall be used to
pay in full all outstanding principal of, interest on and other amounts due
under the GECC Loan Agreement and the MEI Loan Agreement and the related loan
and collateral documents and that the proceeds of all subsequent Loans and the
Letters of Credit will be used for working capital purposes and general
corporate purposes of the Borrowers not prohibited by this Agreement.
Notwithstanding the immediately preceding sentence, no proceeds of the Loans
may be used to redeem, defease, purchase or otherwise acquire or retire any
Senior Notes, provided, that the Borrowers may use proceeds of the Loans to
purchase Senior Notes in the open market or in one or more private sales so
long as (i) at the time of any such purchase and immediately after giving
effect thereto, (A) no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing,
(B) Availability shall be at least $35,000,000, (C) all Term Loans have been
repaid in full, and (D) the Permitted Term Loan Facility is in effect and (ii)
the amount of such proceeds used for such purchase does not exceed the
difference between (A) $50,000,000 and (B) the maximum amount of proceeds of
borrowings under the Permitted Term Loan Facility used or permitted to be used
by the Borrowers under the provisions thereof to repurchase Senior Notes.

         2.10.    Eurodollar Rate Not Determinable; Illegality or Impropriety.

                  (a)      In the event, and on each occasion, that on or
before the day on which the Eurodollar Rate is to be determined for a borrowing
that is to include Eurodollar Loans, the Agent has determined in good faith
that, or has been advised by the Bank that, the Eurodollar Rate cannot be
determined for any reason or the Eurodollar Rate will not adequately and fairly
reflect the cost of maintaining Eurodollar Loans or Dollar deposits in the
principal amount of the applicable Eurodollar Loans are not available in the
interbank eurodollar market where the eurodollar and foreign currency and
exchange operations in respect of the Bank's eurodollar loans are then being
conducted, the Agent shall, as soon as practicable thereafter, give written
notice of such determination to the Administrative Borrower and the other
Lenders. In the event of any such determination, any request by the
Administrative Borrower for a Eurodollar Loan pursuant to Section 2.03 shall,
until the Agent shall have advised the Administrative Borrower and the other
Lenders that the circumstances giving rise to such notice no longer exist, be
deemed to be a request for a Prime Loan. Each determination by the Agent
hereunder shall be conclusive and binding absent manifest error.

                  (b)      In the event that it shall be unlawful or improper
for any Lender to make, maintain or fund any Eurodollar Loan as contemplated by
this Agreement, then such Lender shall forthwith give notice thereof to the
Agent and the Administrative Borrower describing such illegality or impropriety
in reasonable detail. Effective immediately upon the giving of such notice, the
obligation of such Lender to make Eurodollar Loans shall be suspended for the
duration of such illegality or impropriety and, if and when such illegality or
impropriety

                                      32
<PAGE>   39
ceases to exist, such suspension shall cease, and such Lender shall
notify the Agent and the Administrative Borrower. If any such change shall make
it unlawful or improper for any Lender to maintain any outstanding Eurodollar
Loan as a Eurodollar Loan, such Lender shall, upon the happening of such event,
notify the Agent and the Administrative Borrower, and the Administrative
Borrower shall immediately, or if permitted by applicable law, rule,
regulation, order, decree, interpretation, request or directive, no later than
the date permitted thereby, convert each such Eurodollar Loan into a Prime
Loan.

         2.11.    Reserve Requirements; Capital Adequacy Circumstances.

                  (a)      Notwithstanding any other provision herein, if any
change in applicable law or regulation or in the interpretation or
administration thereof by any Governmental Authority charged with the
interpretation or administration thereof (whether or not having the force of
law) shall impose any tax on or change the basis of taxation of payments to the
Letter of Credit Issuer or any Lender or any Affiliate of a Lender of the
principal of or interest on any Eurodollar Loan made by such Lender or of any
amounts payable hereunder (other than taxes imposed on the overall net income
of the Letter of Credit Issuer or such Lender or such Affiliate by the
jurisdiction in which the Letter of Credit Issuer or such Lender or such
Affiliate has its principal office or by any political subdivision or taxing
authority therein), or shall impose, modify or deem applicable any reserve,
special deposit or similar requirement against assets of, deposits with or for
the account of or credit extended by the Letter of Credit Issuer or such Lender
or Affiliate of such Lender (except any such reserve requirement that is
reflected in Reserve Requirements) or shall impose on the Letter of Credit
Issuer or such Lender or such Affiliate any other condition affecting this
Agreement or any Eurodollar Loans made by such Lender or any Letter of Credit
Issuer, and the result of any of the foregoing shall be to increase the cost to
the Letter of Credit Issuer or such Lender of making or maintaining any
Eurodollar Loan or issuing any Letter of Credit or to reduce the amount of any
sum received or receivable by the Letter of Credit Issuer or such Lender
hereunder (whether of principal, interest or otherwise) in respect thereof by
an amount deemed by the Letter of Credit Issuer or such Lender to be material,
then the Borrowers shall jointly and severally pay to the Letter of Credit
Issuer or such Lender such additional amount or amounts as will compensate the
Letter of Credit Issuer or such Lender for such additional costs incurred or
reduction suffered. Any amount or amounts jointly and severally payable by the
Borrowers to the Letter of Credit Issuer or any Lender in accordance with the
provisions of this Section 2.11(a) shall be paid by the Borrowers to the Letter
of Credit Issuer or such Lender within ten (10) Business Days after receipt by
the Administrative Borrower from the Letter of Credit Issuer or such Lender of
a statement setting forth in reasonable detail the amount or amounts due and
the basis for the determination from time to time of such amount or amounts,
which statement shall be conclusive and binding absent manifest error.

                  (b)      If the Letter of Credit Issuer or any Lender shall
have reasonably determined that the adoption of any applicable law, rule or
regulation regarding capital adequacy, or any change therein, or any change in
the interpretation or administration thereof by any Governmental Authority,
central bank or comparable agency charged with the interpretation or
administration thereof, or compliance by the Letter of Credit Issuer or by such
Lender (or any lending office of such Lender) or by any Affiliate of such
Lender, as the case may be, with any request or directive regarding capital
adequacy (whether or not having the force of law) of any


                                      33
<PAGE>   40


such authority, central bank or comparable agency, has the effect of reducing
the rate of return on the Letter of Credit Issuer's or such Lender's capital or
on the capital of such Lender's Affiliate, as the case may be, as a consequence
of the Letter of Credit Issuer's obligations or such Lender's obligations under
this Agreement and the Loan Documents to a level below that which the Letter of
Credit Issuer or such Lender or such Lender's Affiliate, as the case may be,
could have achieved but for such adoption, change or compliance (taking into
consideration the Letter of Credit Issuer's or such Lender's policies or such
Lender's Affiliate's policies, as the case may be, with respect to capital
adequacy) by an amount reasonably deemed by the Letter of Credit Issuer or such
Lender to be material, then, from time to time, the Borrowers shall jointly and
severally reimburse the Letter of Credit Issuer or such Lender for such
reduction. Any amount or amounts payable by the Borrowers to the Letter of
Credit Issuer or any Lender in accordance with the provisions of this Section
2.11(b) shall be paid by the Borrowers to the Letter of Credit Issuer or such
Lender within ten (10) Business Days after receipt by the Administrative
Borrower from the Letter of Credit Issuer or such Lender of a statement setting
forth (i) in reasonable detail the amount or amounts due, (ii) the basis for
the determination from time to time of such amount or amounts and (iii) that
such amount(s) have been determined in good faith, which statement shall be
conclusive and binding absent manifest error.

                  (c)      The Letter of Credit Issuer or any Lender may demand
compensation for any increased costs or reduction in amounts received or
receivable or reduction in return on capital with respect to any period;
provided that the Letter of Credit Issuer or such Lender shall provide to the
Administrative Borrower a certificate setting forth in reasonable detail the
basis on which such demand is made. The protection of this Section 2.11 shall
be available to the Letter of Credit Issuer or any Lender regardless of any
possible contention of the invalidity or inapplicability of the law, rule,
regulation, guideline or other change or condition which shall have occurred or
been imposed.

         2.12.    Indemnity. The Borrowers shall jointly and severally
indemnify each Lender against any loss or expense that such Lender actually
sustains or incurs as a consequence of (i) any failure by a Borrower to fulfill
on the date of any borrowing hereunder the applicable conditions set forth in
Article V, (ii) any failure by a Borrower to borrow any Eurodollar Loan
hereunder or to convert any Prime Loan into a Eurodollar Loan after notice of
such borrowing or conversion has been given pursuant to Section 2.03 or Section
2.14, as the case may be, (iii) any payment, prepayment (mandatory or optional)
or conversion of a Eurodollar Loan required by any provision of this Agreement
or otherwise made on a date other than the last day of the Interest Period
applicable thereto, (iv) any default in payment or prepayment of the principal
amount of any Eurodollar Loan or any part thereof or interest accrued thereon,
as and when due and payable (at the due date thereof, by notice of prepayment
or otherwise), or (v) the occurrence of any Event of Default, including, in
each such case, any loss (including, without limitation, loss of margin) or
reasonable expense sustained or incurred in liquidating or employing deposits
from third parties acquired to effect or maintain such Loan or any part thereof
as a Eurodollar Loan. Such loss or reasonable expense shall include but not be
limited to an amount equal to the excess, if any, as reasonably determined by
such Lender, of (y) its cost of obtaining the funds for the Loan being paid,
prepaid or converted or not borrowed or converted (based on the Eurodollar Rate
applicable thereto) for the period from the date of such payment, prepayment,
conversion or failure to borrow or convert on the last day of the Interest
Period for such Loan (or, in the case of


                                      34
<PAGE>   41


a failure to borrow or convert, the last day of the Interest Period for such
Loan that would have commenced on the date of such failure to borrow or
convert) over (z) the amount of interest (as reasonably determined by such
Lender) that would be realized by such Lender in re-employing the funds so
paid, prepaid or converted or not borrowed or converted for such Interest
Period. A certificate of any Lender setting forth in reasonable detail any
amount or amounts that such Lender is entitled to receive pursuant to this
Section 2.12 and the basis for the determination of such amount or amounts
shall be delivered to the Borrowers and shall be conclusive and binding absent
manifest error.

         2.13.    Sharing of Setoffs. Each Lender agrees that if it shall,
through the exercise of a right of banker's lien, setoff or counterclaim
against a Borrower or other security or interest arising from, or in lieu of,
such secured claim, received by such Lender under any applicable bankruptcy,
insolvency or other similar law or otherwise, or by any other means, obtain
payment (voluntary or involuntary) in respect of any Obligation as a result of
which the aggregate unpaid amount of the Obligations owing to it shall be
proportionately less than the aggregate unpaid amount of the Obligations owing
to any other Lender, it shall simultaneously purchase from such other Lender at
face value a participation in the Obligations owing to such other Lender, so
that the aggregate unpaid amount of the Obligations and participations in
Obligations held by each Lender shall be in the same proportion to the
aggregate unpaid amount of all Obligations owing to such Lender prior to such
exercise of banker's lien, setoff or counterclaim or other event was to the
aggregate unpaid amount of all Obligations outstanding prior to such exercise
of banker's lien, setoff or counterclaim or other event; provided that if any
such purchase or purchases or adjustments shall be made pursuant to this
Section 2.13 and the payment giving rise thereto shall thereafter be recovered,
such purchase or purchases or adjustments shall be rescinded to the extent of
such recovery and the purchase price or prices or adjustments restored without
interest. Each Borrower expressly consents to the foregoing arrangements and
agrees that any Lender holding a participation in an Obligation deemed to have
been so purchased may exercise any and all rights of banker's lien, setoff or
counterclaim with respect to any and all moneys jointly and severally owing by
the Borrowers to such Lender by reason thereof as fully as if such Lender had
made a loan directly to the Borrowers in the amount of such participation.

         2.14.    Continuation and Conversion of Loans. Subject to Section 2.03
and Section 2.10, the Administrative Borrower shall have the right, at any
time, (i) on three Business Days' prior irrevocable written or telecopy notice
to the Agent, to continue any Eurodollar Loan or any portion thereof into a
subsequent Interest Period, or (ii) on one (1) Business Day's prior irrevocable
written or telecopy notice to the Agent, to convert any Eurodollar Loan or
portion thereof into a Prime Loan, subject to the following:

                  (A)      in the case of a continuation of a Eurodollar Loan
         or portion thereof as such or a conversion of a Prime Loan or portion
         thereof into a Eurodollar Loan, (1) no Event of Default or Potential
         Default shall have occurred and be continuing at the time of such
         continuation or conversion and (2) Eurodollar Loans resulting from
         this Section 2.14 shall be limited in number as provided in Section
         2.03(d);


                                      35
<PAGE>   42


                  (B)      in the case of a continuation or conversion of less
                           than all Loans, the aggregate principal amount of
         any Eurodollar Loan continued or converted shall not be less than
         $1,000,000 and in multiples of $500,000 (or the remaining Availability
         if less than $500,000) if in excess thereof;

                  (C)      each conversion shall be effected by the Lenders by
         applying the proceeds of the new Loan to the Loan (or portion thereof)
         being converted; and, in the case of a conversion from a Eurodollar
         Loan to a Prime Loan, accrued interest on the Eurodollar Loan (or
         portion thereof) being converted shall be jointly and severally paid
         by the Borrowers at the time of conversion;

                  (D)      if the new Loan made in respect of a conversion
         shall be a Eurodollar Loan, the first Interest Period with respect
         thereto shall commence on the date of conversion;

                  (E)      no portion of any Loan shall be continued or
         converted to a Eurodollar Loan with an Interest Period ending later
         than the Termination Date; and

                  (F)      if any conversion of a Eurodollar Loan shall be
         effected on a day other than the last day of an Interest Period, the
         Borrowers shall jointly and severally reimburse each Lender on demand
         for any loss incurred or to be incurred by it in the reemployment of
         the funds released by such conversion as provided in Section 2.12.

In the event that the Administrative Borrower shall not give notice to continue
any Eurodollar Loan into a subsequent Interest Period, such Loan (unless
repaid) shall automatically become a Prime Loan at the expiration of the then
current Interest Period.

         2.15.    Taxes.

                  (a)      All payments made by each Borrower hereunder, under
the Notes or under any Loan Document will be made without setoff, counterclaim,
deduction or other defense. All such payments shall be made free and clear of
and without deduction for any present or future income, franchise, sales, use,
excise, stamp or other taxes, levies, imposts, deductions, charges, fees,
withholdings, restrictions or conditions of any nature now or hereafter
imposed, levied, collected, withheld or assessed by any jurisdiction (whether
pursuant to United States Federal, state, local or foreign law) or by any
political subdivision or taxing authority thereof or therein, and all interest,
penalties or similar liabilities, excluding taxes on the overall net income of
the Lenders (such nonexcluded taxes are hereinafter collectively referred to as
the "Taxes"). If any Borrower shall be required by law to deduct or to withhold
any Taxes from or in respect of any amount payable hereunder, (i) the amount so
payable shall be increased to the extent necessary so that after making all
required deductions and withholdings (including Taxes on amounts payable to the
Lenders pursuant to this sentence) the Lenders receive an amount equal to the
sum they would have received had no such deductions or withholdings been made,
(ii) such Borrower shall make such deductions or withholdings, and (iii) such
Borrower shall pay


                                      36
<PAGE>   43


the full amount deducted or withheld to the relevant taxation authority in
accordance with applicable law. Whenever any Taxes are payable by any Borrower,
as promptly as possible thereafter, such Borrower shall send the Lenders and
the Agent an official receipt showing payment. In addition, the Borrowers agree
to pay any present or future taxes, charges or similar levies which arise from
any payment made hereunder or from the execution, delivery, performance,
recordation or filing of, or otherwise with respect to, this Agreement, the
Notes, the Letters of Credit or any other Loan Document (hereinafter referred
to as "Other Taxes").

                  (b)      Each Borrower hereby agrees to jointly and severally
indemnify the Lenders for the amount of Taxes or Other Taxes (including, without
limitation, any Taxes or Other Taxes imposed by any jurisdiction on amounts
payable under this Section 2.15) paid by any Lender and any liability (including
penalties, interest and expenses for nonpayment, late payment or otherwise)
arising therefrom or with respect thereto, whether or not such Taxes or Other
Taxes were correctly or legally asserted. This indemnification shall be paid
within thirty (30) days from the date on which such Lender makes written demand
therefor.

                  (c)      Each Lender that is not a United States person (as
such term is defined in Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code) for U.S. Federal
income tax purposes (each, a "Non-U.S. Lender") agrees to deliver to the
Administrative Borrower and the Agent on or prior to the Closing Date or, in
the case of a Non-U.S. Lender that is an assignee or transferee of, or
purchaser of a participation in, an interest under this Agreement pursuant to
Section 11.13 (unless such Non-U.S. Lender was already a Lender hereunder
immediately prior to such assignment or transfer), on the date of such
assignment or transfer to such Non-U.S. Lender, (i) two (2) accurate and
complete original signed copies of Internal Revenue Service Form W-8ECI or Form
W-8BEN (or successor forms) certifying that such Non-U.S. Lender is entitled as
of such date to a complete exemption from United States withholding tax with
respect to payments to be made under this Agreement, or (ii) if such Non-U.S.
Lender is not a "Bank" within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code
and cannot deliver either Internal Revenue Service Form W-8ECI or Form W-8BEN
(with respect to a complete exemption under an income tax treaty) (or any
successor forms) pursuant to clause (i) above, (x) a certificate substantially
in the form of Exhibit J (any such certificate, a "Section 2.15(c)
Certificate"), and (y) two (2) accurate and complete original signed copies of
Internal Revenue Service Form W-8BEN (with respect to the portfolio interest
exemption) (or successor form) certifying that such Non-U.S. Lender is entitled
as of such date to a complete exemption from United States withholding tax with
respect to payments of interest to be made under this Agreement. In addition,
each Non-U.S. Lender agrees that from time to time after the Closing Date, when
the passage of time or a change in facts or circumstances renders the previous
certification obsolete or inaccurate in any material respect, such Non-U.S.
Lender will deliver to the Administrative Borrower and the Agent two (2) new
accurate and complete original signed copies of Internal Revenue Service Form
W-8ECI, Form W-8BEN (with respect to a complete exemption under an income tax
treaty), or Form W-8BEN (with respect to the portfolio interest exemption) and
a Section 2.15(c) Certificate, as the case may be, and such other forms as may
be required in order to confirm or establish that such Non-U.S. Lender is
entitled to a continued exemption from United States withholding tax with
respect to payments under this Agreement, or such Non-U.S. Lender shall
promptly notify the Administrative Borrower and the Agent of its inability to
deliver any such

                                      37
<PAGE>   44


form or Section 2.15(c) Certificate, in which case such Non-U.S. Lender shall
not be required to deliver any such form or Section 2.15(c) Certificate.
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in Section 2.15(a), but
subject to the immediately succeeding sentence, (x) the Borrowers shall be
entitled, to the extent they are required to do so by law, to deduct or
withhold income taxes imposed by the United States from interest payable
hereunder for the account of any Non-U.S. Lender to the extent that such
Non-U.S. Lender has not provided to the Administrative Borrower and the Agent
Internal Revenue Service Forms that establish a complete exemption from such
deduction or withholding, and (y) the Borrowers shall not be obligated to make
increased payments pursuant to Section 2.15(a) to a Non-U.S. Lender in respect
of income taxes imposed by the United States if such Non-U.S. Lender has not
provided to the Administrative Borrower and the Agent the Internal Revenue
Service Forms required to be provided pursuant to this Section 2.15(c).
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the preceding sentence or
elsewhere in this Section 2.15, each Borrower agrees to pay any additional
amounts and to indemnify each Non-U.S. Lender in the manner set forth in
Sections 2.15(a) and (b) in respect of any United States income Taxes deducted
or withheld by them if such Taxes would not have been deducted or withheld but
for any change after the Closing Date in any applicable law, treaty,
governmental rule, regulation, guideline or order, or in the interpretation
thereof.

                  (d)      If a Borrower fails to perform its obligations under
this Section 2.15, the Borrowers shall jointly and severally indemnify the
Lenders for any incremental taxes, interest or penalties that may become
payable as a result of any such failure.

         2.16.    Joint and Several Liability of the Borrowers.

                  (a)      Each of the Borrowers is accepting joint and several
liability with the other Borrowers hereunder and under the other Loan Documents
in consideration of the financial accommodations to be provided by the Lenders
under this Agreement, for the mutual benefit, direct and indirect, of each of
the Borrowers and in consideration of the undertakings of the other Borrowers
to accept joint and several liability for the Obligations.

                  (b)      Each of the Borrowers, jointly and severally, hereby
irrevocably and unconditionally accepts, not merely as a surety but also as a
co-debtor, joint and several liability with the other Borrowers, with respect
to the payment and performance of all of the Obligations (including, without
limitation, any Obligations arising under this Section 2.16), it being the
intention of the parties hereto that all the Obligations shall be the joint and
several obligations of each of the Borrowers without preferences or distinction
among them.

                  (c)      If and to the extent that any of the Borrowers shall
fail to make any payment with respect to any of the Obligations as and when due
or to perform any of the Obligations in accordance with the terms thereof, then
in each such event the other Borrowers will make such payment with respect to,
or perform, such Obligation.

                  (d)      The Obligations of each of the Borrowers under the
provisions of this Section 2.16 constitute the absolute and unconditional, full
recourse obligations of each of the Borrowers enforceable against each such
Borrower to the full extent of its properties and assets, irrespective of the
validity, regularity or enforceability of this Agreement or any other
circumstances whatsoever.


                                      38
<PAGE>   45


                  (e)      Except as otherwise expressly provided in this
Agreement, each of the Borrowers hereby waives notice of acceptance of its
joint and several liability, notice of any demand for any payment under this
Agreement, notice of any action at any time taken or omitted by the Agent under
or in respect of any of the Obligations, any requirement of diligence or to
mitigate damages and, generally, to the extent permitted by applicable law, all
demands, notices and other formalities of every kind in connection with this
Agreement. Each of the Borrowers hereby assents to, and waives notice of, any
extension or postponement of the time for the payment of any of the
Obligations, the acceptance of any payment of any of the Obligations, the
acceptance of any partial payment thereon, any waiver, consent or other action
or acquiescence by the Agent or the Lenders at any time or times with respect
to any Default and the taking, addition, substitution or release, in whole or
in part, at any time or times, of any security for any of the Obligations or
the addition, substitution or release, in whole or in part, of any of the
Borrowers. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, each of the
Borrowers assents to any other action or delay in acting or failure to act on
the part of the Agent or the Lenders with respect to the failure by any of the
Borrowers to comply with any of its Obligations, including, without limitation,
any failure strictly or diligently to assert any right or to pursue any remedy
or to comply fully with applicable laws or regulations thereunder, which might,
but for the provisions of this Section 2.16 afford grounds for terminating,
discharging or relieving any of the Borrowers, in whole or in part, from any of
its Obligations under this Section 2.16, it being the intention of each of the
Borrowers that, so long as any of the Obligations hereunder remain unsatisfied,
the Obligations of the Borrowers under this Section 2.16 shall not be
discharged except by performance and then only to the extent of such
performance. The Obligations of each of the Borrowers under this Section 2.16
shall not be diminished or rendered unenforceable by any winding up,
reorganization, arrangement, liquidation, reconstruction or similar proceeding
with respect to any of the Borrowers, the Lenders or the Agent.

                  (f)      The provisions of this Section 2.16 are made for the
benefit of the Agent, the Lenders, and their respective successors and assigns,
and may be enforced by it or them from time to time against any of the
Borrowers as often as occasion therefor may arise and without requirement on
the part of the Agent, any Lender or such successor or assign first to marshall
any of its or their claims or to exercise any of its or their rights against
any of the other Borrowers or to exhaust any remedies available to it or them
against any of the other Borrowers or to resort to any other source or means of
obtaining payment of any of the Obligations hereunder or to elect any other
remedy. The provisions of this Section 2.16 shall remain in effect until all of
the Obligations shall have been paid in full or otherwise fully satisfied. If
at any time, any payment, or any part thereof, made in respect of any of the
Obligations, is rescinded or must otherwise be restored or returned by the
Lenders upon the insolvency, bankruptcy or reorganization of any of the
Borrowers, or otherwise, the provisions of this Section 2.16 will forthwith be
reinstated in effect, as though such payment had not been made.

                  (g)      Each of the Borrowers hereby agrees that it will not
enforce any of its rights of contribution or subrogation against any of the
other Borrowers with respect to any liability incurred by it hereunder or under
any of the other Loan Documents, any payments made by it to the Agent for the
benefit of the Lenders with respect to any of the Obligations or any collateral
security therefor. Any claim which any Borrower may have against any other
Borrower with respect to any payments to the Agent or any Lender hereunder or
under any other Loan


                                      39
<PAGE>   46


Documents is hereby expressly made subordinate and junior in right of payment,
without limitation as to any increases in the Obligations arising hereunder or
thereunder, to the prior payment in full in cash of the Obligations and, in the
event of any insolvency, bankruptcy, receivership, liquidation, reorganization
or other similar proceeding under the laws of any jurisdiction relating to any
Borrower, its debts or its assets, whether voluntary or involuntary, all such
Obligations shall be paid in full in cash before any payment or distribution of
any character, whether in cash, securities or other property, shall be made to
any other Borrower therefor.

                  (h)      Each of the Borrowers hereby agrees that, after the
occurrence and during the continuance of any Potential Default or Event of
Default, the payment of any amounts due with respect to the indebtedness owing
by any Borrower to any other Borrower is hereby subordinated to the prior
payment in full in cash of the Obligations. Each Borrower hereby agrees that
after the occurrence and during the continuance of any Potential Default or
Event of Default, such Borrower will not demand, sue for or otherwise attempt
to collect any indebtedness of the other Borrower owing to such Borrower until
the Obligations shall have been paid in full in cash. If, notwithstanding the
foregoing sentence, such Borrower shall collect, enforce or receive any amounts
in respect of such indebtedness, such amounts shall be collected, enforced and
received by such Borrower as trustee for the Lenders and promptly paid over to
the Agent for application to the Obligations.


                                  ARTICLE III

                               LETTERS OF CREDIT

         3.01.    Letters of Credit.

                  (a)      General.

                           (i)      In order to assist the Borrowers in
establishing or opening with the Letter of Credit Issuer documentary and
standby letters of credit (the "Letters of Credit"), the Borrowers have
requested CIT to join in the applications for such Letters of Credit, and/or
guarantee payment or performance of such Letters of Credit and any drafts or
acceptances thereunder through the issuance of a Letter of Credit Guaranty,
thereby lending CIT's credit to that of the Borrowers, and CIT has agreed to do
so. These arrangements shall be handled by CIT subject to the terms and
conditions set forth below. CIT shall have no obligation to arrange for the
issuance of Letters of Credit on or after the Termination Date or which, when
added to the aggregate amount of all outstanding and contemporaneous Revolving
Credit Loans and the Letter of Credit Exposure at such time, would cause the
amount of all Revolving Credit Loans and the Letter of Credit Exposure at any
time to exceed the Current Revolving Commitment at such time. In addition, CIT
shall not be required to be the issuer of any Letter of Credit. The Borrowers
will be, jointly and severally, the account party for any application for a
Letter of Credit, which shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit F hereto
or on a computer transmission system approved by CIT and the Letter of Credit
Issuer or such other written form or computer transmission system or such other
form as may from time to time be approved by the Letter of Credit Issuer and
CIT, and shall be duly completed in a manner acceptable to CIT, together with
such other


                                      40
<PAGE>   47


certificates, agreements, documents and other papers and information as the
Letter of Credit Issuer or CIT may request (the "Letter of Credit
Application"). In the event of any conflict between the terms of the Letter of
Credit Application and this Agreement, for purposes of this Agreement the terms
of this Agreement shall control.

                           (ii)     The aggregate Letter of Credit Exposure
shall not exceed $25 million. In addition, without the prior written consent of
CIT and the Agent (A) no [l]etter of [c]redit shall have an expiration date
later than the date that is one year after the date of issuance thereof, (B) no
Letter of Credit may be amended or otherwise modified or waived, (C) the expiry
date of each Letter of Credit shall be no later than 15 days prior to the
Termination Date unless on or prior to 15 days prior to the Termination Date
such Letter of Credit shall be cash collateralized in an amount equal to at
least 105% of the Stated Amount thereof, (D) each Letter of Credit and all
documentation in connection therewith shall be in form and substance
satisfactory to CIT and the Letter of Credit Issuer, and (E) no Letter of
Credit shall be issued for the benefit of domestic trade creditors in
connection with the purchase of Inventory by a Borrower.

                           (iii)    The Agent shall have the right, without
notice to the Borrowers, to charge the Loan Account with the amount of any and
all indebtedness, liabilities and obligations (including indemnification for
breakage costs, capital adequacy and reserve requirement charges) incurred by
the Agent or the Lenders hereunder or by CIT under the Letter of Credit
Guaranty (A) on the date of payment by the Agent, the Lenders or CIT, as the
case may be, of such indebtedness, liability or obligation, and (B) with
respect to any Letter of Credit which is not cash collateralized as provided in
this Agreement, at any time after the occurrence and during the continuance of
an Event of Default. Any amount charged to the Loan Account shall be deemed a
Revolving Credit Loan hereunder made by the Lenders to the Borrowers on the
date of such charge, funded by the Agent on behalf of the Lenders and subject
to Sections 2.03(e) and (f). Any charges, fees, commissions, costs and expenses
charged to CIT for the account of the Borrowers by the Letter of Credit Issuer
in connection with or arising out of Letters of Credit issued pursuant to this
Agreement or out of transactions relating thereto will be charged to the Loan
Account in full when charged to or paid by CIT, and any such charges by CIT to
the Loan Account shall be conclusive and binding on the Borrowers and the
Lenders absent manifest error. Each of the Lenders and the Borrowers agree that
the Agent shall have the right to make such charges regardless of whether any
Event of Default or Potential Default shall have occurred and be continuing or
whether any of the conditions precedent in Section 5.02 have been satisfied.

                           (iv)     The Borrowers agree to unconditionally and
jointly and severally indemnify each of the Agent, CIT and each Lender and to
hold each of the Agent, CIT and each Lender harmless from any and all loss,
claim or liability incurred by such Person arising from any transactions or
occurrences relating to Letters of Credit established or opened for the
Borrowers' account and any drafts or acceptances thereunder, and all
Obligations thereunder, including any such loss or claim due to any action
taken by the Letter of Credit Issuer, other than for any such loss, claim or
liability arising out of the gross negligence or willful misconduct of such
indemnified Person as determined by a final judgment of a court of competent
jurisdiction. The Borrowers further agree to jointly and severally hold the
Agent, CIT and each Lender harmless from any error or omission, negligence or
misconduct by the Letter of Credit Issuer


                                      41
<PAGE>   48


unless such error, omission, negligence or misconduct is a result of such
indemnified Person's gross negligence or willful misconduct as determined by a
final judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction. The Borrowers agree that
any charges incurred by CIT for the Borrowers' account by the Letter of Credit
Issuer shall be conclusive and binding on the Borrowers absent manifest error
and may be charged to the Loan Account.

                           (v)      None of the Agent, CIT, the Letter of
Credit Issuer or any of the Lenders shall be responsible for the existence,
character, quality, quantity, condition, packing, value or delivery of the
goods purporting to be represented by any documents; any difference or
variation in the character, quality, quantity, condition, packing, value or
delivery of the goods from that expressed in the documents; the validity,
sufficiency or genuineness of any documents or of any endorsements thereof even
if such documents should in fact prove to be in any or all respects invalid,
insufficient, fraudulent or forged; the time, place, manner or order in which
shipment is made; partial or incomplete shipments, or failure or omission to
ship any or all of the goods referred to in the Letters of Credit or documents;
any deviation from instructions; delay, default, or fraud by the shipper and/or
anyone else in connection with any such goods or the shipping thereof; or any
breach of contract between the shipper or vendors and the Borrowers.
Furthermore, without being limited by the foregoing, none of the Agent, CIT,
the Letter of Credit Issuer or any of the Lenders shall be responsible for any
act or omission with respect to or in connection with any goods covered by
Letters of Credit.

                           (vi)     The Borrowers jointly and severally agree
that any action taken by the Agent, CIT, the Letter of Credit Issuer or any
Lender, if taken in good faith, under or in connection with the Letters of
Credit, the guarantees, the drafts or acceptances, or the goods purported to be
represented by any documents, shall be binding on the Borrowers (with respect
to the Letter of Credit Issuer, the Agent, CIT and the Lenders) and shall not
put the Agent, CIT or the Lenders in any resulting liability to the Borrowers.
In furtherance thereof, CIT shall have the full right and authority to clear
and resolve any questions of non-compliance of documents; to give any
instructions as to acceptance or rejection of any documents or goods; to
execute any and all steamship or airways guaranties (and applications
therefore), indemnities or delivery orders; to grant any extensions of the
maturity of, time of payment for, or time of presentation of, any drafts,
acceptances, or documents; and to agree to any amendments, renewals,
extensions, modifications, changes or cancellations of any of the terms or
conditions of any of the applications, Letters of Credit, drafts or
acceptances; all in CIT's sole name, and the Letter of Credit Issuer shall be
entitled to comply with and honor any and all such documents or instruments
executed by or received solely from CIT, all without any notice to or any
consent from the Borrowers, provided that, notwithstanding the foregoing,
unless a Potential Default or an Event of Default shall have occurred and be
continuing, CIT shall not take any of the foregoing actions that result in a
departure in any material respect from the terms of the relevant Letter of
Credit or Letter of Credit Application.

                           (vii)    Without CIT's express consent in writing or
through a computer transmission, the Borrowers jointly and severally agree: (A)
not to execute any applications for steamship or airway guaranties, indemnities
or delivery orders; to grant any extensions of the maturity of, time of payment
for, or time of presentation of, any drafts, acceptances or documents; or to
agree to any amendments, renewals, extensions, modifications,


                                      42
<PAGE>   49


changes or cancellations of any of the terms or conditions of any of the
applications, Letters of Credit, drafts or acceptances; and (B) after the
occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, to (1) clear and
resolve any questions of non-compliance of documents, or (2) give any
instructions as to acceptances or rejection of any documents or goods.

                           (viii)   The Borrowers jointly and severally agree
that any necessary and material import, export or other license or certificates
for the import or handling of Inventory required to be obtained by any Borrower
will have been promptly procured; all foreign and domestic governmental laws
and regulations applicable to any Borrower in regard to the shipment and
importation of Inventory or the financing thereof will have been timely and
fully complied with, and any certificates in that regard that CIT may at any
time reasonably request will be promptly furnished. In this connection, the
Borrowers represent and warrant that all shipments made under any such Letters
of Credit are in compliance with the laws and regulations of the countries in
which the shipments originate and terminate except where all instances of such
non-compliance taken together will not have a Material Adverse Effect. As
between the Borrowers, on the one hand, and the Agent, CIT, the Lenders and the
Letter of Credit Issuer, on the other hand, the Borrowers jointly and severally
assume all risk, liability and responsibility for, and agree to pay and
discharge, all present and future local, state, federal or foreign taxes,
duties, or levies. As between the Borrowers, on the one hand, and the Agent,
CIT, the Lenders and the Letter of Credit Issuer, on the other hand, any
embargo, restriction, laws, customs or regulations of any country, state, city,
or other political subdivision, where such Inventory is or may be located, or
wherein payments are to be made, or wherein drafts may be drawn, negotiated,
accepted, or paid, shall be solely the Borrowers' joint and several risk,
liability and responsibility.

                           (ix)     Upon any payments made to the Letter of
Credit Issuer under the Letter of Credit Guaranty, CIT or the Lenders, as the
case may be, shall, without prejudice to its rights under this Agreement
(including that such unreimbursed amounts shall constitute Loans hereunder),
acquire by subrogation, any rights, remedies, duties or obligations granted or
undertaken by the Borrowers to the Letter of Credit Issuer in any Letter of
Credit Application, any standing agreement relating to Letters of Credit or
otherwise, all of which shall be deemed to have been granted to the Agent and
apply in all respects to the Agent and shall be in addition to any rights,
remedies, duties or obligations contained herein.

                           (x)      In the event that the Borrowers are
required to provide cash collateral for any Letter of Credit, the Borrowers
shall deposit such cash collateral in the Letter of Credit Cash Collateral
Account, which cash collateral shall be held in the Letter of Credit Cash
Collateral Account until either all Obligations have been paid in full in cash
or cash collateral is no longer required under the terms of this Agreement;
provided, that, when the Borrowers elect, and are not required, to provide cash
collateral for a Letter of Credit, the cash collateral for such Letter of
Credit shall be returned to the Borrowers if at such time (A) no Event of
Default or Potential Default has occurred and is continuing and (B) no amounts
are available to be drawn on such Letter of Credit and all Unreimbursed Draws
have been paid in full.

                  (b)      Request for Issuance. The Administrative Borrower
may from time to time, upon notice (an "L/C Notice") not later than 12:00 noon,
New York City time, at


                                      43
<PAGE>   50


least three Business Days in advance, request CIT to assist a Borrower in
establishing or opening a Letter of Credit by delivering to the Agent, with a
copy to the Letter of Credit Issuer, a Letter of Credit Application, together
with any necessary related documents. CIT shall not provide support, pursuant
to the Letter of Credit Guaranty, if the Agent shall have received written
notice from the Majority Lenders on the Business Day immediately preceding the
proposed issuance day for such Letter of Credit that one or more of the
conditions precedent in Section 5.02 will not have been satisfied on such date,
and neither CIT nor the Agent shall otherwise be required to determine that, or
take notice whether, the conditions precedent set forth in Section 5.02 have
been satisfied.

         3.02.    Participations.


                  (a)      Purchase of Participations. Immediately upon the
issuance by the Letter of Credit Issuer of any Letter of Credit in accordance
with the procedures set forth in Section 3.01, each Lender (other than CIT)
shall be deemed to have irrevocably and unconditionally purchased and received
from CIT, without recourse or warranty, an undivided interest and
participation, to the extent of such Lender's Pro Rata Share, in all
obligations of CIT with respect to such Letter of Credit (including, without
limitation, all Undrawn Letter of Credit Availability and Reimbursement
Obligations of the Borrowers with respect thereto pursuant to the Letter of
Credit Guaranty or otherwise).

                  (b)      Sharing of Letter of Credit Payments. In the event
that CIT makes any payment in respect of the Letter of Credit Guaranty and the
Borrowers shall not have repaid such amount to the Agent for the account of
CIT, the Agent shall charge the Loan Account in the amount of the Reimbursement
Obligation, in accordance with Section 3.01(a)(iii).

                  (c)      Obligations Irrevocable. The obligations of a Lender
to make payments to the Agent for the account of the Agent or CIT with respect
to a Letter of Credit shall be irrevocable, not subject to any qualification or
exception whatsoever and shall be made in accordance with, but not subject to,
the terms and conditions of this Agreement under all circumstances, including,
without limitation, any of the following circumstances:

                           (i)      any lack of validity or enforceability of
     this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents;

                           (ii)     the existence of any claim, setoff, defense
     or other right which any Borrower may have at any time against a
     beneficiary named in a Letter of Credit or any transferee of any Letter of
     Credit (or any Person for whom any such transferee may be acting), the
     Agent, Letter of Credit Issuer, any Lender, or any other Person, whether
     in connection with this Agreement, any Letter of Credit, the transactions
     contemplated herein or any unrelated transactions (including any
     underlying transactions between any Borrower or any other party and the
     beneficiary named in any Letter of Credit);


                                      44
<PAGE>   51


                           (iii)    any draft, certificate or any other
     document presented under the Letter of Credit proving to be forged,
     fraudulent, invalid or insufficient in any respect or any statement
     therein being untrue or inaccurate in any respect;

                           (iv)     the surrender or impairment of any security
     for the performance or observance of any of the terms of any of the Loan
     Documents;

                           (v)      any failure by the Agent to provide any
     notices required pursuant to this Agreement relating to Letters of Credit;
     or

                           (vi)     the occurrence of any Event of Default or
     Potential Default.


                                   ARTICLE IV

                                 BORROWING BASE

         4.01.    Condition of Lending and Assisting in Establishing or Opening
Letters of Credit. CIT and the other Lenders shall have no obligation to make a
Revolving Credit Loan or assist in establishing or opening a Letter of Credit
to the extent that the aggregate unpaid principal amount of the Revolving
Credit Loans plus the Letter of Credit Exposure exceeds, or after giving effect
to a requested Credit Extension would exceed, the Current Revolving Commitment
at such time.

         4.02.    Mandatory Prepayment. Concurrently with the delivery of any
Borrowing Base Certificate, the Administrative Borrower shall give notice to
the Agent of any mandatory prepayment pursuant to Section 2.04(b)(i), which
notice shall specify a prepayment date no later than the earlier of the date on
which such Borrowing Base Certificate is given and the date on which such
Borrowing Base Certificate is required to be provided to the Lenders.

         4.03.    Rights and Obligations Unconditional. Without limitation of
any other provision of this Agreement, the rights of the Agent, CIT and the
Lenders and the obligations of the Borrowers under this Article IV are
absolute, unconditional and joint and several and the Agent, CIT and the
Lenders shall not be deemed to have waived the condition set forth in Section
4.01 or their right to payment in accordance with Section 4.02 in any
circumstance whatever, including but not limited to circumstances wherein, the
Agent or the Lenders (knowingly or otherwise) make an advance hereunder in
excess of the Borrowing Base.

         4.04     Borrowing Base Certificate.

                  (a)      By 12:00 noon, New York City time three Business
Days after the last day of each week (and on any other date on which the Agent
reasonably requests), the Administrative Borrower shall furnish to the Agent a
certificate, substantially in the form of Exhibit D hereto ("Borrowing Base
Certificate"), certified as true and correct by a Designated Financial Officer,
setting forth the Borrowing Base and the other information required therein as
of each Borrower's close of business on the last day of such week, together
with such other information with respect to the Inventory and Accounts
Receivable of the Borrowers as the


                                      45
<PAGE>   52


Agent may reasonably request; provided, however, that in the event that
Availability is at least $50,000,000 for each day during a period of eight
consecutive weeks, the Borrowers may thereafter, upon notice to the Agent,
elect to submit Borrowing Base Certificates on a monthly basis, in which event
the Administrative Borrower shall submit to the Agent by 12:00 noon New York
City time, fifteen (15) Business Days after the last day of each month a
Borrowing Base Certificate, certified as described above setting forth the
Borrowing Base and other information required therein as of each Borrower's
close of business on the last day of such month, together with such other
information as the Agent may reasonably request.

                  (b)      In the event of any dispute about the eligibility of
any asset for inclusion in the Borrowing Base or the valuation thereof, the
Agent's good faith judgment shall control.

                  (c)      The Borrowing Base set forth in a Borrowing Base
Certificate shall be effective from and including the date such Borrowing Base
Certificate is duly received by the Agent to but not including the date on
which a subsequent Borrowing Base Certificate is duly received by the Agent,
unless the Agent disputes the eligibility of any asset for inclusion in the
Borrowing Base or the valuation thereof by notice of such dispute to the
Borrowers, in which case the value of such asset shall, at the discretion of
the Borrowers, either not be included in the Borrowing Base or be included in
the Borrowing Base with a value reasonably acceptable to the Agent.

                  (d)      Each Borrowing Base Certificate shall be accompanied
by backup schedules showing the derivation thereof and containing such detail
and such other and further information as the Agent may reasonably request from
time to time.

         4.05.    General Provisions. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary
in this Article IV, in no event shall any single element of value or asset be
counted twice in determining the Borrowing Base.


                                   ARTICLE V

                 CONDITIONS OF EFFECTIVENESS, LETTER OF CREDIT
                              ISSUANCE AND LENDING

         5.01.    Conditions Precedent to Effectiveness. This Agreement shall
become effective as of the Business Day when each of the following conditions
precedent shall have been satisfied or shall have been waived by the Agent, and
the obligation of any Lender to make its Pro Rata Share of the initial Loan
hereunder or the obligation of CIT or any Lender to assist a Borrower in
obtaining the issuance of the initial Letter of Credit hereunder shall be
subject to the satisfaction of the following conditions precedent:

                  (a)      Payment of Fees, Etc. The Borrowers shall have paid
all fees, costs, expenses and taxes then payable by the Borrowers including,
without limitation, those due


                                      46
<PAGE>   53


and payable pursuant to Sections 2.08 and 11.06. The Borrowers shall have paid
to counsel to the Agent all fees and other client charges due to such counsel
on the Closing Date.

                  (b)      Representations and Warranties; No Event of Default.
The representations and warranties contained in Article VI and in each other
Loan Document and certificate or other writing delivered to the Agent, the
Lenders or the Letter of Credit Issuer pursuant hereto or thereto or prior to
the Closing Date shall be correct in all material respects on and as of the
Closing Date as though made on and as of such date; and no Potential Default or
Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing on the Closing Date or
would result from this Agreement becoming effective in accordance with its
terms.

                  (c)      Legality. The making of the initial Loans and the
issuance of the initial Letter of Credit, as applicable, shall not contravene
any law, rule or regulation of any Governmental Authority applicable to CIT,
the Lenders or the Letter of Credit Issuer.

                  (d)      Delivery of Documents. The Agent shall have received
on or before the Closing Date the following, each in form and substance
satisfactory to the Agent and, unless indicated otherwise, dated the Closing
Date:

                           (i)      a Term Note jointly and severally payable
     to the order of each Lender, duly executed by the Borrowers;

                           (ii)     a Revolving Credit Note jointly and
     severally payable to the order of each Lender, duly executed by the
     Borrowers;

                           (iii)    the Security Agreements, duly executed by
     the Borrowers;

                           (iv)     the Guaranty, duly executed by GS
     Technologies;

                           (v)      appropriate financing statements on Form
     UCC-1, duly executed by each Borrower, to be duly filed in such office or
     offices as may be necessary or, in the opinion of the Agent, desirable to
     perfect the security interests purported to be created by the Security
     Documents;

                           (vi)     certified copies of requests for copies or
     information on Form UCC-11, listing all effective financing statements
     which name as debtor any Obligor, and the results of searches with respect
     to tax liens and judgment liens against any Obligor, which are filed in
     the offices referred to in paragraph (v) above or any other filing or
     recording offices specified by the Agent, together with copies of such
     financing statements and notices of such liens, none of which, except as
     otherwise agreed to in writing by the Agent, shall cover any of the
     Collateral;

                           (vii)    a copy of the resolutions adopted by the
     Board of Directors of each Obligor, certified as of the Closing Date by an
     authorized officer thereof, authorizing (A) in the case of each Borrower,
     the borrowings hereunder and the transactions contemplated by the Loan
     Documents to which such Obligor is or will be a party, and (B) the
     execution, delivery and performance by such Obligor of each Loan

                                      47
<PAGE>   54


     Document and the execution and delivery of the other documents to be
     delivered by such Obligor in connection therewith;

                           (viii)   a certificate of an authorized
     officer of each Obligor, certifying the names and true signatures of the
     officers of such Obligor authorized to sign each Loan Document to which
     such Obligor is or will be a party and the other documents to be executed
     and delivered by such Obligor in connection therewith, together with
     evidence of the incumbency of such authorized officer;

                           (ix)     a certificate, dated as of a date not
     more than ten Business Days prior to the Closing Date, of the appropriate
     official(s) of the states of incorporation and each state of foreign
     qualification of each Obligor, certifying as to the subsistence in good
     standing of, and, if available, the payment of taxes by, such Obligor in
     such states and listing all charter documents of such Obligor on file with
     such official(s);

                           (x)      a copy of the charter of each Obligor
     certified as of a date not more than ten (10) days prior to the Closing
     Date by the appropriate official(s) of the state of incorporation of such
     Obligor and as of the Closing Date by an authorized officer of such
     Obligor;

                           (xi)     a copy of the by-laws of each Obligor,
     certified as of the Closing Date by an authorized officer of such Obligor;

                           (xii)    a favorable written opinion of Parker, Poe,
     Adams & Bernstein, L.L.P. in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent
     and covering such matters as the Agent may reasonably request;

                           (xiii)   a certificate of the Designated Financial
     Officer of the Administrative Borrower, certifying as to the matters set
     forth in Section 5.01(b);

                           (xiv)    a copy of the consolidated financial
     statements and consolidated projections of GSTOC and its Subsidiaries
     referred to in Section 6.07, together with a copy of each management
     letter, exception report or similar letter or report received by any
     Borrower from its independent certified public accountants with respect to
     any period covered thereby and a certificate of the Designated Financial
     Officer of the Administrative Borrower setting forth all pending and, to
     the knowledge of each Borrower, threatened litigation or claims and all
     guarantees and other contingent liabilities of each Borrower and its
     Subsidiaries in an amount in excess of $10,000,000;

                           (xv)     a Borrowing Base Certificate current as of
     the close of business on a date not earlier than February 29, 2000,
     certified by the Designated Financial Officer of the Administrative
     Borrower;

                           (xvi)    a certificate of an authorized officer of
     the Administrative Borrower certifying the names and true signatures of
     those officers of the Administrative Borrower that are authorized to
     provide Notices of Borrowing and all other notices under this Agreement
     and the Loan Documents;


                                      48
<PAGE>   55


                           (xvii)   a copy of each Material Contract in
     existence on the Closing Date, certified as a true and correct copy
     thereof by the Designated Financial Officer of the Administrative
     Borrower, and the Majority Lenders shall be satisfied with the terms
     thereof;

                           (xviii)  a certificate of insurance evidencing
     insurance on the property of each Borrower as required by Section 7.07,
     and, in the case of insurance covering any Collateral, confirming that the
     Agent is named as an additional insured and loss payee with respect
     thereto, using a long form loss payee endorsement;

                           (xix)    a termination and release agreement in form
     and substance satisfactory to the Agent, duly executed on behalf of the
     agent and the lenders under the GECC Loan Agreement and the MEI Loan
     Agreement, agreeing that upon the payment of an amount to be funded by the
     Borrowers hereunder on or prior to the Closing Date that all Indebtedness
     and other obligations due thereunder and all Liens securing any such
     Indebtedness of other obligations shall have been discharged and released;

                           (xx)     copies of all documents relating to MEI
     becoming a direct, wholly-owned Subsidiary of GSTOC, certified as true and
     correct copies thereof by a Designated Financial Officer of the
     Administrative Borrower; and

                           (xxi)    such other agreements, instruments,
     approvals, opinions and other documents as the Agent may reasonably
     request.

                  (e)      Proceedings; Receipt of Documents. All proceedings
in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the Loan
Documents and all documents incidental thereto, shall be satisfactory to the
Agent and its special counsel, and the Agent and such special counsel shall
have received all such information and such counterpart originals or certified
or other copies of such documents, in form and substance reasonably
satisfactory to the Agent, as the Agent or such special counsel may reasonably
request.

                  (f)      Cash Management System. The cash management system
of the Borrowers shall be satisfactory to the Agent.

                  (g)      Audit. The Agent shall have completed and shall be
satisfied (in its sole discretion) with the results of an audit of the Accounts
Receivable, Inventory, assets and liabilities and books and records of the
Borrowers, and the Borrowers shall have paid all fees and expenses payable in
connection with such audit.

                  (h)      Lien Priority. The Lien in favor of the Agent
pursuant to the Loan Documents shall be a valid and perfected first priority
Lien on the Collateral, which shall be subject to no other Liens except for
Permitted Liens.

                  (i)      Compliance. The Agent shall have received evidence
reasonably satisfactory to the Agent of each Borrower's compliance with all
requirements herein concerning Environmental Laws, ERISA, tax and labor
matters.


                                      49
<PAGE>   56


                  (j)      Legal Restraints/Litigation. On the Closing Date,
there shall be no (i) suit, action, investigation or proceeding (judicial or
administrative) pending or, to the knowledge of a Borrower, overtly threatened
against a Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, or their assets, by any
Governmental Authority with respect to, or any injunction, writ or restraining
order restraining or prohibiting, the transactions contemplated by the Loan
Documents, or (ii) except as disclosed in Schedule 6.06 hereto, suit, action,
investigation or proceeding (judicial or administrative) pending or, to the
knowledge of a Borrower, overtly threatened against a Borrower or any of its
Subsidiaries, or their assets, which, could have a Material Adverse Effect.

                  (k)      MEI Entities. MEI shall have become a wholly-owned,
direct Subsidiary of GSTOC and ME-West shall be a wholly-owned indirect
Subsidiary of GSTOC and a wholly-owned, direct Subsidiary of MEI, in each case,
pursuant to financial, tax and other terms and documentation satisfactory to
the Agent and in accordance with all applicable law and contractual provisions.

                  (l)      Additional Availability. After giving effect to all
the Loans made and Letters of Credit issued on the Closing Date, (i) the
Availability shall be at least $25,000,000 in the aggregate on the Closing Date
and (ii) all obligations of the Borrowers shall be current. The Borrowers shall
deliver to the Agent a certificate of the Designated Financial Officer of the
Administrative Borrower certifying as to the matters set forth in clauses (i)
and (ii) above and containing the calculations thereof.

         5.02.    Conditions Precedent to Loans and Letters of Credit. In
addition to the requirements of Section 5.01, the obligation of each Lender to
make any Loan and the obligation of CIT or any Lender to assist the
Administrative Borrower in obtaining the issuance of any Letter of Credit is
subject to the fulfillment, in a manner satisfactory to the Agent, of each of
the following conditions precedent:

                  (a)      Payment of Fees, Etc. The Borrowers shall have paid
all fees, costs, expenses and taxes then payable by the Borrowers pursuant to
Sections 2.08 and 10.06.

                  (b)      Representations and Warranties; No Event of Default.
The following statements shall be true, and the submission by the
Administrative Borrower to the Agent of a Notice of Borrowing with respect to a
Loan and a Borrower's acceptance of the proceeds of such Loan, or the
submission by the Administrative Borrower to the Agent and the Letter of Credit
Issuer of an L/C Notice with respect to a Letter of Credit and the issuance of
such Letter of Credit shall be deemed to be a representation and warranty by
each Borrower on the date of such Loan and the date of the issuance of such
Letter of Credit that, (i) the representations and warranties contained in
Article VI and in each other Loan Document and certificate or other writing
delivered to the Agent, the Lenders and the Letter of Credit Issuer pursuant
hereto on or prior to the date of such Loan or Letter of Credit are correct in
all material respects on and as of such date as though made on and as of such
date (except for representations and warranties which relate to a specific
date) and; (ii) no Potential Default or Event of Default has occurred and is
continuing or would result from the making of the Loan to be made on such date
or the issuance of the Letter of Credit to be issued on such date.


                                      50
<PAGE>   57


                  (c)      Legality. The making of such Loan or the issuance of
such Letter of Credit shall not contravene any law, rule or regulation of any
Governmental Authority applicable to CIT, the Lenders or the Letter of Credit
Issuer.

                  (d)      Borrowing Notice. The Agent shall have received (i)
a Notice of Borrowing pursuant to Section 2.03 no later than 12:00 noon (New
York City time) three Business Days prior to the date of the proposed borrowing
with respect to a Eurodollar Loan or on the date of a proposed borrowing of a
Prime Loan or (ii) an L/C Notice and a Letter of Credit Application pursuant to
Section 3.01 not later than 12:00 noon (New York City time) three Business Days
prior to the proposed date of issuance of a Letter of Credit.

                  (e)      Delivery of Documents. The Agent shall have received
such other agreements, instruments, approvals and other documents, each in form
and substance satisfactory to the Agent, as the Agent may reasonably request.

                  (f)      Proceedings; Receipt of Documents. All proceedings
in connection with the making of such Loan or the issuance of such Letter of
Credit and the other transactions contemplated by this Agreement, and all
documents incidental thereto, shall be satisfactory to the Agent and its
special counsel, and the Agent and such special counsel shall have received all
such information and such counterpart originals or certified or other copies of
such document, in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent, as the Agent or
such special counsel may reasonably request.

                  (g)      Revolving Commitment. The aggregate unpaid principal
amount of the Loans and the Letter of Credit Exposure shall not exceed, and
after giving effect to the requested Credit Extension will not exceed, the
Current Revolving Commitment.

Any oral or written request by the Administrative Borrower for any Credit
Extension hereunder shall constitute a representation and warranty by the
Borrowers that the conditions set forth in this Section 5.02 have been
satisfied (unless waived by the Agent) as of the date of such request. Failure
of the Agent to receive notice from the Administrative Borrower to the contrary
before such Credit Extension is made shall constitute a further representation
and warranty by the Borrowers that the conditions set forth in this Section
5.02 have been satisfied as of the date of such Credit Extension.


                                   ARTICLE VI

                         REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

         Each Borrower hereby represents and warrants to the Agent and the
Lenders as follows:

         6.01.    Organization, Good Standing, Etc. Each Borrower and its
Subsidiaries (i) is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good
standing under the laws of the state of its organization, (ii) has all
requisite power and authority to conduct its business as now conducted and as
presently contemplated and, in the case of each Borrower, to make the

                                      51
<PAGE>   58
borrowings hereunder and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby,
and (iii) is duly qualified to do business and is in good standing in each
jurisdiction in which the character of the properties owned or leased by it or
in which the transaction of its business makes such qualification necessary,
except, with respect to this clause (iii), where all instances of such failure
to qualify taken together will not have a Material Adverse Effect.

                  6.02. Authorization, Etc. The execution, delivery and
performance by each Borrower of the Loan Documents to which it is a party, (i)
have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action, (ii) do not and
will not contravene its charter or by-laws, any other applicable law or any
contractual restriction binding on or otherwise affecting it or any of its
properties or result in a default under any agreement or instrument to which a
Borrower is a party or by which such Borrower or its properties may be subject
[other than any noncompliance with the GECC Loan Agreement resulting solely
from the initial borrowing hereunder prior to the application of the use of
proceeds thereof on the Closing Date], (iii) do not and will not result in or
require the creation of any Lien (other than pursuant to any such Loan
Document) upon or with respect to any of its properties, and (iv) do not and
will not result in any suspension, revocation, impairment, forfeiture or
nonrenewal of any permit, license, authorization or approval applicable to its
operations or any of its properties.

                  6.03. Governmental Approvals. No authorization, consent,
approval, license, exemption or other action by, and no registration,
qualification, designation, declaration or filing with, any Governmental
Authority is or will be necessary in connection with the execution and delivery
by any Borrower of the Loan Documents to which it is a party, consummation of
the transactions therein contemplated, performance of or compliance with the
terms and conditions thereof or to ensure the legality, validity,
enforceability and admissibility in evidence thereof, except for the filings
and recordings in respect of the Liens created pursuant to the Security
Documents.

                  6.04. Enforceability of Loan Documents. This Agreement and
the other Loan Documents to which any Borrower is or will be a party are, and
when delivered hereunder, will be, a legal, valid and binding obligation of
such Borrower, enforceable against such Borrower in accordance with its terms.

                  6.05. Subsidiaries. Schedule 6.05 hereto is a complete and
correct description of the name, jurisdiction of incorporation and ownership of
the outstanding capital stock of each Subsidiary of each Borrower in existence
on the Closing Date. All shares of such stock owned by each Borrower or one or
more of its Subsidiaries, as indicated in such Schedule, are owned free and
clear of all Liens except for the security interest in favor of the trustee
under the 1994 Indenture in the outstanding capital stock of GSTOC and MEI.
There are no options, warrants or other rights to acquire shares of capital
stock of any Subsidiary of a Borrower.

                  6.06. Litigation. Except as disclosed in Schedule 6.06
hereto, there is no pending or, to the knowledge of any Borrower, overtly
threatened in writing, any action, suit or proceeding affecting any Borrower or
any of its Subsidiaries before any court or other Governmental Authority or any
arbitrator which questions the validity of any Loan Document or



                                      52
<PAGE>   59

         which, if adversely determined, could reasonably be expected to result
 in a Material Adverse Effect.

                  6.07.    Financial Condition.

                           (a)      Historical Statements.  The Borrowers have
heretofore furnished to the Lenders draft consolidated unaudited financial
statements of GSTOC and its Consolidated Subsidiaries as at December 31, 1999,
which are to be reviewed by PricewaterhouseCoopers, L.L.P., and draft
consolidated financial statements of MEI and its Consolidated Subsidiaries as
at December 31, 1999, as to be examined and reported on by
PricewaterhouseCoopers, L.L.P. Such financial statements present fairly the
financial condition of GSTOC and its Consolidated Subsidiaries and the MEI
Entities, respectively, as at the respective dates thereof and the results of
operations and the cash flows of GSTOC and its Subsidiaries and the MEI
Entities, respectively, for such fiscal periods, all in conformity with GAAP.
Except as disclosed in the Schedules hereto, GSTOC and its Consolidated
Subsidiaries and the MEI Entities do not have any material contingent
liabilities (including liabilities for taxes), unusual forward or long term
commitments or unrealized or anticipated losses from unfavorable commitments.

                           (b)      Projections.  The Borrowers have heretofore
furnished to the Lenders quarterly projections of GSTOC and its Consolidated
Subsidiaries and the MEI Entities for the fiscal twelve-month period ending
December 31, 2000. Such projections have been prepared in accordance with the
standard set forth in the second sentence of Section 6.17.

                  6.08. Compliance with Law, Etc. Each Borrower and its
Subsidiaries is not in violation of any provision of its charter or by-laws,
any law or any term of any material agreement or instrument binding on or
otherwise affecting it or any of its properties, except, in the case of
violations of law, where all such violations taken together will not have a
Material Adverse Effect.

                  6.09. ERISA. (i) Each Plan is in substantial compliance with
the applicable provisions of ERISA and the Code, (ii) no Termination Event has
occurred nor is reasonably expected to occur with respect to any Benefit Plan,
(iii) the most recent annual report (Form 5500 Series) with respect to each
Plan, including Schedule B (Actuarial Information) thereto, copies of which
have been filed with the Internal Revenue Service, is complete and correct in
all material respects and fairly presents the funding status of such Benefit
Plan, and since the date of such report there has been no material adverse
change in such funding status, (iv) no Benefit Plan had an accumulated or
waived funding deficiency or permitted decreases which would create a
deficiency in its funding standard account within the meaning of Section 412 of
the Code at any time during the previous 60 months, and (v) no Lien imposed
under the Code or ERISA exists or is likely to arise on account of any Benefit
Plan within the meaning of Section 412 of the Code. None of the Borrowers and
their respective ERISA Affiliates has incurred any withdrawal liability under
ERISA with respect to any Multiemployer Plan, and no Borrower is aware of any
facts indicating that such Borrower or any of its ERISA Affiliates may in the
future incur any such withdrawal liability. Except as required by Section 4980B
of the Code or as disclosed on Schedule 6.09, the Borrowers do not maintain a
welfare plan (as defined in Section 3(1) of ERISA) which provides benefits or
coverage after a participant's termination of employment.



                                      53
<PAGE>   60

                   None of the Borrowers and their respective ERISA Affiliates
has incurred any liability under the Worker Adjustment and Retraining
Notification Act. All Plans for which any of the Borrowers and their respective
ERISA Affiliates must file an annual report are identified in Schedule 6.09
hereto.

                  6.10. Taxes, Etc. All tax returns required to be filed by the
Borrowers and any of their respective Subsidiaries have been properly prepared,
executed and filed. All taxes, assessments, fees and other governmental charges
upon the Borrowers and their respective Subsidiaries or upon any of their
respective properties, income, sales or franchises which are shown thereon as
due and payable have been paid, unless payment thereof is being contested in
good faith by appropriate proceedings which stay the imposition of any penalty,
fine or Lien resulting from the non-payment thereof or for which an extension
for the time of payment has been obtained and with respect to which, adequate
reserves therefor are being maintained. The reserves and provisions for taxes,
if any, on the books of the Borrowers are adequate for all open years and for
its current fiscal period. Except as set forth in Schedule 6.10 hereto, the
Borrowers do not know of any proposed additional assessment or basis for any
material assessment for additional taxes (whether or not reserved against). The
federal income tax liabilities of the Borrowers and their respective
Subsidiaries have been finally determined by the Internal Revenue Service, or
the time for audit has expired, for all fiscal periods ending on or prior to
December 31, 1993 and all such liabilities (including all deficiencies assessed
following audit) have been satisfied.

                  6.11. Regulation T, U or X. The Borrowers are not and will
not be engaged in the business of extending credit for the purpose of
purchasing or carrying margin stock (within the meaning of Regulation T, U or X
issued by the Board), and no proceeds of any Loan will be used to purchase or
carry any margin stock or to extend credit to others for the purpose of
purchasing or carrying any margin stock.

                  6.12. Nature of Business. Except as otherwise permitted by
Section 8.05, none of the Borrowers and their Subsidiaries is engaged in any
business other than the production of high carbon and special grade wire rod,
grinding media and mill liners and certain other high quality wire products.

                  6.13. Adverse Agreements, Etc. Except for the Offtake
Agreement, none of the Borrowers and their Subsidiaries is a party to any
agreement or instrument, or subject to any charter or other corporate
restriction or any judgment, order, regulation, ruling or other requirement of
a court or other Governmental Authority, which has, or could reasonably be
expected to have, a Material Adverse Effect.

                  6.14. Holding Company and Investment Company Acts. None of
the Borrowers and their Subsidiaries is a (i) a "holding company" or a
"subsidiary company" of a "holding company" or an "affiliate" of a "holding
company", as such terms are defined in the Public Utility Holding Company Act
of 1935, as amended, or (ii) an "investment company" or an "affiliated person"
or "promoter" of, or "principal underwriter" of or for, an "investment
company", as such terms are defined in the Investment Company Act of 1940, as
amended.



                                      54
<PAGE>   61

                  6.15. Permits, Etc. The Borrowers and their respective
Subsidiaries have all permits, licenses, authorizations and approvals required
for them lawfully to own and operate their business except where the absence of
such permit, license, authorization or approval does not have, or could not
reasonably be expected to have, a Material Adverse Effect.

                  6.16. Priority; Title. Except for Permitted Liens, the Liens
granted under the Security Documents constitute and shall at all times
constitute legal, valid, perfected, first priority Liens on the Collateral,
subject to no other Liens other than Permitted Liens, and each Borrower is the
sole and absolute owner of its Collateral with full right to pledge, sell,
consign, transfer and create Liens therein. No Person has any right of first
refusal, option or other preferential right to purchase any Collateral. The
Borrowers jointly and severally will at their expense forever warrant and, at
the Agent's request, defend the same from any and all claims and demands of any
other Person other than the Permitted Liens; and no Borrower will grant, create
or permit to exist, any Lien upon the Collateral, or any proceeds thereof, in
favor or any other Person other than Permitted Liens. The Borrowers and their
respective Subsidiaries have good and marketable title to all of their
properties and assets, free and clear of all Liens except Permitted Liens,

                  6.17. Full Disclosure. No information contained in this
Agreement, any other Loan Document or certificate or other written statement
furnished by or on behalf of any Borrower or its Subsidiaries pursuant to this
Agreement or any other Loan Documents contains any material misstatement of
fact or omits to state a material fact or any fact necessary to make the
statements contained herein or therein not misleading. To the extent the
Borrowers furnish any projections of the financial position and results of
operations of the Borrowers for, or as at the end of, future periods, the
Borrowers represent only that such information was or will be prepared in good
faith and on the basis of assumptions believed by the Borrowers to be
reasonable at the time made and upon the best information then reasonably
available to the Borrowers.

                  6.18. Environmental Matters. Except as disclosed in Schedule
6.18 hereto, (i) none of the operations of the Borrowers is the subject of any
federal, state or local investigation to determine whether any Remedial Action
is needed to address the presence, disposal, Release or threatened Release of
Hazardous Materials, which, if adversely determined, could reasonably be
expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, (ii) the operations of the
Borrowers and their respective Subsidiaries are in compliance with all
applicable Environmental Laws, except where such non-compliance could not
reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; (iii) there has been
no Release at any of the properties owned or operated by the Borrowers, their
respective Subsidiaries or, to the knowledge of the Borrowers and their
respective Subsidiaries, any predecessor in interest or title, or, to the
knowledge of the Borrowers and their respective Subsidiaries, at any disposal
or treatment facility which received Hazardous Materials generated by any of
the Borrowers and their respective Subsidiaries or, to the knowledge of the
Borrowers and their respective Subsidiaries, any predecessor in interest or
title which is reasonably likely to result in Environmental Liabilities and
Costs of $2,000,000 or more in the aggregate for all such Releases; (iv) no
Environmental Actions have been asserted against any of the Borrowers and their
respective Subsidiaries or, to the knowledge of the Borrowers and their
respective Subsidiaries, any predecessor in interest or title nor do the
Borrowers or their



                                      55
<PAGE>   62

respective Subsidiaries have knowledge or notice of any pending or overtly
threatened Environmental Action against the Borrowers, their respective
Subsidiaries or, to the knowledge of the Borrowers and their respective
Subsidiaries, any predecessor in interest or title which, if adversely
determined, is reasonably likely to result in Environmental Liabilities and
Costs of $2,000,000 or more in the aggregate for all such Environmental
Actions; (v) the Borrowers and their respective Subsidiaries have obtained all
permits, approvals, authorizations and licenses required by Environmental Laws
necessary for their operations, and all such permits, approvals, authorizations
and licenses are in effect and the Borrowers and their respective Subsidiaries
are in compliance with all terms and conditions of such permits, approvals,
authorizations and licenses, except to the extent that any such non-compliance
could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; (vi) to the
knowledge of each Borrower, no Environmental Actions have been asserted against
any facilities that may have received Hazardous Materials generated by any of
the Borrowers and their respective Subsidiaries or any predecessor in interest
or title which, if adversely determined, is reasonably likely to result in
Environmental Liabilities and Costs of $2,000,000 or more in the aggregate for
all such Environmental Actions.

                  6.19. Insurance. The Borrowers and their respective
Subsidiaries keep their properties adequately insured and maintain (i)
insurance to such extent and against such risks, including fire, as is
customary with companies in the same or similar businesses, (ii) workers
compensation insurance in the amount required by applicable law, (iii) public
liability insurance in the amount customary with companies in the same or
similar business against claims for personal injury or death on properties
owned, occupied or controlled by it, and (iv) such other insurance as may be
required by law or by the Loan Documents. Schedule 6.19 hereto sets forth a
list of all insurance maintained by the Borrowers and their respective
Subsidiaries on the Closing Date.

                  6.20.    Financial Accounting Practices, Etc.

                           (a)      The Borrowers and their respective
Subsidiaries make and keep books, records and accounts which, in reasonable
detail, accurately and fairly reflect their respective transactions and
dispositions of their respective assets and maintain a system of internal
accounting controls sufficient to provide reasonable assurances that (i)
transactions are executed in accordance with management's general or specific
authorization, (ii) transactions are recorded as necessary (A) to permit
preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP except as
previously disclosed to the Agent and (B) to maintain accountability for
assets, and (iii) the recorded accountability for assets is compared with the
existing assets at reasonable intervals and appropriate action is taken with
respect to any differences.

                           (b)      The Borrowers and their respective
Subsidiaries maintain a system of internal procedures and controls sufficient
to provide reasonable assurance that the information required to be set forth
in each Borrowing Base Certificate (including, without limitation, information
relating to the identification of assets which are Inventory and the valuation
thereof) is accurate.

                  6.21. No Material Adverse Effect. Since December 31, 1999,
there has not occurred any Material Adverse Effect or any event which could
reasonably be expected to have a



                                      56
<PAGE>   63

Material Adverse Effect. Any determination hereunder of whether any such
Material Adverse Effect or event has occurred under clause (i) or (ii) of the
definition of such term shall be measured against the condition of the
Borrowers reflected in the draft financial statements dated as of such date and
described in Section 6.07.

                  6.22.    Real Property; Leases.

                           (a)      Schedule 6.22 hereto sets forth a complete
and accurate description and list as of the Closing Date of the location, by
state and street address, of all real property owned and leased by the
Borrowers, together with, in the case of real property that is owned, a
statement as to whether such real property is the subject of a contract of sale
(and, if so, a statement as to the status of such sale).

                           (b)      As of the Closing Date, the Borrowers have
valid leasehold interests in the Leases described in Schedule 6.22 hereto.
Schedule 6.22 hereto sets forth with respect to each Lease, the commencement
date, termination date, renewal options (if any) and annual base rents. Each
such Lease is valid and enforceable in accordance with its terms in all
material respects and is in full force and effect. No consent or approval of
any landlord or other third party in connection with the Leases is necessary
for the Borrowers to enter into and execute the Loan Documents, except as set
forth on Schedule 6.22 hereto. No Borrower or, to the knowledge of the
Borrowers, any other party to any Lease is in default of its obligations
thereunder and neither the Borrowers has at any time delivered or received any
notice of default which remains uncured under any such Lease and, as of the
Closing Date, no event has occurred which, with the giving of notice or the
passage of time, or both, would constitute a default under any such Lease,
except for defaults the consequence of which in the aggregate would have no
Material Adverse Effect.

                           (c)      All permits required to have been issued to
the Borrowers with respect to the real property owned or leased by the
Borrowers to enable such property to be lawfully occupied and used for all of
the purposes for which it is currently occupied and used (separate and apart
from any other properties), have been lawfully issued and are in full force and
effect, other than such permits which, if not obtained, would not have a
Material Adverse Effect, and all such real property complies in all material
respects with all applicable legal and insurance requirements except where such
noncompliance does not have, and could not be reasonably expected to have, a
Material Adverse Effect.

                           (d)      The Borrowers have not received any notice,
nor do the Borrowers have any knowledge, of any pending, overtly threatened in
writing or contemplated condemnation proceeding affecting any real property
owned or leased by the Borrowers or any Subsidiary.

                           (e)      Except as disclosed in Schedule 6.22 hereto,
no portion of any real property owned or leased by the Borrowers or any of
their respective Subsidiaries has suffered any damage by fire or other casualty
loss which has not heretofore been completely repaired and restored to its
condition existing prior to such casualty or which if not repaired or restored
could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.



                                      57
<PAGE>   64

                  6.23. Location of Bank Accounts. Schedule 6.23 hereto sets
forth a complete and accurate list as of the Closing Date of all deposit and
other accounts, including the Cash Concentration Account and all Depository
Accounts, maintained by the Borrowers and their respective Subsidiaries
together with a description thereof, including the bank at which such deposit
or other account is maintained and the account number and the purpose thereof.

                  6.24. No Event of Default. No event has occurred and is
continuing and no condition exists which constitutes an Event of Default or
Potential Default.

                  6.25. Tradenames. Schedule 6.25 hereto sets forth a complete
and accurate list as of the Closing Date of all tradenames used by each
Borrower and its Subsidiaries.

                  6.26. Solvency. After giving effect to the transactions
contemplated by this Agreement and each Credit Extension, each Borrower is, and
the Borrowers taken as a whole are, Solvent.

                  6.27. Inventory. There is no location at which a Borrower has
any Inventory (except for Inventory in transit) other than (i) those locations
listed on Schedule 1.01(A) hereto and (ii) any other locations approved in
writing from time to time by the Agent pursuant to the definition of "Eligible
Inventory". Schedule 1.01(A) hereto contains a true, correct and complete list,
as of the Closing Date, of the legal names and addresses of warehouse or other
location at which Inventory of each Borrower is stored. None of the receipts
received by a Borrower from any warehouse states that the goods covered thereby
are to be delivered to bearer or to the order of a named Person or to a named
Person and such named Person's assigns.

                  6.28. Intellectual Property. The Borrowers and their
respective Subsidiaries own or license or otherwise have the right to use all
material licenses, permits, patents, patent applications, trademarks, trademark
applications, service marks, trade names, copyrights, copyright applications,
franchises, authorizations and other intellectual property rights that are
necessary for the operations of their businesses and, to the knowledge of the
Borrowers or such Subsidiary, without infringement upon or conflict with the
rights of any other Person with respect thereto, except for such infringements
and conflicts which, individually or in the aggregate, could not have a
Material Adverse Effect. To the best knowledge of the Borrowers and their
respective Subsidiaries, no slogan or other advertising device, product,
process, method, substance, part or other material now employed, or now
contemplated to be employed, by the Borrowers or any of their respective
Subsidiaries infringes upon or conflicts with any rights owned by any other
Person, and no claim or litigation regarding any of the foregoing is pending or
threatened, except for such infringements and conflicts which could not have,
individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect. To the knowledge
of the Borrowers and their respective Subsidiaries, no patent, invention,
device, application, principle or any statute, law, rule, regulation, standard
or code is pending or proposed, which, individually or in the aggregate, could
have a Material Adverse Effect.

                  6.29. Material Contracts. Set forth in Schedule 6.29 hereto
is a complete and accurate list as of the Closing Date of all Material
Contracts of each Borrower and its Subsidiaries, showing the parties and
subject matter thereof and amendments and modifications



                                      58
<PAGE>   65

thereto. Each such Material Contract (i) is in full force and effect and is
binding upon and enforceable against such Borrower or its Subsidiaries, as the
case may be, and, to each Borrower's knowledge, all other parties thereto in
accordance with its terms, and (ii) has not been otherwise amended or modified
in any material respect. There exists no default under any Material Contract by
the Borrowers or any of their respective Subsidiaries or, to each Borrower's
knowledge, any other party thereto which has not been cured or waived.

                  6.30     Labor Relations; Collective Bargaining Agreements.

                           (a)      Set forth in Schedule 6.30 hereto is a list
(including dates of termination) of all collective bargaining agreements
between or applicable to a Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries and any union,
labor organization or other bargaining agent in respect of the employees of
such Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries.

                           (b)      None of the Borrowers and their respective
Subsidiaries is engaged in any unfair labor practice that could reasonably be
expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. Except as disclosed in Schedule
6.30 hereto, there is (i) no significant unfair labor practice complaint
pending against a Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or, to the best knowledge
of a Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, threatened against any of them,
before the National Labor Relations Board, and no significant grievance or
significant arbitration proceeding arising out of or under any Collective
Bargaining Agreement is now pending against a Borrower or any of its
Subsidiaries or, to the best knowledge of a Borrower or any of its
Subsidiaries, threatened against any of them, (ii) no significant strike, labor
dispute, slowdown or stoppage is pending against a Borrower or any of its
Subsidiaries or, to the best knowledge of a Borrower or any of its
Subsidiaries, threatened against such Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, and
(iii) to the best knowledge of a Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, no union
representation question existing with respect to the employees of such Borrower
or any of its Subsidiaries, except (with respect to any matter specified in
clause (i), (ii) or (iii) above, either individually or in the aggregate) such
as is not reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.


                                  ARTICLE VII

                             AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS

                  So long as any principal of or interest on any Loans or any
Reimbursement Obligation or any other Obligation (whether or not due) shall
remain unpaid or any Lender shall have any Commitment hereunder, the Borrowers
will, unless the Majority Lenders shall otherwise consent in writing:

                  7.01. Reporting Requirements. Furnish to the Lenders:

                           (a)      Within fifteen (15) days after the date
hereof, the final consolidated unaudited financial statements of GSTOC and its
Consolidated Subsidiaries and the final consolidated audited financial
statements of MEI and its Consolidated Subsidiaries, drafts of each of which
were delivered pursuant to Section 5.01(d)(xiv), each of which shall be



                                      59
<PAGE>   66

substantially the same in form and content as such corresponding draft
statements, and, beginning with the fiscal year of GSTOC ending December 31,
2000, within ninety (90) days after the close of each fiscal year of GSTOC,
consolidated and consolidating balance sheets of GSTOC and its Consolidated
Subsidiaries as at the end of such fiscal year and the related consolidated and
consolidating statements of income and cash flows of GSTOC and its Consolidated
Subsidiaries for such fiscal year, all in reasonable detail, setting forth in
comparative form the corresponding figures for the immediately preceding fiscal
year (as to such consolidated statements), audited and accompanied by an
opinion of PricewaterhouseCoopers, L.L.P. or other independent certified public
accountants of recognized national standing selected by GSTOC and reasonably
satisfactory to the Agent. The opinion of such accountants (the "Accountant's
Opinion") shall be without a "going concern" qualification or like qualification
or exception or qualification arising out of the scope of the audit with
respect to such consolidated balance sheets and statements being prepared in
compliance with GAAP and shall in any event state that such balance sheets and
statements present fairly the financial position of GSTOC and its Consolidated
Subsidiaries as of the end of such fiscal year and the results of operations
and cash flows of GSTOC and its Consolidated Subsidiaries for such fiscal year,
in conformity with GAAP applied on a basis consistent with that of the
immediately preceding fiscal year (except for changes in application in which
such accountants concur). Each set of balance sheets and statements delivered
pursuant to this Section 7.01(a) shall be accompanied by (1) a certificate or
report by such accountants stating in substance that they have reviewed this
Agreement and that in making the examination necessary for their certification
of such statements and balance sheets and statements they did not become aware
of any Event of Default or Potential Default, or if they did become so aware,
such certificate or report shall state the nature and period of existence
thereof, if determinable, and (2) a certificate of the Designated Financial
Officer of the Administrative Borrower stating that such officer has reviewed
this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and that in making such review,
such officer did not become aware of any Event of Default or Potential Default,
or if such officer did become so aware, such certificate shall state the nature
and period of existence thereof, if determinable, in form and substance
satisfactory to the Agent.

                           (b) Within forth-five (45) days after the close of
each of the first three fiscal quarters of each fiscal year of GSTOC,
consolidated and consolidating balance sheets of GSTOC and its Consolidated
Subsidiaries as at the end of such quarter and the related consolidated and
consolidating statements of income and cash flows of GSTOC and its Consolidated
Subsidiaries for such quarter and for the period from the beginning of such
fiscal year to the end of such fiscal quarter, all in reasonable detail and,
except in the case of consolidating financial statements with respect to any
such fiscal quarter ending prior to April 1, 2001, setting forth in comparative
form the corresponding figures for the corresponding periods for the
immediately preceding fiscal year, certified by a Designated Financial Officer
of the Administrative Borrower as presenting fairly the financial position of
GSTOC and its Consolidated Subsidiaries as of the end of such quarter and
fiscal period and the results of operations and cash flows of GSTOC and its
Consolidated Subsidiaries for such quarter and fiscal period, in conformity
with GAAP applied on a basis consistent, except as otherwise disclosed therein,
with that of the most recent audited financial statements furnished to the
Lenders, subject to year-end adjustments. Each set of balance sheets and
statements delivered



                                      60
<PAGE>   67

pursuant to this Section 7.01(b) shall be accompanied by a certificate of a
Designated Financial Officer of the Administrative Borrower stating that such
officer has reviewed this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and that in
making such review such officer did not become aware of any Event of Default or
Potential Default, or if such officer did become so aware, such certificate
shall state the nature and period of existence thereof, if determinable, in
form and substance satisfactory to the Agent.

                           (c) Within forty-five (45) days after the end of
each fiscal month of GSTOC consolidated and consolidating balance sheets of
GSTOC and its Consolidated Subsidiaries as at the last day of such month and
consolidated and consolidating statements of income and cash flows for GSTOC
and its Consolidated Subsidiaries for such fiscal month and for the period from
the beginning of such fiscal year to the end of such fiscal month, all in
reasonable detail and setting forth in comparative form the corresponding
figures for the corresponding periods during the preceding fiscal year, and
accompanied by a certificate of a Designated Financial Officer of the
Administrative Borrower stating that (1) such statements presenting fairly the
financial condition of GSTOC and its Consolidated Subsidiaries as of the end of
such fiscal month and the results of operations and cash flows of GSTOC for
such fiscal month and fiscal period in conformity with GAAP applied on a basis
consistent with prior practice, subject to year-end adjustments, and (2) such
officer has reviewed this Agreement and that in making such review such officer
did not become aware of any Event of Default or Potential Default, or if such
officer did become so aware, such certificate shall state the nature and period
of existence thereof, if determinable, in form and substance satisfactory to
the Agent.

                           (d) As soon as practicable and in any event within
fifteen (15) Business Days after the end of each fiscal month (including the
fiscal month in which this Agreement is executed), a monthly inventory report
in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Agent and certified by a
Designated Financial Officer of the Administrative Borrower, which shall be
accompanied by a reconciliation from the monthly inventory report as of the
Borrowers' close of business on the last day of the preceding month delivered
by the Borrower to the Lenders pursuant to this Section 7.01(d).

                           (e)      As soon as practicable and in any event
within the applicable time period specified in Section 4.04, commencing March
10, 2000, a Borrowing Base Certificate.

                           (f) As soon as practicable and in any event within
fifteen (15) Business Days after the end of each fiscal month, a report showing
separately those Accounts Receivable which are more than one month, two months,
three months and four months old, and a description of all Liens, set-offs,
defenses and counter claims with respect thereto, in form and substance
reasonably satisfactory to the Agent and certified by a Designated Financial
Officer of the Administrative Borrower.

                           (g) As soon as practicable and in any event within
five (5) Business Days after an executive officer of any Borrower has actual
knowledge of any Potential Default, Event of Default or any other event that
has had, or is reasonably likely to have, a Material Adverse Effect, the
written statement of the Designated Financial Officer of the Administrative



                                      61
<PAGE>   68

Borrower, setting forth the details of such Potential Default, Event of Default
or event and the action which the Borrowers propose to take with respect
thereto.

                           (h)      Promptly upon distribution, filing, issuance
or their becoming available, a copy of (i) all reports, proxy statements,
financial statements and other information distributed by any Obligor or GSI to
its creditors or the financial community in general or filed by any Obligor or
GSI with the Securities and Exchange Commission or any national securities
exchange or the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc., (ii) all
press releases issued by any Obligor or GSI, (iii) all other statements
concerning material changes or developments in the business of any Obligor made
available by such Obligor to the public and (iv) any accountant's management
letters and any audit or other reports submitted to any Obligor by independent
accountants.

                           (i)      As soon as possible and in any event
(A) within thirty (30) days after a Borrower or any of its ERISA Affiliates
knows or has reason to know that any Termination Event described in clause (i)
of the definition of Termination Event with respect to any Benefit Plan has
occurred, and (B) within twenty (20) days after a Borrower or any of its ERISA
Affiliates knows or has reason to know that any other Termination Event with
respect to any Benefit Plan has occurred, or that a Borrower or any of its
ERISA Affiliates has failed to make a required installment to a Benefit Plan
within the meaning of Section 412(m) of the Code, a statement of the Designated
Financial Officer of such Borrower describing such Termination Event and the
action, if any, which such Borrower or such ERISA Affiliate proposes to take
with respect thereto, (ii) promptly and in any event within five (5) Business
Days after receipt thereof by a Borrower or any of its ERISA Affiliates from
the PBGC, copies of each notice received by such Borrower or any of its ERISA
Affiliates of the PBGC's intention to terminate any Plan or to have a trustee
appointed to administer any Plan, (iii) promptly and in any event within thirty
(30) days after the filing thereof with the Internal Revenue Service, copies of
each Schedule B (Actuarial Information) to the annual report (Form 5500 Series)
with respect to each Benefit Plan, (iv) promptly and in any event within thirty
(30) Business Days after request therefor by the Agent, a copy of each notice
received by such Borrower or any of its ERISA Affiliates from a sponsor of a
Multiemployer Plan or from the PBGC concerning the imposition or amount of
withdrawal liability under Section 4202 of ERISA or indicating that such
Multiemployer Plan may enter reorganization status under Section 4241 of ERISA,
(v) promptly, and in any event within ten (10) days after a Borrower or any of
their respective ERISA affiliates is required to send a notice of a plant
closing or mass layoff (as defined in the Worker Adjustment and Retraining
Notification Act), and (vi) promptly and in any event within thirty (30) days
after a Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate takes action to establish a new Benefit
Plan or contribute to a new Multiemployer Plan, a statement of the Designated
Financial Officer of such Borrower describing such Benefit Plan or
Multiemployer Plan.

                           (j)      Within fifteen (15) days prior to the
beginning of each fiscal year of GSTOC: (i) projected consolidated and
consolidating balance sheets of GSTOC and its operating units and Subsidiaries
on a monthly basis for such fiscal year; (ii) projected consolidated cash flow
statements of GSTOC and its operating units and Subsidiaries for such Fiscal
Year; (iii) a capital budget by Borrower and by month for such fiscal year; (iv)
projected consolidated and consolidating income statements of GSTOC and
Subsidiaries for such fiscal



                                      62
<PAGE>   69

year on a monthly basis; and (v) the business plan of GSTOC and Subsidiaries
for such fiscal year, including all assumptions upon which such business plan
is based; together with appropriate supporting details as reasonably requested
by the Agent or any Lender.

                           (k)      Promptly after, and in any event within ten
(10) Business Days after, an officer of a Borrower learns of any of the
following, notice thereof:

                                    (i)     the receipt by such Borrower or any
         of its Subsidiaries of notification that any real or personal property
         of such Borrower or such Subsidiary is subject to any Environmental
         Lien;

                                    (ii)    notice of violation of any
         Environmental Law which could reasonably be expected to subject such
         Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries to Environmental Liabilities and
         Costs of $2,000,000 or more;

                                    (iii)   notice of the commencement of any
         Environmental Action by a Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries of any
         Environmental Law, which if adversely determined, could reasonably be
         expected to subject such Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries to
         Environmental Liabilities and Costs of $2,000,000 or more;

                           (l)      Promptly after the commencement thereof but
in any event not later than five (5) Business Days after service of process
with respect thereto on a Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, notice of each
action, suit or proceeding involving such Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries
before any court or other Governmental Authority or any arbitrator which, if
adversely determined, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse
Effect.

                           (m)      Promptly after submission to any
Governmental Authority all documents and information furnished to such
Governmental Authority in connection with any investigation of a Borrower or
any of its Subsidiaries other than routine inquiries by such Governmental
Authority.

                           (n)      Promptly after the occurrence thereof or the
request therefor, copies of (i) any amendment, waiver or other modification of
any of the terms of any Material Contract or any written notice of default or
other noncompliance thereunder, and (ii) any Material Contract entered into
after the Closing Date, including, without limitation, all agreements and
instruments relating to a Permitted Term Loan Facility.

                           (o)      Promptly upon request, such other
information concerning the condition or operations, financial or otherwise, of
any Obligor or any of its Subsidiaries as the Agent or any Lender from time to
time may reasonably request.

                  7.02. Compliance with Laws, Etc. Comply, and cause each of
their respective Subsidiaries to comply, with all applicable laws, rules,
regulations and orders, such compliance to include, without limitation, (i)
paying before the same become delinquent all taxes, assessments and
governmental charges or levies imposed upon it or upon its income or profits or
upon any of its properties, and (ii) paying before delinquency all lawful
claims of any Governmental Authority which if unpaid might become a Lien or
charge upon any of its



                                      63
<PAGE>   70
properties, except to the extent contested in good faith by proper proceedings
which stay the imposition of any penalty, fine or Lien resulting from the
non-payment thereof and with respect to which adequate reserves in accordance
with GAAP have been set aside for the payment thereof, except, in each case
other than non-compliance in the payment of federal, state and local taxes
which, if unpaid, could result in a Lien on any Collateral or any other
non-compliance that may result in a Lien on Collateral, where such instance of
non-compliance could not reasonably be expected to have Material Adverse Effect.

                  7.03. Preservation of Existence, Etc. Maintain and preserve,
and cause each of their respective Subsidiaries to maintain and preserve, their
respective existence, rights and privileges, and become or remain and cause
each of their respective Subsidiaries to become and remain, duly qualified and
in good standing in each jurisdiction in which the character of the properties
owned or leased by them or in which the transaction of their business makes
such qualification necessary except where such failure to qualify or remain in
good standing could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse
Effect.

                  7.04. Keeping of Records and Books of Account. Keep, and
cause each of their respective Subsidiaries to keep, adequate records and books
of account, with complete entries made in accordance with generally accepted
accounting principles consistently applied.

                  7.05. Inspection Rights. Permit, and cause each of its
Subsidiaries to permit, the Agent or any Lender, or any agents or
representatives thereof or such professionals or other Persons as the Agent may
designate at reasonable times, and during normal business hours and upon
reasonable prior notice (except that during the continuation of an Event of
Default no such notice shall be required) to: (i) examine and inspect the books
and records of the Borrowers and take copies and extracts therefrom; (ii)
verify materials, leases, notes, receivables, deposit accounts and other assets
of the Borrowers from time to time; (iii) conduct Inventory appraisals of the
Borrowers from time to time, all of which shall be at the expense of the
Borrowers, provided that so long as no Event of Default shall have occurred and
be continuing no more than two such appraisals in any fiscal year of GSTOC
shall be at the expense of the Borrowers; (iv) visit the properties of the
Borrowers; (v) discuss the affairs, finances and accounts of the Borrowers with
any of their respective officers or directors; and (vi) communicate directly
with the Borrowers' independent certified public accountants. The Borrowers
shall authorize their independent certified public accountants to disclose to
the Agent or any Lender any and all financial statements and other information
of any kind relating to the Loan Documents and the Obligations, as the Agent of
any Lender reasonably requests from the Borrowers and which such accountants
may have with respect to the business, financial condition, results of
operations or other affairs of the Borrowers or any of their Subsidiaries.

                  7.06. Maintenance of Properties, Etc. Maintain and preserve,
and cause each of their respective Subsidiaries to maintain and preserve, all
of their properties (including all real properties leased or owned by them)
which are necessary or useful in the proper conduct of their business in good
working order and condition, ordinary wear and tear excepted or loss by
casualty or taking by any Governmental Authority, and comply, and cause each of
their respective Subsidiaries to comply, at all times with the provisions of
all Leases to which each of



                                      64
<PAGE>   71
them is a party as lessee or under which each of them occupies property, so as
to prevent any loss or forfeiture thereof or thereunder.

                  7.07. Maintenance of Insurance. Maintain, and cause each of
their respective Subsidiaries to maintain, with responsible and reputable
insurance companies or associations, insurance (including, without limitation,
comprehensive general liability, hazard, rent and business interruption
insurance) with respect to their properties (including all real properties
leased or owned by them) and business, in such amounts and covering such risks,
as is required by any Governmental Authority having jurisdiction with respect
thereto or as is carried generally in accordance with sound business practice
by companies in similar businesses similarly situated and in any event in
amount, adequacy and scope reasonably satisfactory to the Agent. All policies
covering the Collateral are to be made payable to the Agent, in case of loss,
under a standard non-contributory "lender" or "secured party" clause and are to
contain such other provisions as the Agent may require to fully protect the
Agent's interest in the Collateral and to any payments to be made under such
policies. All original policies or true copies thereof are to be delivered to
the Agent, premium prepaid, with the loss payable and additional insured
endorsement in the Agent's favor, and shall provide for not less than thirty
(30) days prior written notice to the Agent of the exercise of any right of
cancellation. At a Borrower's request, or if a Borrower fails to maintain such
insurance, the Agent may arrange for such insurance, but at the Borrowers'
joint and several expense and without any responsibility on the Agent's part
for: obtaining the insurance, the solvency of the insurance companies, the
adequacy of the coverage, or the collection of claims. Upon the occurrence and
during the continuance of an Event of Default, the Agent shall have the sole
right, in the name of the Agent and the Borrowers, to file claims under any
insurance policies, to receive, receipt and give acquittance for any payments
that may be payable thereunder, and to execute any and all endorsements,
receipts, releases, assignments, reassignments or other documents that may be
necessary to effect the collection, compromise or settlement of any claims
under any such insurance policies.

                  7.08. Environmental Matters. Comply, and cause each of their
respective Subsidiaries to comply in all material respects, with the
requirements of all Environmental Laws and provide to the Agent all
documentation in connection with such compliance that the Agent may reasonably
request; not cause or permit the Collateral or any property or facility owned,
operated or occupied by the Borrowers or any of their respective Subsidiaries
to be used for any activities involving, directly or indirectly, the use,
generation, treatment, storage, release or disposal of any Hazardous Materials
except in compliance with applicable laws; and immediately notify the Agent of
any Release of Hazardous Materials in excess of any reportable quantity and
take any Remedial Actions required pursuant to Environmental Law to abate such
Release. On behalf of the Borrowers and their respective Subsidiaries, the
Borrowers hereby jointly and severally agree to defend, indemnify, and hold
harmless the Agent, the Lenders and the Letter of Credit Issuer, their
employees, agents, officers, and directors, from and against any claims,
demands, penalties, fines, liabilities (including strict liability),
settlements, damages, costs, or expenses (including, without limitation,
attorney and consultant fees, investigation and laboratory fees, court costs,
and litigation expenses) and Environmental Liabilities and Costs arising out of
(i) any Release, or threatened Release on any property presently or formerly
owned or occupied by the Borrowers or any of their respective Subsidiaries (or
their predecessors in interest or title) or at any disposal facility which
received Hazardous Materials generated by the Borrowers or any



                                      65
<PAGE>   72

of their respective Subsidiaries; (ii) any violation of Environmental Laws,
(iii) any Environmental Actions, (iv) any personal injury (including wrongful
death) or property damage (real or personal) arising out of or related to
exposure to Hazardous Materials used, handled, generated, transported or
deposited by the Borrowers or any of their respective Subsidiaries (or any
predecessor in interest or title); and/or (v) the breach of any representation
or warranty made by the Borrowers in Section 6.18 or the breach of any covenant
made by any of the Borrowers in this Section 7.08. This environmental indemnity
shall survive the repayment of the Obligations and discharge or release of any
security interest granted under the Loan Documents.

                  7.09. Further Assurances. Do, execute, acknowledge and
deliver, and cause each of their respective Subsidiaries to do, execute,
acknowledge and deliver, at the sole cost and expense of the Borrowers all such
further acts, deeds, conveyances, mortgages, assignments, estoppel
certificates, financing statements, notices of assignment, transfers and
assurances as the Agent may reasonably require from time to time in order (i)
to carry out more effectively the purposes of this Agreement or any other Loan
Document, (ii) to subject to valid and perfected first priority Liens all of
the Collateral, (iii) to perfect and maintain the validity, effectiveness and
priority of any of the Loan Documents and the Lien intended to be created
thereby, and (iv) to better assure, convey, grant, assign, transfer and confirm
unto the Agent, the Lenders and the Letter of Credit Issuer the rights now or
hereafter intended to be granted to the Agent, the Lenders and the Letter of
Credit Issuer under this Agreement, any Loan Document or any other instrument
under which a Borrower or any Subsidiary may be or may hereafter become bound
to convey, mortgage or assign to the Agent, the Lenders and the Letter of
Credit Issuer.

                  7.10. Borrowing Base.  Maintain all Revolving Credit Loans
and Letters of Credit in compliance with the then current Borrowing Base.

                  7.11. Change in Collateral; Collateral Records. Give the
Agent not less than thirty (30) days' prior written notice of any change in the
location of any Collateral, other than to locations, that as of the date
hereof, are known to the Agent and with respect to which the Agent has filed
financing statements and otherwise fully perfected its Liens thereon. The
Borrowers shall also advise the Agent promptly, in sufficient detail, of any
material adverse change relating to the type, quantity or quality of the
Collateral or the security interests granted therein. The Borrowers agree to
execute and deliver to the Agent for the benefit of the Agent from time to
time, solely for the Agent's convenience in maintaining a record of the
Collateral, such written statements and schedules as the Agent may reasonably
require, designating, identifying or describing the Collateral. The Borrowers'
failure, however, to promptly give the Agent such statements or schedules shall
not affect, diminish, modify or otherwise limit the Agent's security interest
in the Collateral.

                  7.12. Financial Accounting Practices, Etc.

                           (a)      Make and keep books, records and accounts
which, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and
dispositions of assets of each Borrower and its Subsidiaries and maintain a
system of internal accounting controls sufficient to provide reasonable
assurances that (i) transactions are executed in accordance with management's
general or specific authorization, (ii) transactions are recorded as necessary
(A) to permit preparation of



                                      66
<PAGE>   73

financial statements in conformity with GAAP and (B) to maintain accountability
for assets, and (iii) the recorded accountability for assets is compared with
the existing assets at reasonable intervals and appropriate action is taken
with respect to any differences.

                           (b)      Maintain a system of internal procedures
and controls sufficient to provide reasonable assurance that the information
required to be set forth in each Borrowing Base Certificate (including, without
limitation, information relating to the identification of assets which are
Eligible Accounts Receivable or Eligible Inventory as provided herein and the
valuation thereof) is accurate in all material respects.

                  7.13. Cash Management System.

                           (a)      Commencing on the Closing Date and for so
long as any Obligations (other than contingent indemnification obligations) are
outstanding, each Borrower shall deposit on the date of receipt thereof or
cause to be deposited directly under lock-box arrangements reasonably
satisfactory to the Agent all cash, checks, notes, drafts or other similar
items of payment relating to or constituting payments made by any of such
Borrower's Account Debtors in respect of any and all of such Borrower's
Accounts Receivable, and any and all funds received from any other source into
the Depository Accounts; provided, however, that all funds in the Depository
Accounts shall at all times after the date that is five Business Days after the
Closing Date be pledged to the Agent, pursuant to appropriate blocked account
arrangements established in the Depository Account Agreements. The Borrowers
may open Depository Accounts with any Depository Banks in lieu of or in
addition to those listed in Schedule 6.23 hereto; provided, however, that (i)
the Agent shall have consented to the opening of such Depository Account with
such Depository Bank prior thereto and (ii) at the time of the opening of such
Depository Account such Borrower shall deliver to the Agent a Depository
Account Agreement duly executed by such Borrower and such Depository Bank. The
Depository Accounts shall be cash collateral accounts, with all cash, checks
and other similar items of payment in such accounts securing payment of the
Obligations, and in which such Borrower shall have granted, and the Depository
Bank shall have acknowledged, a valid, perfected first priority Lien in favor
of the Agent.

                           (b)      In the event that (i) an Event of Default
has occurred and is continuing, or (ii) Availability is less than the
Availability required by Section 8.17, upon notice by the Agent, given in the
Agent's sole discretion or at the direction of the Majority Lenders, all
amounts deposited in the Depository Accounts shall, on the same day as such
funds shall have been cleared by the Depository Banks at which the Depository
Accounts are located, be deposited via wire transfer, in immediately available
funds, into the Cash Concentration Account. The Agent shall give GSTOC at least
five (5) Business Days' notice prior to changing the Cash Concentration Account
Bank in which the Cash Concentration Account is maintained. All amounts
deposited in and credited to the Cash Concentration Account in immediately
available funds by 1:00 P.M. (Eastern time) on any Business Day shall be
applied by the Agent on such Business Day against any then due and payable
interest and fees hereunder and then against the outstanding balance of the
Obligations. In no event shall any amount be applied by the Agent against such
interest and fees and the outstanding balance of the Obligations unless and
until such amount shall have been credited in immediately available funds to
the Cash Concentration



                                      67
<PAGE>   74

Account. Any funds deposited in the Cash Concentration Account in excess of the
amount applied to such interest and fees and the outstanding balance of the
Obligations shall be credited against any future Obligations (other than
obligations arising under Letters of Credit) owed by the Borrowers and shall be
held as collateral security securing the payment of the Obligations (other than
obligations arising under Letters of Credit) and the Borrowers shall have
granted to the Agent a Lien on all cash, checks and other similar items of
payment.

                           (c)     Each Borrower shall, on or before March 17,
2000, (A) deliver to the Agent a revised Schedule 6.23 hereto amending Schedule
6.23 hereto existing on the Closing Date in a manner reasonably acceptable to
the Agent, (B) deliver to the Agent one or more Depository Account Agreements
duly executed by the Borrowers and each Depository Bank, (C) deliver to the
Agent a Cash Concentration Account Agreement executed by the Borrowers and the
Cash Concentration Account Bank and (D) take such actions as the Agent deems
necessary or advisable to grant to the Agent dominion and control over the
funds in each Depository Account and the Cash Concentration Account in
accordance with Section 7.13(b).

                  7.14 Landlord and Warehouse Waivers. As soon as practicable
and in any event within 30 days of the Closing Date, the Borrowers shall use
their reasonable best efforts (but not requiring any payment by a Borrower) to
deliver to the Agent (i) a landlord waiver, in form and substance satisfactory
to the Agent, with respect to each of the Borrowers' leased premises identified
in Schedule 1.01(A) hereto and (ii) a warehouse waiver, in form and substance
satisfactory to the Agent, with respect to each of the Borrowers' warehouses
listed in Schedule 1.01(A) hereto.

                  7.15 Additional Subsidiaries. (a) If a Person shall become a
Subsidiary of a Borrower after the Closing Date, such Borrower shall (i) notify
the Agent promptly after such Person becomes a Subsidiary of the Borrower and
(ii) if such Person then or at any time thereafter has assets with a fair
market value in excess of $500,000, promptly, and in any event within ten (10)
Business Days of such Person becoming a Subsidiary, cause such Subsidiary to
execute and deliver a guaranty and a security agreement, each in form and
substance satisfactory to the Agent, in respect of the Obligations and to
deliver such opinions of counsel and other documents as the Agent may
reasonably request in connection therewith.


                                  ARTICLE VIII

                               NEGATIVE COVENANTS

                  So long as any principal of or interest on any Loan or any
Reimbursement Obligation or any other Obligation (whether or not due) shall
remain unpaid or any Lender shall have any Commitment hereunder, the Borrowers
will not, without the prior written consent of the Majority Lenders:

                  8.01. Liens, Etc. Create or suffer to exist, or permit any of
their respective Subsidiaries to create or suffer to exist, any Lien upon or
with respect to any of their properties, rights or other assets, whether now
owned or hereafter acquired, or assign or otherwise transfer,



                                      68
<PAGE>   75

or permit any of its Subsidiaries to assign or otherwise transfer, any right to
receive income, other than the following ("Permitted Liens"):

                           (a)      Liens created pursuant to the Loan
          Documents;

                           (b)      Liens existing on the date hereof, as set
         forth in Schedule 8.01 hereto, provided that (i) no such Lien shall
         apply to any other property or asset of any Borrower or any of its
         Subsidiaries and (ii) such Lien shall secure only those obligations
         which it secures on the date hereof;

                           (c)      Liens created pursuant to the Permitted Term
         Loan Facility;

                           (d)      Liens for taxes, assessments or governmental
         charges or levies to the extent that the payment thereof shall not be
         required by Section 7.02;

                           (e)      Liens created by operation of law (other
         than Environmental Liens), such as materialmen's liens, mechanics'
         liens and other similar liens, arising in the ordinary course of
         business which secure amounts not overdue for a period of more than 60
         days or which are being contested in good faith by appropriate
         proceedings;

                           (f)      deposits, pledges or Liens (other than Liens
         arising under ERISA) securing (i) obligations incurred in respect of
         workers' compensation, unemployment insurance or other forms of
         governmental insurance or benefits, (ii) the performance of bids,
         tenders, leases, contracts (other than for the payment of money) and
         statutory obligations, or (iii) obligations on surety or appeal bonds,
         but only to the extent such deposits, pledges or Liens are incurred or
         otherwise arise in the ordinary course of business and secure
         obligations which are not past due;

                           (g)      restrictions on the use of real property and
         exceptions to the title thereto which do not (i) secure obligations
         for the payment of money or (ii) materially impair the value of such
         property or its use by a Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries in the
         normal conduct of such Person's business;

                           (h)      Liens to secure the payment of all or a part
         of the purchase price of assets or property (other than assets or
         property constituting or which will constitute Collateral) acquired
         after the Closing Date, provided that (i) the aggregate principal
         amount of Indebtedness secured by such Liens shall not exceed the fair
         market value (or, if less, the cost) of the assets or property so
         acquired; (ii) the Indebtedness secured by such Liens shall have
         otherwise been permitted to be incurred under this Agreement, and
         (iii) such Liens shall not encumber any other assets or property of
         any Borrower (other than additions thereof) and shall attach to such
         assets or property within sixty (60) days of the acquisition of such
         assets or property;

                           (i)      Liens on the assets or property of a
         Subsidiary of a Borrower existing at the time such Subsidiary became a
         Subsidiary of a Borrower and not incurred as a result (or in
         connection with or in anticipation of) such Subsidiary becoming a
         Subsidiary of a Borrower, provided such Liens do not extend to or
         cover any property or



                                      69
<PAGE>   76

         assets of a Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries (other than the
         property or assets so acquired and additions, improvements and
         accessories thereto and replacements thereof);

                           (j)      Liens arising from precautionary UCC
         financing statement filings regarding operating leases permitted
         hereunder; and

                           (k)      Liens securing Indebtedness which is
         incurred to refinance Indebtedness which has been secured by a Lien
         permitted under this Agreement and is permitted to be refinanced under
         this Agreement, provided that such Liens do not extend to or cover any
         property or assets of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries not
         securing the Indebtedness so refinanced.

                  8.02. Indebtedness.  Create, incur or suffer to exist, or
         permit any of its Subsidiaries to create, incur or suffer to exist,
         any Indebtedness, other than:

                           (a)      Indebtedness created hereunder or under the
         Notes or any Letter of Credit;

                           (b)      Indebtedness existing on the date hereof, as
         set forth in Schedule 8.02 hereto, but not any extension, renewal or
         replacement of such Indebtedness except to the extent set forth in
         such Schedule 8.02, provided that the aggregate principal amount of
         Indebtedness to be extended, renewed or refinanced does not increase
         from the amount stated in such Schedule 8.02;

                           (c)      Indebtedness incurred pursuant to the
         Permitted Term Loan Facility;

                           (d)      Indebtedness of any Borrower or one of its
         Subsidiaries to any other Borrower or one of its Subsidiaries;

                           (e)      Indebtedness permitted under Section 8.03;
         and

                           (f)      Indebtedness not to exceed $5,000,000 in
         aggregate principal amount at any one time outstanding, the proceeds
         of which are applied solely to expenditures made for the acquisition,
         construction or improvement of assets, in each case which are useful
         in the type of business of the Borrowers conducted on the Closing
         Date, and all replacements, renewals, refinancing and extensions or
         such indebtedness.

                  8.03. Guarantees, Etc. Become liable, or permit any of its
Subsidiaries to become liable, under any Guarantee in connection with any
Indebtedness of any other Person, other than:

                           (a)      guaranties by endorsement of negotiable
         instruments for deposit or collection in the ordinary course of
         business; and

                           (b)      guaranties existing on the date hereof, as
         set forth in Schedule 8.03 hereto, but not any extension, renewal or
         replacement thereof.



                                      70
<PAGE>   77

                  8.04. Merger, Consolidation, Sale of Assets, Etc.

                           (a)      Merge or consolidate with any Person, or
         permit any of their respective Subsidiaries to merge or consolidate
         with any Person; provided, however, that any Subsidiary of a Borrower
         may be merged into such Borrower or another such Subsidiary, or may
         consolidate with another such Subsidiary, so long as (i) no other
         provision of this Agreement would be violated thereby, and (ii) such
         Borrower gives the Agent at least thirty (30) days' prior written
         notice of such merger or consolidation.

                           (b)      Sell, assign, lease or otherwise transfer or
         dispose of, or permit any of their respective Subsidiaries to sell,
         assign, lease or otherwise transfer or dispose of, whether in one
         transaction or in a series of related transactions, any of their
         properties, rights or other assets, whether now owned or hereafter
         acquired to any Person, or enter into any sale-leaseback transaction,
         provided that:

                           (i)     a Borrower may sell or dispose of assets
                  not constituting Collateral, provided that (A) the
                  consideration received in connection with any such sale
                  shall be at least equal to the fair market value of such
                  assets (as determined by such Borrower in good faith), and
                  at least 75% of such consideration shall be received in
                  cash, (B) the Net Proceeds received in connection with any
                  such sale shall be used for working capital purposes or
                  general corporate purposes not otherwise prohibited by the
                  terms of this Agreement, including the repayment of
                  Indebtedness and (C) any Net Proceeds not so applied by the
                  Borrowers shall be applied to the payment of the
                  Obligations if an Event of Default has occurred and is
                  continuing;

                           (ii)     a Borrower may sell Inventory in the
                  ordinary course of business, provided that the proceeds of
                  such sales of Inventory shall be deposited in a Depository
                  Account or the Cash Concentration Account pursuant to the
                  terms of Section 7.13;

                           (iii)    a Borrower and its Subsidiaries may
                  dispose of obsolete, unnecessary or worn-out equipment in
                  the ordinary course of business;

                           (iv)     a Borrower and its Subsidiaries may lease
                  real property not constituting a sale-leaseback transaction
                  to the extent not otherwise prohibited by this Agreement;
                  and

                           (v)     a Borrower may license to another Borrower
                  on a non-exclusive basis and in the ordinary course of
                  business of such Borrower and such other Borrower, such
                  Borrower's rights in intellectual property relating to the
                  business of such Borrower and such other Borrower.

                  8.05. Change in Nature of Business. Engage, or permit any of
their respective Subsidiaries to engage, directly or indirectly, in any
business other than the business in which it is engaged on the date hereof and
reasonable extensions thereof.



                                      71
<PAGE>   78

                  8.06. Loans, Advances and Investments, Etc. Make, or permit
any of their respective Subsidiaries to make, any loan or advance to any Person
or purchase or otherwise acquire, or permit any of their respective
Subsidiaries to purchase or otherwise acquire, any capital stock, properties,
assets or obligations of, or any interest in, any Person, other than:

                           (a)      Permitted Investments;

                           (b)      investments existing on the date hereof, as
         set forth in Schedule 8.06 hereto;

                           (c)      the acquisition by GSTOC of all of the
         capital stock of MEI in accordance with documents, copies of which
         have been delivered to the Agent pursuant to Section 5.01(d)(xix);

                           (d)      loans and advances to employees in the
         ordinary course of business in an aggregate principal amount not to
         exceed $2,000,000 at any time outstanding;

                           (e)      purchases of equipment, materials and
         inventory in the ordinary course of business;

                           (f)      non-cash consideration received in
         connection with asset sales and dispositions permitted by Section
         8.04(b);

                           (g)      investments, not exceeding $4,000,000 in the
         aggregate [at any one time outstanding], in Persons, other than the
         Borrowers, that are engaged in business related to any business
         engaged in by the Borrowers as permitted by Section 8.05; and

                           (h)      unsecured loans made by a Borrower to
         another Borrower so long as: (i) the Depository Account(s) of each
         recipient of such a loan shall have been established, and such
         recipient shall have delivered to Agent a Depository Account Agreement
         pursuant to Section 7.13; (ii) after giving effect to each such loan,
         the Borrower making such loan shall be Solvent; (iii) each recipient
         of such a loan shall use the proceeds thereof solely for working
         capital and general corporate purposes; and (iv) the Borrowers shall
         have delivered to the Agent a current list of intercompany loans
         outstanding.

                  8.07. Dividends, Prepayments, Etc. Declare or pay any
dividends, purchase or otherwise acquire for value any of their capital stock
now or hereafter outstanding, return any capital to their stockholders as such,
or make any other payment or distribution of assets to its stockholders as
such, or permit any of their Subsidiaries to do any of the foregoing or to
purchase or otherwise acquire for value any stock of a Borrower or make any
payment or prepayment of principal of, premium, if any, or interest on, or
redeem, defease or otherwise retire, any Indebtedness of a Borrower which is
subordinated in right of payment to any other Indebtedness of such Borrower
before its scheduled due date; provided, however, that (i) the Indebtedness
under the GECC Loan Agreement and the MEI Loan Agreement may be paid in full on
or before the Closing Date, (ii) Subsidiaries of GSTOC may pay dividends to
GSTOC and (iii) GSTOC may pay dividends to GS Technologies.



                                      72
<PAGE>   79

                  8.08. Federal Reserve Regulations. Permit any proceeds of any
Loan to be used for any purpose which violates or is inconsistent with the
provisions of Regulation T, U or X of the Board.

                  8.09. Transactions with Affiliates. (a) Enter into or be a
party to, or permit any of their Subsidiaries to enter into or be a party to,
any transaction or series of transactions with or for the benefit of any
Affiliate of a Borrower except in good faith and on terms no less favorable to
such Borrower or such Subsidiary than those that could have been obtained in a
comparable transaction on an arms' length basis from an unaffiliated third
party.

                           (b)      For any transaction (or series of related
         transactions) with an Affiliate of a Borrower or any Subsidiary of a
         Borrower involving aggregate payments or other market value in excess
         of $1,000,000, GSTOC shall deliver to Agent a certificate signed by an
         executive officer of GSTOC evidencing that such transaction (or series
         of related transactions) satisfies the above criteria. In addition,
         for any transaction (or series of related transactions) with an
         Affiliate of a Borrower or any Subsidiary of a Borrower involving in
         excess of $2,500,000, a majority of the Board of Directors of GSTOC
         that are disinterested with respect to such transaction (or series of
         related transactions) shall determine that such transaction (or series
         of related transactions) satisfies the above criteria and shall
         evidence such determination by means of a copy of resolutions of the
         Board of Directors of GSTOC certified by the Secretary or Assistant
         Secretary of GSTOC as having been duly adopted and in full force and
         effect and filed with the Agent.

                           (c)      The requirements of Section 8.09(a) and (b)
         above shall not apply to the following transactions:

                                    (i)     reasonable compensation,
                  indemnification and other benefits paid or made available to
                  full-time officers and employees of a Borrower or any
                  Subsidiary of a Borrower for services rendered in such
                  person's capacity as an officer, director or employee
                  (including provision of directors' and officers' liability
                  insurance);

                                    (ii) any payments, awards or grants, in
                  cash or otherwise, pursuant to, or the funding of, an
                  employment agreement or plan approved by the Board of
                  Directors of GSTOC or the Board of Directors of any
                  Subsidiary of GSTOC;

                                    (iii) payroll, travel and other advances in
                  the ordinary course of business to full-time officers and
                  employees of any Borrower or any Subsidiary of any Borrower;

                                    (iv)    the Management Services Agreement
                  and the Tax Sharing Agreement;

                                    (v)     the Offtake Agreement;

                                    (vi) transactions between one Borrower and
                  another Borrower in the ordinary course of business
                  consistent with past practice.



                                      73
<PAGE>   80

                  8.10. ERISA.

                           (a)      Engage, or permit any ERISA Affiliate to
engage, in any prohibited transaction described in Section 406 of ERISA or 4975
of the Code for which a statutory or class exemption is not available or a
private exemption has not previously been obtained from the Department of Labor
and that would have a Material Adverse Effect;

                           (b)      permit, or permit any ERISA Affiliate to
permit, any enforceable Lien from arising under Section 412(n) of the Code;

                           (c) amend or permit any ERISA Affiliate to amend any
Benefit Plan in a manner that would require security under Section 307 of
ERISA; or

                           (d)      request or permit any ERISA Affiliate to
request a waiver of the minimum funding requirements under Section 412 of the
Code in respect of any Benefit Plan.

                  8.11. Capital Expenditures. Make, or be committed to make, or
permit any Capital Expenditures that exceed in the aggregate $32,000,000 in any
fiscal year of GSTOC. In addition to the foregoing, to the extent that the
amount of Capital Expenditures made by the Borrowers during any fiscal year of
GSTOC (exclusive, however, of Capital Expenditures constituting the investment
in assets replacing assets that have been sold or destroyed or otherwise
dispensed of) is less than the amount applicable to the respective fiscal year
as set forth in this Section 8.11 (and without increasing any such amount by
the amount of any additional amounts permitted to be spent in such fiscal year
pursuant to this sentence), such amount may be carried forward and utilized to
make Capital Expenditures in excess of the amount permitted in the immediately
preceding sentence in the following fiscal year; provided that the aggregate
amount expended on Capital Expenditures in any fiscal year shall not exceed
125% of the amount permitted to be made in such fiscal year as set forth in
this Section 8.11.

                  8.12. Sales of Notes, Etc. Sell, discount or otherwise
dispose of notes, Accounts Receivable or other obligations owing to any
Borrower or permit any of its Subsidiaries to do so.

                  8.13. Compromise of Receivables. Compromise or adjust any of
the Accounts Receivable (or extend the time for payment thereof) or grant any
discounts, allowances or credits thereon or permit any of their Subsidiaries to
do so, except, in each case, in the ordinary course of business consistent with
the past practice, as set forth in the most recent Borrowing Base Certificate
or an amendment or supplement thereto delivered hereunder.

                  8.14. Amendment of Indentures, Tax Sharing Agreement and
Management Services Agreement. Consent to or permit any amendment (whether by
means of a supplemental indenture or otherwise) of either Indenture or consent
to or permit any amendment of the Tax Sharing Agreement or the Management
Services Agreement except to the extent that any such amendment does not
materially adversely affect the rights or materially increase the obligations
of any Borrower thereunder.

                  8.15. Limitation on Dividends and Other Payment Restrictions
Affecting Subsidiaries. Create or otherwise cause or suffer to exist or become
effective or enter into any



                                      74
<PAGE>   81

agreement with any Person that would cause, any consensual encumbrance or
restriction of any kind on the ability of any Borrower or any of its
Subsidiaries to (i) pay dividends, in cash or otherwise, or make any other
distributions on its capital stock or any other interest or participation in,
or measured by, its profits owed by, or pay any Indebtedness owed to, any
Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, (ii) make any loans or advances
to any Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, or (iii) transfer any of its
properties or assets to any Borrower or to any of its Subsidiaries, except, in
each case, for such encumbrances or restrictions existing under or contemplated
by or by reason of (w) this Agreement and the Security Documents, (x) any
restrictions existing under or contemplated by agreements in effect on the
Closing Date, (y) any restrictions with respect to a Subsidiary of a Borrower
that is not a Subsidiary of a Borrower on the Closing Date, in existence at the
time such Person becomes a Subsidiary of the Borrower (but not created in
contemplation of such Person becoming a Subsidiary), or (z) any restrictions
existing under any agreement that refinances or replaces an agreement
containing a restriction permitted by clause (w), (x) or (y) above; provided,
however, that the terms and conditions of any such restrictions under this
clause (z) are not materially less favorable to the Lenders than those under or
pursuant to the agreement being replaced or the agreement evidencing the
Indebtedness refinanced.

                  8.16. Limitation on Issuance of Additional Stock. Issue, or
permit any of its Subsidiaries to issue, any shares of its capital stock or any
warrants, rights or options to acquire shares of its capital stock, except to
the Borrower that owns all of its shares on the Closing Date or any later date
on which such Person is created or acquired.

                  8.17. Availability.  Permit Availability to be less than
zero at any time.

                                   ARTICLE IX

                      MANAGEMENT, COLLECTION AND STATUS OF
                    ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE AND OTHER COLLATERAL

                  9.01. Management of Collateral. (a) After the occurrence and
during the continuance of an Event of Default, the Agent may for the benefit of
the Lenders send a notice of assignment and/or notice of the Agent's security
interest to any and all Account Debtors or any third party holding or otherwise
concerned with any of the Collateral, and thereafter the Agent shall have the
sole right to collect the Accounts Receivable and/or take possession of the
Collateral and the books and records relating thereto. The Borrowers shall not
and shall not permit their Subsidiaries to without prior written consent of the
Agent, grant any extension of time of payment of any Account Receivable,
compromise or settle any Account Receivable for less than the full amount
thereof, release, in whole or in part, any Person or property liable for the
payment thereof, or allow any credit or discount whatsoever thereon, except,
unless an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, in the
ordinary course of business.

                           (b)      (i)     The Borrowers hereby appoint the
Agent or its designee on behalf of the Agent as the Borrowers' attorney-in-fact
with power to endorse a Borrower's name upon any notes, acceptances, checks,
drafts, money orders or other evidences of payment or Collateral that may come
into its possession, to sign a Borrower's name on any invoice or bill of



                                      75
<PAGE>   82

lading relating to any of the Accounts Receivable, drafts against Account
Debtors, assignments and verifications of Accounts Receivable and notices to
Account Debtors, to send verification of Accounts Receivable, and upon the
acceleration of the Loans and any other Obligations under the Loan Documents
following an Event of Default, to notify the Postal Service authorities to
change the address for delivery of mail addressed to the Borrowers to such
address as they may designate and to do all other acts and things necessary to
carry out this Agreement. All acts of said attorney or designee are hereby
ratified and approved, and said attorney or designate shall not be liable for
any acts of omission or commission (other than acts or omissions constituting
gross negligence or willful misconduct as determined by a final judgment of a
court of competent jurisdiction), nor for any error of judgment or mistake of
fact or law; this power being coupled with an interest is irrevocable until all
of the Loans and any other Obligations under the Loan Documents are paid in
full and the Revolving Credit Commitment is terminated.

                                    (ii)    The Agent without notice to or
consent of any Borrower upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an
Event of Default (A) may sue upon or otherwise collect, extend the time of
payment of, or compromise or settle for cash, credit or otherwise upon any
terms, any of the Accounts Receivable or any securities, instruments or
insurance applicable thereto and/or release the Account Debtor thereon; (B) is
authorized and empowered to accept the return of the goods represented by any
of the Accounts Receivable, and (C) shall have the right to receive, endorse,
assign and/or deliver in its name or the name of any Borrower any and all
checks, drafts, and other instruments for the payment of money relating to the
Accounts Receivable. Each Borrower hereby waives notice of presentment, protest
and non-payment of any instrument so endorsed, all in a commercially reasonable
manner and without discharging or in any way affecting liability hereunder.

                           (c)      Nothing herein contained shall be construed
to constitute Borrower as agent of the Agent or the Lenders for any purpose
whatsoever, and the Agent and the Lenders shall not be responsible or liable
for any shortage, discrepancy, damage, loss or destruction of any part of the
Collateral wherever the same may be located and regardless of the cause thereof
(other than from acts or omissions of the Agent and the Lenders constituting
gross negligence or willful misconduct as determined by a final judgment of a
court of competent jurisdiction). The Agent and the Lenders shall not, under
any circumstances or in any event whatsoever, have any liability for any error
or omission or delay of any kind occurring in the settlement, collection or
payment of any of the Accounts Receivable or any instrument received in payment
thereof or for any damage resulting therefrom (other than acts or omissions of
the Agent or the Lenders constituting gross negligence or willful misconduct as
determined by a final judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction). The Agent
and the Lenders, by anything herein or in any assignment or otherwise, do not
assume any of the Borrowers' obligations under any contract or agreement
assigned to the Agent or any Lender and shall not be responsible in any way for
the performance by such Borrower of any of the terms and conditions thereof.

                           (d)      If any of the Accounts Receivable includes a
harge for any tax payable to any Governmental Authority, the Agent is hereby
authorized (but in no event obligated) in its discretion to pay the amount
thereof to the proper taxing authority for the any Borrower's account and to
charge such Borrower therefor. Such Borrower shall notify the Agent if any
Accounts Receivable include any taxes due to any such authority and, in the
absence of


                                      76
<PAGE>   83



such notice, the Agent shall have the right to retain the full proceeds of such
Accounts Receivable and shall not be liable for any taxes that may be due from
such Borrower by reason of the sale and delivery creating such Accounts
Receivable.

                  9.02. Accounts Receivable Documentation. Each Borrower will
at such intervals as the Agent may reasonably require, execute and deliver
confirmatory written assignments of the Accounts Receivable to the Agent and
furnish such further schedules and/or information as the Agent may require
relating to the Accounts Receivable, including, without limitation, sales
invoices or the equivalent, credit memos issued, remittance advises, reports
and copies of deposit slips and copies of original shipping or delivery
receipts for all merchandise sold. In addition, each Borrower shall notify the
Agent of any non-compliance in respect of the representations, warranties and
covenants contained in Section 9.03 below. The items to be provided under this
Section 9.02 are to be in form reasonably satisfactory to the Agent and are to
be executed and delivered to the Agent from time to time solely for its
convenience in maintaining records of the Collateral. Any Borrower's failure to
give any of such items to the Agent shall not affect, terminate, modify or
otherwise limit the Agent's Lien or security interest in the Collateral. No
Borrower shall re-date any invoice or sale or make sales on extended dating
beyond that customary in such Borrower's industry, and shall not re-bill any
Accounts Receivable without promptly disclosing the same to the Agent and
providing the Agent with copy of such re-billing, identifying the same as such.
If any Borrower becomes aware of anything materially detrimental to any of the
Borrowers' customers' credit, such Borrower will promptly advise the Agent
thereof.

                  9.03. Status of Accounts Receivable and Other Collateral.
With respect to Collateral of the Borrowers at the time the Collateral becomes
subject to the Agent's security interests, the Borrowers covenant, represent
and warrant: (a) the Borrowers shall be the sole owners, free and clear of all
Liens, except in the favor of the Agent for the benefit of the Lenders or
otherwise permitted hereunder, of and fully authorized to sell, transfer,
pledge and/or grant a security interest in each and every item of said
Collateral; (b) each Account Receivable shall be a good and valid account
representing an undisputed bona fide indebtedness incurred or an amount
indisputably owed by the Account Debtor therein named, for a fixed sum as set
forth in the invoice relating thereto with respect to any absolute sale and
delivery upon the specified terms of goods sold by a Borrower; (c) no Account
Receivable is subject to any defense, offset, counterclaim, discount or
allowance except as may be stated in the invoice relating thereto or otherwise
disclosed in writing to the Agent and not included in the Borrowing Base and
such discounts and allowances as may be customary in the Borrowers' business,
and each of such Accounts Receivable will be paid when due; (d) none of the
transactions underlying or giving rise to any Accounts Receivable shall, to the
best of the Borrowers' knowledge, violate any applicable state or federal laws
or regulations, and all documents relating thereto shall be legally enforceable
in accordance with their terms; (e) no agreement under which any deduction or
offset of any kind, other than normal trade discounts, may be granted or shall
have been made by any Borrower at or before the time such Accounts Receivable
is created; (f) all documents created by or on behalf of any Borrower with
respect to any Accounts Receivable shall be what they purport to be and all
information therein shall be true and correct, and all documents created by or
on behalf of any Person other than a Borrower with respect to any Accounts
Receivable shall be, to the best of the Borrowers' knowledge, what they purport
to be and all information therein shall,



                                      77
<PAGE>   84


to the best of the Borrowers' knowledge, be true and correct; (g) to the best
of the Borrowers' knowledge, all signatures and endorsements that appear on all
documents and agreements relating to Accounts Receivable shall be genuine and
all signatories and endorsers shall have full capacity to contract; (h) the
Borrowers shall maintain books and records pertaining to said Collateral in
such detail, form and scope as the Agent shall reasonably require; (i) the
Borrowers will immediately notify the Agent if any of their accounts arise out
of contracts with the United States or any department, agency, or
instrumentality thereof and will execute any instruments and take any steps
required by the Agent in order that all monies due or to become due under any
such contract shall be assigned to the Agent for the benefit of the Lenders and
notice thereof given to the United States Government under the Federal
Assignment of Claims Act; (j) the Borrowers will, promptly upon learning
thereof, report to the Agent any material loss or destruction of, or
substantial damage to, any of the Collateral, and any other matters materially
and adversely affecting the value, enforceability or collectibility of any of
the Collateral; (k) if any amount payable under or in connection with any
Account Receivable is evidenced by a promissory note or other instrument, as
such term is defined in the Uniform Commercial Code, such promissory note or
instrument shall be immediately pledged, endorsed, assigned and delivered to
the Agent as additional Collateral; (l) the Borrowers shall not redate any
invoice or sale or make sales on extended dating beyond that which is customary
in the ordinary course of their business and in the industry; (m) the Borrowers
shall conduct a physical count of their Inventory at such intervals as the
Agent may reasonably request and the Borrowers shall promptly supply the Agent
with a copy of such count accompanied by a report of the value (based on the
lower of cost (on a FIFO basis) or market value) of such Inventory; and (n) the
Borrowers are not and shall not be entitled to pledge the Agent's or the
Lender's credit on any purchases for or any purpose whatsoever.

                  9.04. Collateral Custodian. Upon the occurrence and during
the continuance of an Event of Default or Default, the Agent may at any time
and from time to time employ and maintain in the premises of the Borrowers a
custodian selected by the Agent who shall have full authority to do all acts
necessary to protect the Agent and the Lenders' interests. The Borrowers hereby
agree to cooperate with any such custodian and to do whatever the Agent may
reasonably request to preserve the Collateral. All costs and expenses incurred
by the Agent, by reason of the employment of the custodian shall be charged to
the Loan Account.


                                   ARTICLE X

                                    DEFAULTS

                  10.01. Events of Default. An Event of Default shall mean the
occurrence or existence of one or more of the following events or conditions
(whatever the reason for such Event of Default and whether voluntary,
involuntary or effected by operation of law):

                           (a)      The Borrowers shall fail to make any payment
          of principal of any Loan or any Reimbursement Obligation when due; or



                                      78
<PAGE>   85

                           (b)      The Borrowers shall fail to make any payment
         of interest on any Loan when due and such failure shall continue for
         more than three (3) days;

                           (c)      The Borrowers shall fail to pay when due any
         fee or other amount payable under this Agreement or any other Loan
         Document (including but not limited to the making of deposits in the
         Depository Accounts, the Cash Concentration Account or the Letter of
         Credit Cash Collateral Account), and such failure shall continue
         unremedied for more than five (5) days; or

                           (d)      Any representation or warranty made by an
         Obligor under any Loan Document or any statement made by a Borrower in
         any financial statement, certificate, report or document furnished to
         the Agent or the Lenders pursuant to or in connection with this
         Agreement or any other Loan Document, shall prove to have been false
         or misleading in any material respect as of the time when made
         (including by omission of material information necessary to make such
         representation, warranty or statement, in light of the circumstances
         under which it was made, not misleading); or

                           (e)      The Borrowers shall default in the
         performance or observance of the covenants contained in Section 2.09,
         7.01(g), 7.03, or 7.10 or Article VIII, or any Borrower shall default
         in the performance or observance of the provisions contained in
         Section 5(e) of either Security Agreement or GS Technologies shall
         default in the performance or observance of the provisions contained
         in the Guaranty; or

                           (f)      An Obligor shall default in the performance
         or observance of any other covenant, agreement or duty under any Loan
         Document (to the extent not otherwise set forth in this Section 10.01)
         and such default shall have continued unremedied for a period of
         thirty (30) days after the earlier of the date on which (A) a
         Designated Financial Officer or other senior or executive officer of a
         Borrower becomes aware of such failure or (B) written notice thereof
         shall have been given to the Administrative Borrower by the Agent or
         any Lender; provided, however, that if a default under this subsection
         cannot by its nature be cured within such thirty (30) day period, the
         Borrowers shall have an additional thirty (30) days as long as the
         cure is commenced during the initial thirty (30) day period and the
         Borrowers are proceeding diligently to cure such failure; or

                           (g) The Borrowers or any Subsidiary shall have
         entered into any consent or settlement decree or agreement or similar
         arrangement with a Governmental Authority or any judgment, order,
         decree or similar action shall have been entered against any such
         Person based on or arising from the violation of or pursuant to any
         Environmental Law, or the generation, storage, transportation,
         treatment, disposal or Release of any Hazardous Material and, in
         connection with any of the foregoing, any such Person shall incur
         Environmental Liabilities and Costs which are unstayed, due and owing
         in an amount in excess of $2,000,000; or

                           (h)      An Obligor shall fail to pay any principal
         or interest on any of its Indebtedness (excluding Indebtedness
         evidenced by the Notes) having a principal amount of $2,000,000 or
         more in the aggregate, or any interest or premium thereon, when due



                                      79
<PAGE>   86

         (whether by scheduled maturity, required prepayment, acceleration,
         demand or otherwise) and such failure shall continue after the
         applicable grace period, if any, specified in the agreement or
         instrument relating to such Indebtedness, or any other default under
         any agreement or instrument relating to any such Indebtedness, or any
         other event, shall occur and shall continue after the applicable grace
         period, if any, specified in such agreement or instrument, if the
         effect of such default or event is to accelerate, or to permit the
         acceleration of, the maturity of such Indebtedness; or any such
         Indebtedness in excess of such amount shall be declared to be due and
         payable, or required to be prepaid (other than by a regularly
         scheduled required prepayment), prior to the stated maturity thereof;
         or

                           (i)      An Obligor (i) shall institute any
         proceeding or voluntary case seeking to adjudicate it a bankrupt or
         insolvent, or seeking dissolution, liquidation, winding up,
         reorganization, arrangement, adjustment, protection, relief or
         composition of it or its debts under any law relating to bankruptcy,
         insolvency, reorganization or relief of debtors, or seeking the entry
         of an order for relief or the appointment of a receiver, trustee,
         custodian or other similar official for an Obligor or for any
         substantial part of its property, (ii) shall be generally not paying
         its debts as such debts become due, or shall admit in writing its
         inability to pay its debts generally, (iii) shall make a general
         assignment for the benefit of creditors, or (iv) shall take any action
         to authorize or effect any of the actions set forth above in this
         subsection (h); or

                           (j)      Any proceeding shall be instituted against
         an Obligor seeking to adjudicate it a bankrupt or insolvent, or
         seeking dissolution, liquidation, winding up, reorganization,
         arrangement, adjustment, protection, relief of debtors, or seeking the
         entry of an order for relief or the appointment of a receiver,
         trustee, custodian or other similar official for such Obligor or for
         any substantial part of its property, and either such proceeding shall
         remain undismissed or unstayed for a period of forty-five (45) days or
         any of the actions sought in such proceeding (including, without
         limitation, the entry of an order for relief against it or the
         appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian or other similar
         official for it or for any substantial part of its property) shall
         occur; or

                           (k)      Any material provision of any Loan Document
         shall at any time for any reason be declared by a court of competent
         jurisdiction in an action to which an Obligor is a party to be null
         and void, or unenforceable against any Obligor, or an Obligor shall
         deny in writing that such Obligor has any liability or obligation
         purported to be created under any Loan Document; or

                           (l)      The Security Agreements or any other
         Security Document, after delivery thereof pursuant hereto and the
         filing of the applicable financing statements delivered pursuant to
         Section 5.01(d) or Section 7.15, shall for any reason fail or cease to
         create a valid and perfected and, except to the extent permitted by
         the terms hereof or thereof, first priority Lien on or security
         interest in any Collateral purported to be covered thereby; or

                           (m)      One or more judgments or orders (other than
         a judgment described in subsections (h) or (i) of this Section 10.01)
         for the payment of money exceeding any




                                      80
<PAGE>   87

         applicable insurance or bond coverage by more than $1,500,000 in the
         aggregate, to the extent not covered by insurance, shall be rendered
         against an Obligor unless enforcement of such judgment shall have been
         stayed by reason of a pending appeal or otherwise; or

                           (n)      A Borrower or any of its ERISA Affiliates
         shall have made a complete or partial withdrawal from a Multiemployer
         Plan, and, as a result of such complete or partial withdrawal, such
         Borrower or such ERISA Affiliate incurs a withdrawal liability in an
         annual amount exceeding $1,000,000; or a Multiemployer Plan enters
         reorganization status under Section 4241 of ERISA, and, as a result
         thereof, such Borrower's or such ERISA Affiliate's annual contribution
         requirement with respect to such Multiemployer Plan increases in an
         annual amount exceeding $1,000,000; or

                           (o)      Any Termination Event with respect to any
         Benefit Plan shall have occurred, and, thirty (30) days after notice
         thereof shall have been given to a Borrower by the Agent, (i) such
         Termination Event (if correctable) shall not have been corrected, and
         (ii) the then current value of such Benefit Plan's vested benefits
         exceeds the then current value of assets allocable to such benefits in
         such Benefit Plan by more than $1,000,000 (or in the case of a
         Termination Event involving liability under Section 515, 4062, 4063,
         4064, 4069, 4201 or 4204 of ERISA, the liability is in excess of such
         amount); or

                           (p)      A Change of Control shall occur; or

                           (q)      (i) GSI shall cease to directly own and
         control, of record and beneficially, 100% of the outstanding common
         stock of GS Technologies, free and clear of all Liens; or (ii) GS
         Technologies shall cease to directly own and control, of record and
         beneficially, 100% of the outstanding common stock of GSTOC free and
         clear of all Liens except for the Lien thereon created under the 1994
         Indenture in favor of the trustee thereunder; or

                           (r)      The trustee under the 1994 Indenture or any
         holders of the 12% Senior Notes shall give any notice of default or
         notice of acceleration with respect thereto, or to any security
         documents executed in connection therewith or otherwise commence the
         exercise of any remedies with respect to any collateral therefor.

                  10.02. Consequences of an Event of Default. If an Event of
Default shall occur and be continuing or shall exist the Agent may, and upon
the direction of the Majority Lenders, shall by notice to the Borrowers:

                           (a)      declare the Revolving Credit Commitment of
         each Lender and the Current Commitment terminated, whereupon the
         Revolving Credit Commitment of each Lender and the Current Commitment
         will terminate immediately without presentment, demand, protest or
         further notice of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived,
         and an action therefor shall immediately accrue; or

                           (b) declare the unpaid principal amount of the
         Notes, interest accrued thereon, the total amount of the Letter of
         Credit Exposure that is not cash collateralized in



                                      81
<PAGE>   88

         accordance with this Agreement, any fees due hereunder and all other
         amounts owing by the Borrowers hereunder or under the Notes to be
         immediately due and payable without presentment, demand, protest or
         further notice of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived,
         and an action therefor shall immediately accrue; or

                           (c)      give notice to the Borrowers of the
         occurrence and continuance of an Event of Default; or

                           (d)      at any time when there are no Loans
         outstanding, maintain cash collateral (to the extent a Borrower has or
         receives cash) equal to 105% of all outstanding Letters of Credit; or

                           (e)    apply all funds deposited in the Cash
         Concentration Account, and in the Letter of Credit Cash Collateral
         Account to the payment, in whole or in part, of the Obligations; or

                           (f)      set-off amounts in the Cash Concentration
         Account, the Letter of Credit Cash Collateral Account, or any other
         account under the dominion and control of the Agent and apply such
         amounts to the Obligations of the Borrowers hereunder and under the
         Loan Documents.

provided, however, that upon the occurrence of any Event of Default described
in subsection (i) or (j) of Section 10.01, the Loans and all Reimbursement
Obligations, all interest thereon, all fees hereunder and all other amounts
shall become and be forthwith due and payable, without presentment, demand,
protest or further notice of any kind, all of which are expressly waived by the
Borrowers.

                  10.03.   Deposit for Letters of Credit. Upon demand by the
Letter of Credit Issuer after the occurrence and during the continuance of any
Event of Default, the Borrowers shall deposit with the Agent for the benefit of
the Letter of Credit Issuer with respect to each Letter of Credit then
outstanding cash in an amount equal to the greatest amount for which such
Letter of Credit may be drawn. During the continuance of such Event of Default,
such deposits shall be held by the Agent for the benefit of the Letter of
Credit Issuer in the Letter of Credit Cash Collateral Account as security for,
and to provide for the payment of, the Letter of Credit Exposure.

                  10.04.   Certain Remedies. If an Event of Default has occurred
and is continuing, each of the Agent and the Lenders may exercise all rights
and remedies which it may have hereunder or under any other Loan Document or at
law or in equity or otherwise. All such remedies shall be cumulative and not
exclusive.



                                      82
<PAGE>   89

                                   ARTICLE XI

                                 MISCELLANEOUS

         11.01. Holidays. Except as otherwise provided herein, whenever any
payment or action to be made or taken hereunder or under the Notes shall be
stated to be due on a day which is not a Business Day, such payment or action
shall be made or taken on the next following Business Day and such extension of
time shall be included in computing interest or fees, if any, in connection
with such payment or action.

         11.02. Records. The unpaid principal amount of the Notes, the unpaid
interest accrued thereon, the interest rate or rates applicable to such unpaid
principal amount, the duration of such applicability, the Current Commitment,
the Stated Amount of each Letter of Credit, the principal amount of all
Reimbursement Obligations, the Letter of Credit Exposure, and the accrued and
unpaid Administrative Management Fee, Unused Line Fee and Letter of Credit Fees
shall at all times be ascertained from the records of the Agent, and, subject
to Section 2.08(b), shall be conclusive and binding absent manifest error.

         11.03. Amendments and Waivers.

         (a)    No amendment or modification of any provision of this Agreement
or of any of the Notes or of any other Loan Document shall be effective without
the written agreement of the Majority Lenders and the Borrowers and no
termination or waiver of any provision of this Agreement or of any of the
Notes, or consent to any departure by the Borrowers therefrom, shall in any
event be effective without the written concurrence of the Majority Lenders,
which the Majority Lenders shall have the right to grant or withhold at their
sole discretion; except that any amendment, modification, or waiver (i) of any
provision of Article II or III which amendment, modification or waiver
increases the Revolving Credit Commitment of any Lender, reduces the principal
of, or interest on, the Loans or the Reimbursement Obligations payable to any
Lender, reduces the amount of any fee payable for the account of any Lender, or
postpones or extends any date fixed for any payment of principal of, or
interest or fees on, the Loans or Letter of Credit Exposure payable to any
Lender, (ii) that increases the aggregate amount of the Revolving Credit
Commitments, of the Lenders, (iii) of the definitions of "Termination Date,"
"Majority Lenders" or "Pro Rata Shares," (iv) of the definitions of "Eligible
Inventory," "Eligible Accounts Receivable" or "Borrowing Base" if the effect of
such amendment, modification or waiver is to increase the Availability of the
Borrowers, (v) of any provision of this Agreement or any Loan Document that
would permit Liens on the Collateral or release all or a substantial portion of
Collateral (except as set forth in Section 12.08 hereof or except as otherwise
permitted herein) or release the Guarantor from its Obligations under the
Guaranty, (vi) of the provisions contained in this Section 11.03, shall be
effective only if evidenced by a writing signed by or on behalf of (A) any
Lender affected thereby in the case of the amendments, modifications or waivers
described in clause (i) above or (B) all Lenders in the case of the amendments,
definitions or waivers described in clauses (ii) through (vi) above. No
amendment, modification, termination, or waiver of any provision of Article XII
or any other provision referring to the Agent shall be effective without the
written concurrence of the Agent. Any waiver or consent shall be effective only
in the specific instance and for the specific purpose for which it was given.
No notice to or

                                      83
<PAGE>   90

demand on the Borrowers in any case shall entitle the Borrowers to any other or
further notice or demand in similar or other circumstances. Any amendment,
modification, waiver or consent effected in accordance with this Section 11.03
shall be binding on each Lender, each future Lender, and, if signed by the
Borrowers, on the Borrowers.

                (b)    Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in
subsection 11.03(a), in the event that the Borrowers request that this Agreement
or any other Loan Document be amended or otherwise modified in a manner which
would require the unanimous consent of all of the Lenders and such amendment or
other modification is agreed to by the Majority Lenders, then, with the consent
of the Borrowers and the Majority Lenders, the Borrowers and the Majority
Lenders may amend this Agreement without the consent of the Lender or Lenders
which did not agree to such amendment or other modification (collectively the
"Minority Lenders") to provide for (w) the termination of the Revolving Credit
Commitment of each of the Minority Lenders, (x) the addition to this Agreement
of one or more other Lenders, or an increase in the Revolving Credit Commitment
of one or more of the Majority Lenders, so that the Revolving Credit Commitments
after giving effect to such amendment shall be in the same aggregate amount as
the Revolving Credit Commitments immediately before giving effect to such
amendment, (y) if any Loans are outstanding at the time of such amendment, the
making of such additional Loans by such new Lenders or Majority Lenders, as the
case may be, as may be necessary to repay in full the outstanding Loans of the
Minority Lenders immediately before giving effect to such amendment and (z) the
payment of all interest, fees and other Obligations payable or accrued in favor
of the Minority Lenders and such other modifications to this Agreement as the
Borrowers and the Majority Lenders may determine to be appropriate.

         11.04. No Implied Waiver; Cumulative Remedies. No course of dealing
and no delay or failure of the Lenders or the Agent in exercising any right,
power or privilege under this Agreement, the Notes or any other Loan Document
shall affect any other or future exercise thereof or exercise of any other
right, power or privilege; nor shall any single or partial exercise of any such
right, power or privilege or any abandonment or discontinuance of steps to
enforce such a right, power or privilege preclude any further exercise thereof
or of any other right, power or privilege. The rights and remedies of the
Lenders or the Agent under this Agreement, the Notes and the other Loan
Documents are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights or remedies which the
Lenders or the Agent have thereunder or at law or in equity or otherwise. The
Lenders or the Agent may exercise their rights and remedies against the
Borrowers and the Collateral as the Lenders and the Agent may elect, and
regardless of the existence or adequacy of any other right or remedy.

         11.05. Notices.

                (a) All notices, requests, demands, directions and other
communications (collectively "Notices") under the provisions of this Agreement
or the Notes shall be in writing and shall be mailed (by certified mail,
postage prepaid and return receipt requested), telecopied, or delivered by
recognized overnight courier and shall be effective (i) if mailed, three (3)
days after being deposited in the mails, (ii) if telecopied, when sent,
confirmation received and (iii) if delivered, upon delivery with a receipt
therefor. All notices shall be sent to the applicable party at the address
stated on the signature page hereof together

                                      84
<PAGE>   91

with, in the case of a letter of credit request and Letter of Credit
Application sent pursuant to Section 3.01(a), a copy to the Agent at the
address for the Agent provided on the signature page hereof, or in accordance
with the last unrevoked written direction from such party to the other parties
hereto.

                (b)    The Lenders and the Agent may rely, and shall be fully
protected in relying, on any notice purportedly made by or on behalf of the
Borrowers and the Lenders and the Agent shall have no duty to verify the
identity or authority of any Person giving such notice. The preceding sentence
shall apply to all notices whether or not made in a manner authorized or
required by this Agreement or any other Loan Document.

         11.06. Expenses; Taxes; Attorneys' Fees; Indemnification. (a) Each
Borrower jointly and severally agrees to pay or cause to be paid, on demand, to
the Agent, all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses, regardless of whether the
transactions contemplated hereby are consummated, including but not limited to
reasonable fees and expenses of counsel for the Agent, accounting, due
diligence, periodic field audits, appraisals, investigations, monitoring of
assets, syndication, miscellaneous disbursements, examination, travel, lodging
and meals, incurred by the Agent from time to time arising from or relating to:
(a) the negotiation, preparation, execution, delivery, performance and
administration of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, (b) any
requested amendments, waivers or consents to this Agreement or the other Loan
Documents whether or not such documents become effective or are given, (c) the
preservation and protection of any of the Agent's and the Lenders' rights under
this Agreement or the other Loan Documents, (d) the commencement or defense of,
or intervention in, any court proceeding arising from or related to this
Agreement or any other Loan Document, (e) the filing of any petition,
complaint, answer, motion or other pleading by the Agent, or the taking of any
action in respect of the Collateral or other security, in connection with this
Agreement or any other Loan Document, (f) the protection, collection, lease,
sale, taking possession of or liquidation of, any Collateral or other security
in connection with this Agreement or any other Loan Document, (g) any attempt
to enforce any Lien in any Collateral or other security in connection with this
Agreement or any other Loan Document, (h) any attempt to collect from a
Borrower, and (i) the receipt of any advice with respect to any of the
foregoing. If a Borrower either fails to perform any covenant or agreement
contained herein or in any other Loan Document, the Agent may itself perform or
cause performance of such covenant or agreement, and the expenses of the Agent
incurred in connection therewith shall be reimbursed on demand by the
Borrowers.

                (b)    The Borrowers jointly and severally agree to indemnify
and defend the Agent and the Lenders and their directors, officers, agents,
employees and affiliates (collectively, the "Indemnified Parties") from, and
hold each of them harmless against, any and all losses, liabilities, claims,
damages, obligations, losses, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs,
disbursements or expenses of any nature whatsoever (including reasonable
attorneys' fees and amounts paid in settlement) incurred by, imposed upon or
asserted against any of them arising out of or by reason of any investigation,
litigation or other proceeding or claim brought or threatened relating to, or
otherwise arising out of or relating to, the execution of this Agreement or any
other Loan Document, any Obligation, act, event or transaction contemplated
hereby or thereby or any Loan or proposed Loan or Letter of Credit or proposed
Letter of Credit hereunder

                                      85
<PAGE>   92

(including, but without limitation, any use made or proposed to be made by a
Borrower or any of its Affiliates of the proceeds of any thereof, or the
delivery or use or transfer of or the payment or failure to pay under any Loan
or Letter of Credit) (the "Indemnified Matters"), but excluding any such
losses, liabilities, claims, damages, costs or expenses to the extent finally
judicially determined to have resulted from the gross negligence or willful
misconduct of the Indemnified Party. Without limitation of the foregoing,
Indemnified Matters shall include: (i) all Environmental Liabilities and Costs
arising from or in connection with the past, present or future operations of a
Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries involving any damage to real or personal
property or natural resources or harm or injury alleged to have resulted from
any Release of Hazardous Materials on, upon or into such property, (ii) any
costs or liabilities incurred in connection with the investigation, removal,
cleanup and/or remediation of any Hazardous Materials present or arising out of
the operations of any facility of a Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries
required under Environmental Law, or (iii) any costs or liabilities incurred in
connection with any Environmental Lien.

         11.07. Application. Except to the extent, if any, expressly set forth
in this Agreement or in the Loan Documents, the Agent and the Lenders shall
have the right to apply any payment received or applied by it in connection
with the Obligations to such of the Obligations then due and payable as it may
elect.

         11.08. Severability. The provisions of this Agreement are intended to
be severable. If any provision of this Agreement shall be held invalid or
unenforceable in whole or in part in any jurisdiction such provision shall, as
to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such invalidity or
unenforceability without in any manner affecting the validity or enforceability
thereof in any other jurisdiction or the remaining provisions hereof in any
jurisdiction.

         11.09. Governing Law. This Agreement and the Notes shall be deemed to
be contracts under the laws of the State of New York, without regard to choice
of law principles, and for all purposes shall be governed by and construed and
enforced in accordance with the laws of said State.

         11.10. Prior Understandings. This Agreement supersedes all prior
understandings and agreements, whether written or oral, among the parties
hereto relating to the transactions provided for herein other than the Fee
Letter.

         11.11. Duration; Survival. All representations and warranties of the
Borrowers contained herein or made in connection herewith shall survive the
making of the Loans and the issuance of any Letter of Credit and shall not be
waived by the execution and delivery of this Agreement, the Notes or any other
Loan Document, any investigation by or knowledge of the Agent or the Lenders,
the making of any Loan or the issuance of any Letter of Credit hereunder, or
any other event whatsoever. All covenants and agreements of the Borrowers
contained herein shall continue in full force and effect from and after the
date hereof so long as the Borrowers may borrow hereunder and until the
Obligations (other than contingent indemnification rights as to unknown
matters) have been paid in full and no Letters of Credit remain outstanding.
Without limitation, it is understood that all obligations of the Borrowers to
make payments to or

                                      86
<PAGE>   93

indemnify the Agent and the Lenders (including, without limitation, obligations
arising under Section 11.06 hereof) shall survive the payment in full of the
Notes and all Reimbursement Obligations and of all other obligations of the
Borrowers thereunder and hereunder, termination of this Agreement and all other
events whatsoever and whether or not any Loans are made or Letters of Credit
issued hereunder.

         11.12. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of
counterparts and by the different parties hereto on separate counterparts each
of which, when so executed, shall be deemed an original, but all such
counterparts shall constitute but one and the same instrument.

         11.13. Assignments; Participations.

               (a)    Each Lender may with the written consent of
the Agent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, assign to one or
more commercial banks or other financial institutions a portion of its rights
and obligations under this Agreement (including, without limitation, a portion
of its Revolving Credit Commitment, the Loans owing to it and its rights and
obligations as a Lender with respect to Letters of Credit) and the other Loan
Documents; provided, however, that (i) each such assignment shall be in a
principal amount of not less than $10,000,000 and in multiples of $1,000,000 in
excess thereof (or the remainder of such Lender's Revolving Credit Commitment),
(ii) the parties to each such assignment shall execute and deliver to the
Agent, for its acceptance and recording in the Register (as hereinafter
defined), an Assignment and Acceptance. Upon such execution, delivery,
acceptance and recording, from and after the effective date specified in each
Assignment and Acceptance, (A) the assignee thereunder shall be a party hereto
and to the other Loan Documents and, to the extent that rights and obligations
hereunder have been assigned to it pursuant to such Assignment and Acceptance,
have the rights and obligations (including, without limitation, the obligation
to participate in Letters of Credit) of a Lender hereunder and thereunder and
(B) the assigning Lender shall, to the extent that rights and obligations
hereunder have been assigned by it pursuant to such Assignment and Acceptance,
relinquish its rights and be released from its obligations under this
Agreement.

                (b)   By executing and delivering an Assignment and
Acceptance, the assignor and the assignee thereunder confirm to and agree with
each other and the other parties hereto as follows: (i) other than as provided
in such Assignment and Acceptance, the assigning lender makes no representation
or warranty and assumes no responsibility with respect to any statements,
warranties or representations made in or in connection with this Agreement or
any other Loan Document or the execution, legality, validity, enforceability,
genuineness, sufficiency or value of this Agreement or any other Loan Document
furnished pursuant hereto; (ii) the assigning Lender makes no representation or
warranty and assumes no responsibility with respect to the financial condition
of a Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or the performance or observance by a
Borrower of any of its obligations under this Agreement or any other Loan
Document furnished pursuant hereto; (iii) such assignee confirms that it has
received a copy of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, together with
such other documents and information it has deemed appropriate to make its own
credit analysis and decision to enter into such Assignment and Acceptance; (iv)
such assignee will, independently and without reliance

                                      87
<PAGE>   94

upon the assigning Lender, the Agent or any Lender and based on such documents
and information as it shall deem appropriate at the time, continue to make its
own credit decisions in taking or not taking action under this Agreement and
the other Loan Documents; (v) such assignee appoints and authorizes the Agent
to take such action as agent on its behalf and to exercise such powers under
this Agreement and the other Loan Documents as are delegated to the Agent by
the terms thereof, together with such powers as are reasonably incidental
thereto; and (vi) such assignee agrees that it will perform in accordance with
their terms all of the obligations which by the terms of this Agreement and the
other Loan Documents are required to be performed by it as a Lender.

                (c)   The Agent shall maintain at its address referred to on the
signature page hereto, a copy of each Assignment and Acceptance delivered to
and accepted by it and a register for the recordation of the names and
addresses of the Lenders and the Revolving Credit Commitment of, and principal
amount of the Loans owing to and the participation interest in the Letters of
Credit of, each Lender from time to time (the "Register"). The entries in the
Register shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes, absent manifest
error, and the Borrowers, the Agent and the Lenders may treat each Person whose
name is recorded in the Register as a Lender hereunder for all purposes of this
Agreement. The Register shall be available for inspection by the Borrowers and
any Lender at any reasonable time and from time to time upon reasonable prior
notice.

                (d)    Upon its receipt of an Assignment and Acceptance executed
by an assigning Lender, an assignee Lender, together with the Note subject to
such assignment, the Agent shall, if such Assignment and Acceptance has been
completed and is in substantially the form of Exhibit G hereto, (i) accept such
Assignment and Acceptance, (ii) give prompt notice thereof to the Borrowers and
(iii) record the information contained therein in the Register. Within five
Business Days after its receipt of such notice, the Borrowers, at their own
expense, shall execute and deliver to the Agent in exchange for the surrendered
Note a new Note to the order of such assignee Lender in an aggregate principal
amount equal to the Revolving Credit Commitment assumed by it pursuant to such
Assignment and Acceptance, and a new Note to the order of the assigning Lender
in an aggregate principal amount equal to the Revolving Credit Commitment
retained by it hereunder, in each case prepared by the Agent. Such new Note
shall be in an aggregate principal amount equal to the aggregate principal
amount of such surrendered Note, shall be dated the date of the Agent's
acceptance of such assignment and acceptance and shall otherwise be in
substantially the form of Exhibit A-1 or Exhibit A-2 hereto, as the case may
be.

                (e)   Each Lender may sell participations to one or more banks
or other entities in or to all or a portion of its rights and obligations under
this Agreement and the other Loan Documents (including, without limitation, all
or a portion of its Revolving Credit Commitment and the Loans owing to it and
its participation in Letters of Credit); provided that (i) such Lender's
obligations under this Agreement (including, without limitation, its Revolving
Credit Commitment hereunder) and the other Loan Documents shall remain
unchanged; (ii) such Lender shall remain solely responsible to the other
parties hereto for the performance of such obligations, and the Borrowers, the
Agent and the other Lenders shall continue to deal solely and directly with
such Lender in connection with such Lender's rights and obligations under this

                                      88
<PAGE>   95

Agreement and the other Loan Documents; and (iii) such Lender agrees with the
participant that it will not, without the consent of the participant, agree to
(A) extend the maturity dates or decrease in the principal amount of the Loans
or Reimbursement Obligations, or (B) extend the due dates of or a decrease the
rate of interest payable on the Loans or the fees payable under this Agreement,
or (C) release all or a substantial portion of the Collateral (except as set
forth in Section 11.08 of this Agreement or any Loan Document).

                (f)   Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section
         11.13, each Lender may at any time sell, assign, transfer, or negotiate
all or any part of its rights and obligations under this Agreement and the Loan
Documents to any Affiliate of such Lender.

         11.14. Successors and Assigns. This Agreement and the other Loan
Documents shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto
and their respective successors and assigns except that the Borrowers may not
assign or transfer any of its rights hereunder or thereunder without the prior
written consent of all of the Lenders.

         11.15. Confidentiality. Upon delivering to any Lender or the Agent, or
permitting any Lender or the Agent to inspect, any written information pursuant
to this Agreement or the other Loan Documents, each Lender and the Agent shall
treat such information as confidential to the extent such information is
conspicuously marked confidential. Each Lender and the Agent agrees to hold
such information in confidence from the date of disclosure thereof. Subject to
the other provisions of this Section 11.15, each Lender and the Agent may
disclose confidential information to its officers, directors, employees,
attorneys, accountants or other professionals engaged by any Lender or the
Agent only after determining that such third party has been instructed to hold
such information in confidence to the same extent as if it were a Lender.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, the provisions of this Section 11.15 shall not
apply to information within any one of the following categories or any
combination thereof: (i) information which any Lender or the Agent had in its
possession prior to receipt thereof from the disclosing party, or (ii)
information received by any Lender or the Agent from a third party having no
obligations of nondisclosure with respect thereto. Nothing contained in this
Section 11.15 shall prevent any disclosure: (x) believed in good faith by any
Lender or the Agent to be required by any law or guideline or interpretation or
application thereof by any Governmental Authority, arbitrator or grand jury
charged with the interpretation or administration thereof or compliance with
any request or directive of any Governmental Authority, arbitrator or grand
jury (whether or not having the force of law), (y) reasonably determined by
counsel for any Lender or the Agent to be necessary or advisable in connection
with enforcement or preservation of rights under or in connection with this
Agreement or any other Loan Document or (z) of any information which has been
made public by a Person other than any Lender or the Agent. The Lenders and the
Agent shall have the right to disclose any confidential information described
in this Section 11.15 to the Letter of Credit Issuer and to an assignee or
prospective assignee or to a participant or prospective participant in Loans
hereunder, provided that the assigning or selling Lender shall have obtained
from such assignee or prospective assignee or participant or prospective
participant an agreement to hold such information in confidence to the same
extent as if it were a Lender.

                                      89
<PAGE>   96

         11.16. Waiver of Jury Trial. BY ITS EXECUTION AND DELIVERY OF THIS
AGREEMENT, THE AGENT, EACH LENDER AND EACH BORROWER HEREBY KNOWINGLY,
VOLUNTARILY AND INTENTIONALLY WAIVES ANY RIGHTS IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY
IN RESPECT OF ANY LITIGATION BASED HEREON, OR ARISING OUT OF, UNDER OR IN
CONNECTION WITH, THIS AGREEMENT, THE NOTES OR ANY OTHER RELATED DOCUMENT, ANY
OF THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY OR THEREBY OR ANY COURSE OF CONDUCT,
COURSE OF DEALING, STATEMENTS (WHETHER VERBAL OR WRITTEN) OR ACTIONS OF THE
AGENT, THE LENDERS, OR THE BORROWERS IN CONNECTION HEREWITH OR THEREWITH. THIS
PROVISION IS A MATERIAL INDUCEMENT FOR THE AGENT AND THE LENDERS TO ENTER INTO
THIS AGREEMENT.

         11.17. Right of Setoff. Upon the occurrence and during the continuance
of any Event of Default any Lender, the Agent and the Letter of Credit Issuer
may, and is hereby authorized to, at any time from time to time, without notice
to the Borrowers (any such notice being expressly waived by the Borrowers) and
to the fullest extent permitted by law, set off and apply any and all deposits
(general or special, time or demand, provision or final) at any time held and
other indebtedness at any time owing by such Lender, the Agent or the Letter of
Credit Issuer to or for the credit or the account of the Borrowers against any
and all Obligations of the Borrowers now or hereafter existing under the Loan
Documents, irrespective of whether or not any Lender, the Agent and the Letter
of Credit Issuer shall have made any demand hereunder or thereunder and
although such Obligations may be contingent or unmatured. Each Lender, the
Agent and the Letter of Credit Issuer agrees promptly to notify a Borrower
after any such setoff and application made by such Lender, the Agent or the
Letter of Credit Issuer; provided, however, that the failure to give such
notice shall not affect the validity of such setoff and application. The rights
of each Lender, the Agent and the Letter of Credit Issuer under this Section
11.17 are in addition to the other rights and remedies (including, without
limitation, other rights of setoff under applicable law or otherwise) which
such Lender, the Agent or the Letter of Credit Issuer may have.

         11.18. Headings. Section headings herein are included for convenience
of reference only and shall not constitute a part of this Agreement for any
other purpose.

         11.19. Forum Selection and Consent to Jurisdiction. Any litigation
based hereon, or arising out of, under or in connection with, this Agreement or
any other Loan Document, or any course of conduct, course of dealing, statement
(whether verbal or written) or action of the Agent, any Lender, the Agent, the
Letter of Credit Issuer or the Borrowers may be brought and maintained
exclusively in the courts of the State of New York or the United States
District Court for the Southern District of New York; provided, however, that
any suit seeking enforcement against any Collateral or other property may be
brought, at the Agent's option, in the courts of any jurisdiction where such
Collateral or other property may be found. The Borrowers hereby expressly and
irrevocably submit to the jurisdiction of the courts of the State of New York
and of the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York
for the purpose of any such litigation and irrevocably agree to be bound by any
judgment rendered thereby in connection with such litigation. The Borrowers
further irrevocably consent to the service of process (i) by registered or
certified mail, postage prepaid, to the Administrative Borrower at its address
for

                                      90
<PAGE>   97

notices contained in Section 11.05 hereof, such service to become effective
five (5) days after such mailing, or (ii) by personal service within or without
the State of New York. Nothing herein shall affect the right of the Agent, any
Lender or the Letter of Credit Issuer to service of process in any other manner
permitted by law. The Borrowers hereby expressly and irrevocably waive, to the
fullest extent permitted by law, any objection which it may now or hereafter
have to the laying of venue of any such litigation brought in any such court
referred to above and any claim that any such litigation has been brought in an
inconvenient forum.

         11.20. The Administrative Borrower as Agent for Borrowers. Each
Borrower hereby irrevocably appoints GSTOC as the Administrative Borrower,
agent and attorney-in-fact for the Borrowers which appointment shall remain in
full force and effect unless and until the Agent shall have received prior
written notice signed by all of the Borrowers that such appointment has been
revoked and that another Borrower has been appointed Administrative Borrower.
Each Borrower hereby irrevocably appoints and authorizes the Administrative
Borrower (i) to provide the Agent with all notices with respect to Loans
obtained for the benefit of any Borrower and all other notices and instructions
under this Agreement and (ii) to take such action as the Administrative
Borrower deems appropriate on its behalf to obtain Loans and to exercise such
other powers as are reasonably incidental thereto to carry out the purposes of
this Agreement. Each Borrower hereby irrevocably appoints and authorizes the
Administrative Borrower to provide the Agent with all notices and to take all
action as the Administrative Borrower deems appropriate with respect to all
Letters of Credit under this Agreement. It is understood that the handling of
the Loan Account and Collateral of the Borrowers in a combined fashion, as more
fully set forth herein, is done solely as an accommodation to the Borrowers in
order to utilize the collective borrowing powers of the Borrowers in the most
efficient and economical manner and at their request, and that neither the
Agent, the Letter of Credit Issuer nor the Lenders shall incur liability to the
Borrowers as a result hereof. Each of the Borrowers expects to derive benefit,
directly or indirectly, from the handling of the Loan Account and the
Collateral in a combined fashion since the successful operation of each
Borrower is dependent on the continued successful performance of the integrated
group. To induce the Agent, the Letter of Credit Issuer and the Lenders to do
so, and in consideration thereof, each of the Borrowers hereby jointly and
severally agrees to indemnify the Indemnified Parties and hold the Indemnified
Parties harmless against any and all liability, expense or loss made against
such Indemnified Parties by either of the Borrowers or by any third party
whosoever, arising from or incurred by reason of (a) the handling of the Loan
Account and Collateral of the Borrowers as herein provided or (b) the Agent,
the Lenders and the Letter of Credit Issuer relying on any instructions of the
Administrative Borrower.


                                  ARTICLE XII

                                   THE AGENT

         12.01. Appointment. Each Lender (and each subsequent holder of any
Note by its acceptance thereof) hereby irrevocably appoints and authorizes CIT,
in its capacity as Agent (i) to receive on behalf of each Lender any payment of
principal of or interest on the Notes outstanding hereunder and all other
amounts accrued hereunder for the account of the Lenders and paid to the

                                      91
<PAGE>   98

Agent, and, subject to Section 2.03 of this Agreement, to distribute promptly
to each Lender its Pro Rata Share of all payments so received, (ii) to
distribute to each Lender copies of all material notices and agreements
received by the Agent and not required to be delivered to each Lender pursuant
to the terms of this Agreement, provided that the Agent shall not have any
liability to the Lenders for the Agent's inadvertent failure to distribute any
such notice or agreements to the Lenders, and (iii) subject to Section 11.03 of
this Agreement, to take such action as the Agent deems appropriate on its
behalf to administer the Loans, Letters of Credit and the Loan Documents and to
exercise such other powers delegated to the Agent by the terms hereof or the
Loan Documents (including, without limitation, the power to give or to refuse
to give notices, waivers, consents, approvals and instructions and the power to
make or to refuse to make determinations and calculations) together with such
powers as are reasonably incidental thereto to carry out the purposes hereof
and thereof. As to any matters not expressly provided for by this Agreement and
the other Loan Documents (including, without limitation, enforcement or
collection of the Notes), the Agent shall not be required to exercise any
discretion or take any action, but shall be required to act or to refrain from
acting (and shall be fully protected in so acting or refraining from acting)
upon the instructions of the Majority Lenders, and such instructions of the
Majority Lenders shall be binding upon all Lenders and all holders of Notes;
provided, however, that the Letter of Credit Issuer shall not be required to
refuse to honor a drawing under any Letter of Credit and the Agent shall not be
required to take any action which, in the reasonable opinion of the Agent,
exposes the Agent to liability or which is contrary to this Agreement or any
Loan Document or applicable law.

         12.02. Nature of Duties. The Agent shall have no duties or
responsibilities except those expressly set forth in this Agreement or in the
Loan Documents. The duties of the Agent shall be mechanical and administrative
in nature. The Agent shall not have by reason of this Agreement or any Loan
Document a fiduciary relationship in respect of any Lender. Nothing in this
Agreement or any of the Loan Documents, express or implied, is intended to or
shall be construed to impose upon the Agent any obligations in respect of this
Agreement or any of the Loan Documents except as expressly set forth herein or
therein. Each Lender shall make its own independent investigation of the
financial condition and affairs of the Borrowers in connection with the making
and the continuance of the Loans hereunder and with the issuance of the Letters
of Credit and shall make its own appraisal of the creditworthiness of the
Borrowers and the value of the Collateral, and the Agent shall have no duty or
responsibility, either initially or on a continuing basis, to provide any
Lender with any credit or other information with respect thereto, whether
coming into its possession before the initial Credit Extension hereunder or at
any time or times thereafter, provided that, upon the reasonable request of a
Lender, the Agent shall provide to such Lender any documents or reports
delivered to the Agent by the Borrowers pursuant to the terms of this Agreement
or any Loan Document. If the Agent seeks the consent or approval of the
Majority Lenders to the taking or refraining from taking any action hereunder,
the Agent shall send notice thereof to each Lender. The Agent shall promptly
notify each Lender any time that the Majority Lenders have instructed the Agent
to act or refrain from acting pursuant hereto.

         12.03. Rights, Exculpation, Etc. The Agent and its directors, officers,
agents or employees shall not be liable for any action taken or omitted to be
taken by it or them under or in connection with this Agreement or the other
Loan Documents, except for their own gross negligence or willful misconduct as
determined by a final judgment of a court of competent

                                      92
<PAGE>   99

jurisdiction. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Agent (i)
may treat the payee of any Note as the holder thereof until the Agent receives
written notice of the assignment or transfer thereof, pursuant to Section 11.13
hereof, signed by such payee and in form satisfactory to the Agent; (ii) may
consult with legal counsel (including, without limitation, counsel to the Agent
or counsel to the Borrowers), independent public accountants, and other experts
selected by it and shall not be liable for any action taken or omitted to be
taken in good faith by it in accordance with the advice of such counsel,
accountants or experts; (iii) makes no warranty or representation to any Lender
and shall not be responsible to any Lender for any statements, certificates,
warranties or representations made in or in connection with this Agreement or
the other Loan Documents; (iv) shall not have any duty to ascertain or to
inquire as to the performance or observance of any of the terms, covenants or
conditions of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents on the part of any
Person, the existence or possible existence of any Potential Default or Event
of Default, or to inspect the Collateral or other property (including, without
limitation, the books and records) of any Person; (v) shall not be responsible
to any Lender for the due execution, legality, validity, enforceability,
genuineness, sufficiency or value of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents
or any other instrument or document furnished pursuant hereto or thereto; and
(vi) shall not be deemed to have made any representation or warranty regarding
the existence, value or collectibility of the Collateral, the existence,
priority or perfection of the Agent's Lien thereon, or the Borrowing Base or
any certificate prepared by a Borrower in connection therewith, nor shall the
Agent be responsible or liable to the Lenders for any failure to monitor or
maintain the Borrowing Base or any portion of the Collateral. The Agent shall
not be liable for any apportionment or distribution of payments made by it in
good faith pursuant to Section 2.08(c), and if any such apportionment or
distribution is subsequently determined to have been made in error the sole
recourse of any Lender to whom payment was due but not made, shall be to
recover from other Lenders any payment in excess of the amount which they are
determined to be entitled. The Agent may at any time request instructions from
the Lenders with respect to any actions or approvals which by the terms of this
Agreement or of any of the Loan Documents the Agent is permitted or required to
take or to grant, and if such instructions are promptly requested, the Agent
shall be absolutely entitled to refrain from taking any action or to withhold
any approval under any of the Loan Documents until it shall have received such
instructions from the Majority Lenders. Without limiting the foregoing, no
Lender shall have any right of action whatsoever against the Agent as a result
of the Agent acting or refraining from acting under this Agreement, the Notes,
or any of the other Loan Documents in accordance with the instructions of the
Majority Lenders.

         12.04. Reliance. The Agent shall be entitled to rely upon any written
notices, statements, certificates, orders or other documents or any telephone
message believed by it in good faith to be genuine and correct and to have been
signed, sent or made by the proper Person, and with respect to all matters
pertaining to this Agreement or any of the Loan Documents and its duties
hereunder or thereunder, upon advice of counsel selected by it.

         12.05. Indemnification. To the extent that the Agent is not reimbursed
and indemnified by the Borrowers, the Lenders will reimburse and indemnify the
Agent for and against any and all liabilities, obligations, losses, damages,
penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses, advances or
disbursements of any kind or nature whatsoever which may be imposed on,
incurred by, or asserted against the Agent in any way relating to or arising
out of this

                                      93
<PAGE>   100

Agreement or any of the Loan Documents or any action taken or omitted by the
Agent under this Agreement or any of the Loan Documents, in proportion to each
Lender's Pro Rata Share, including, without limitation, advances and
disbursements made pursuant to Section 12.08; provided, however, that no Lender
shall be liable for any portion of such liabilities, obligations, losses,
damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses, advances or
disbursements for which there has been a final judicial determination that such
resulted from the Agent's gross negligence or willful misconduct. Without
limiting the foregoing, each Lender agrees to reimburse the Agent promptly upon
demand for its ratable share of any out-of-pocket expenses (including
reasonable attorneys' fees) incurred by the Agent in connection with the
preparation, execution, delivery, administration, modification, amendment or
enforcement (whether through negotiations, legal proceedings or otherwise) of,
or legal advice in respect of rights or responsibilities under, this Agreement
and each other Loan Document, to the extent that the Agent is not reimbursed
for such expenses by Borrowers. The obligations of the Lenders under this
Section 12.05 shall survive the payment in full of the Loans and Reimbursement
Obligations and the termination of this Agreement.

         12.06. Successor Agent.

                (a)   The Agent may resign from the performance of all its
functions and duties hereunder and under the other Loan Documents at any time
by giving at least thirty (30) Business Days' prior written notice to the
Borrowers and each Lender. Such resignation shall take effect upon the
acceptance by a successor Agent of appointment pursuant to clauses (b) and (c)
below or as otherwise provided below.

                (b)   Upon any such notice of resignation, the Majority Lenders
shall appoint a successor Agent who shall be reasonably satisfactory to the
Borrowers. Upon the acceptance of any appointment as Agent hereunder by a
successor Agent, such successor Agent shall thereupon succeed to and become
vested with all the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the retiring
Agent, and the retiring Agent shall be discharged from its duties and
obligations under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents. After any
Agent's resignation hereunder as the Agent, the provisions of this Article XII
shall inure to its benefit as to any actions taken or omitted to be taken by it
while it was Agent under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents.

                (c) If a successor Agent shall not have been so appointed within
said thirty (30) Business Day period, the retiring Agent, with the consent of
the Borrowers, shall then appoint a successor Agent who shall serve as Agent
until such time, if any, as the Majority Lenders, with the consent of the
Borrowers, appoint a successor Agent as provided above.

         12.07. Collateral Matters.

                (a)   The Agent may from time to time, during the occurrence and
continuance of an Event of Default, make such disbursements and advances
("Agent Advances") which the Agent, in its sole discretion, deems necessary or
desirable to preserve or protect the Collateral or any portion thereof, to
enhance the likelihood or maximize the amount of repayment by the Borrowers of
the Loans and other Obligations or to pay any other amount chargeable to

                                      94
<PAGE>   101

the Borrowers pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, including, without
limitation, costs, fees and expenses as described in Section 11.06. The Agent
Advances shall be repayable on demand and be secured by the Collateral. The
Agent Advances shall not constitute Loans but shall otherwise constitute
Obligations hereunder. The Agent shall notify each Lender and the
Administrative Borrower in writing of each such Agent Advance, which notice
shall include a description of the purpose of such Agent Advance. Without
limitation to its obligations pursuant to Section 12.05, each Lender agrees
that it shall make available to the Agent, upon the Agent's demand, in Dollars
in immediately available funds, the amount equal to such Lender's Pro Rata
Share of each such Agent Advance. If such funds are not made available to the
Agent by such Lender the Agent shall be entitled to recover such funds, on
demand from such Lender together with interest thereon, for each day from the
date such payment was due until the date such amount is paid to the Agent, at
the customary rate set by the Agent for the correction of errors among banks
for three Business Days and thereafter at the Regular Rate.

                (b)   The Lenders hereby irrevocably authorize the Agent, at its
option and in its discretion, to release any Lien granted to or held by the
Agent upon any Collateral upon termination of the Revolving Credit Commitments
and payment and satisfaction of all Loans, Reimbursement Obligations, other
Letter of Credit Exposure (whether or not due) and all other Obligations which
have matured and which the Agent has been notified in writing are then due and
payable; or constituting property being sold or disposed of if a Borrower
certifies to the Agent that the sale or disposition is made in compliance with
Section 8.04 (b) hereof (and the Agent may rely conclusively on any such
certificate, without further inquiry); or constituting property in which a
Borrower owned no interest at the time the Lien was granted or at any time
thereafter; or if approved, authorized or ratified in writing by the Majority
Lenders. Upon request by the Agent at any time, the Lenders will confirm in
writing the Agent's authority to release particular types or items of
Collateral pursuant to this Section 12.07(b).

                (c)   Without in any manner limiting the Agent's authority to
act without any specific or further authorization or consent by the Majority
Lenders (as set forth in Section 12.08(b)), each Lender agrees to confirm in
writing, upon request by the Agent, the authority to release Collateral
conferred upon the Agent under Section 12.07(b). So long as no Event of Default
is then continuing, upon receipt by the Agent of confirmation from the Majority
Lenders of its authority to release any particular item or types of Collateral,
and upon at least five (5) Business Days' prior written request by the
Administrative Borrower, the Agent shall (and is hereby irrevocably authorized
by the Lenders to) execute such documents as may be necessary to evidence the
release of the Liens granted to the Agent for the benefit of the Lenders upon
such Collateral; provided, however, that (i) the Agent shall not be required to
execute any such document on terms which, in the Agent's opinion, would expose
the Agent to liability or create any obligations or entail any consequence
other than the release of such Liens without recourse or warranty, and (ii)
such release shall not in any manner discharge, affect or impair the
Obligations or any Lien upon (or obligations of the Borrowers in respect of)
all interests in the Collateral retained by the Borrowers.

                (d)   The Agent shall have no obligation whatsoever to any
Lenders to assure that the Collateral exists or is owned by the Borrowers or is
cared for, protected or insured or has been encumbered or that the Lien granted
to the Agent pursuant to the Security Documents

                                      95
<PAGE>   102

has been properly or sufficiently or lawfully created, perfected, protected or
enforced or is entitled to any particular priority, or to exercise at all or in
any particular manner or under any duty of care, disclosure or fidelity, or to
continue exercising, any of the rights, authorities and powers granted or
available to the Agent in this Section 12.07 or in any of the Loan Documents,
it being understood and agreed that in respect of the Collateral, or any act,
omission or event related thereto, the Agent may act in any manner it may deem
appropriate, in its sole discretion, given the Agent's own interest in the
Collateral as one of the Lenders and that the Agent shall have no duty or
liability whatsoever to any other Lender.

                                      96
<PAGE>   103

                  IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto, by their officers
thereunto duly authorized, have executed and delivered this Agreement as of the
date first above written.

                                      BORROWERS:

                                      GS TECHNOLOGIES OPERATING CO., INC.


                                      By:
                                         ---------------------------------------
                                         Name:
                                              ----------------------------------
                                         Title:
                                               ---------------------------------


                                      Address for Notices:

                                      1901 Roxborough Road
                                      Suite 200
                                      Charlotte, NC
                                      Attention:   L.-M. Hubert

                                      Telephone:   (704) 442-3154
                                      Telecopier:  (704) 365-4340



                                      GEORGETOWN STEEL CORPORATION


                                      By:
                                         ---------------------------------------
                                         Name:
                                              ----------------------------------
                                         Title:
                                               ---------------------------------


                                      Address for Notices:

                                      1901 Roxborough Road
                                      Suite 200
                                      Charlotte, NC
                                      Attention:   L.-M. Hubert

                                      Telephone:   (704) 442-3154
                                      Telecopier:  (704) 365-4340

                                      97
<PAGE>   104

                                      ME INTERNATIONAL, INC.


                                      By:
                                         ---------------------------------------
                                         Name:
                                              ----------------------------------
                                         Title:
                                               ---------------------------------

                                      Address for Notices:

                                      1901 Roxborough Road
                                      Suite 200
                                      Charlotte, NC
                                      Attention:   L.-M. Hubert

                                      Telephone:   (704) 442-3154
                                      Telecopier:  (704) 365-4340



                                      ME-WEST CASTINGS, INC.


                                      By:
                                         ---------------------------------------
                                      Name:
                                           -------------------------------------
                                      Title:
                                            ------------------------------------


                                      Address for Notices:

                                      1901 Roxborough Road
                                      Suite 200
                                      Charlotte, NC
                                      Attention:   L.-M. Hubert

                                      Telephone:   (704) 442-3154
                                      Telecopier:  (704) 365-4340

                                      98
<PAGE>   105

                                      AGENT AND LENDER:

                                      THE CIT GROUP/BUSINESS CREDIT, INC.

                                      By:
                                         ---------------------------------------
                                         Name:
                                              ----------------------------------
                                         Title:
                                               ---------------------------------


                                      Address for Notices:

                                      The CIT Group/Business Credit, Inc.
                                      1211 Avenue of the Americas
                                      New York, New York  10036
                                      Attention:   Susan George, Vice President
                                      Telephone:   (212) 536-1270
                                      Telecopier:  (212) 536-1295

                                      99

<PAGE>   1


                                                                   Exhibit 10.33



                                    GUARANTY


                  GUARANTY, dated as of March 13, 2000, made by GS TECHNOLOGIES
CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation (the "Guarantor"), in favor of the Lenders
party to the Credit Agreement referred to below and THE CIT GROUP/BUSINESS
CREDIT, INC., as agent (the "Agent") for such Lenders.


                              W I T N E S S E T H :

                  WHEREAS, GS Technologies Operating Co., Inc., Georgetown Steel
Corporation, ME International, Inc. and ME-West Castings, Inc. (each a "Company"
and collectively, the "Companies"), the financial institutions from time to time
party thereto (the "Lenders"), and the Agent are parties to a Credit Agreement,
dated as of March 13, 2000 (such Agreement, as amended, restated or otherwise
modified from time to time, being hereinafter referred to as the "Credit
Agreement") pursuant to which the Lenders have agreed to extend credit to the
Companies;

                  WHEREAS, the Guarantor owns directly all of the issued and
outstanding shares of capital stock of GS Technologies Operating Co., Inc. and
owns indirectly all of the issued and outstanding shares of capital stock of
Georgetown Steel Corporation, ME International Inc. and ME-West Castings, Inc.;
and

                  WHEREAS, pursuant to the Credit Agreement, the Guarantor is
required to execute and deliver to the Agent a guaranty guaranteeing the
Obligations (as defined in the Credit Agreement) to the Companies and all other
Obligations (as hereinafter defined) under the Loan Documents (as defined in the
Credit Agreement);

                  NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the
agreements herein and in order to induce the Lenders to make and maintain credit
pursuant to the Credit Agreement, the Guarantor hereby agrees with the Lenders
and the Agent as follows:

                  SECTION 1. Definitions. Reference is hereby made to the Credit
Agreement for a statement of the terms thereof. All terms used in this Guaranty
which are defined therein and not otherwise defined herein shall have the same
meanings herein as set forth therein.

                  SECTION 2. Guaranty. The Guarantor hereby (i) irrevocably,
absolutely and unconditionally guarantees the prompt payment by the Companies as
and when due and payable (whether by scheduled maturity, required prepayment,
acceleration, demand or otherwise), of all (A) amounts now or hereafter owing in
respect of the Notes, the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents,
including, without limitation, all Obligations (as defined in the Credit
Agreement), whether for principal, interest (including interest accruing on or
after the filing of any petition in bankruptcy or for reorganization relating to
a Company whether or not a claim for post-filing interest is allowed in such
proceeding), fees, expenses or otherwise, and (B) indebtedness, obligations and
other liabilities, direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, now existing or
hereafter


<PAGE>   2

arising of the Companies to the Agent and the Lenders (the "Obligations"), and
(ii) agrees to pay any and all expenses (including reasonable counsel fees and
expenses) incurred by the Agent and the Lenders in enforcing their rights under
this Guaranty.

                  SECTION 3. Guarantor's Obligations Unconditional.

                           (a) The Guarantor hereby guarantees that the
Obligations will be paid strictly in accordance with the terms of the Loan
Documents to which the Companies are a party, regardless of any law, regulation
or order now or hereafter in effect in any jurisdiction affecting any of such
terms or the rights of the Agent or the Lenders with respect thereto. The
Guarantor agrees that its guarantee constitutes a guaranty of payment when due
and not of collection, and waives any right to require that any resort be made
by the Agent or the Lenders to any Collateral. The obligations of the Guarantor
under this Guaranty are independent of the obligations under the Credit
Agreement and the other Loan Documents, and a separate action or actions may be
brought and prosecuted against the Guarantor to enforce this Guaranty,
irrespective of whether any action is brought against the Companies or whether
the Companies are joined in any such action. The liability of the Guarantor
hereunder shall be absolute and unconditional, irrespective of (i) any lack of
validity or enforceability of any Loan Document or any agreement or instrument
relating thereto; (ii) any extension or change in the time, manner or place of
payment of, or in any other term in respect of, all or any of the Obligations
(including, without limitation, any extension for longer than the original
period), or any other amendment or waiver of or consent to any departure from
any provision of any Loan Document other than this Guaranty (including the
creation or existence of any Obligations in excess of the amount permitted by
any lending formulas contained in the Loan Documents or the amount evidenced by
the Loan Documents); (iii) any exchange or release of, or non-perfection of any
lien on or security interest in, any Collateral, or any release or amendment or
waiver of or consent to any departure from any other guaranty, for all or any of
the Obligations; (iv) the existence of any claim, set-off, defense or other
right that the Guarantor may have against any Person, including, without
limitation, the Agent or the Lenders, or (v) any other circumstance which might
otherwise constitute a defense available to, or a discharge of, the Companies or
any other guarantor in respect of the Obligations or the Guarantor in respect
hereof.

                           (b) This Guaranty (i) is a continuing guaranty and
shall remain in full force and effect until such date on which the Loans, all of
the Obligations and all other expenses to be paid by the Guarantor pursuant
hereto shall have been satisfied in full, and (ii) shall continue to be
effective or shall be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time any payment
of any of the Obligations is rescinded or must otherwise be returned by the
Agent upon the insolvency, bankruptcy or reorganization of the Companies or
otherwise, all as though such payment had not been made.

                  SECTION 4. Waivers. The Guarantor hereby waives, to the extent
permitted by applicable law, (i) promptness and diligence; (ii) notice of
acceptance and notice of the incurrence of any Obligation by the Companies;
(iii) notice of any actions taken by the Agent, any Lender or the Companies or
any other Obligor under any Loan Document or any other agreement or instrument
relating thereto; (iv) all other notices, demands and protests, and all other
formalities of every kind in connection with the enforcement of the Obligations
or of the obligations of the Guarantor hereunder, the omission of or delay in
which, but for the provisions of this Section 4,



                                       2
<PAGE>   3

might constitute grounds for relieving the Guarantor of its obligations
hereunder; (v) any right to compel or direct the Agent or the Lenders to seek
payment or recovery of any amounts owed under this Guaranty from any one
particular fund or source and (vi) any requirement that the Agent protect,
secure, perfect or insure any security interest or lien or any property subject
thereto or exhaust any right or take any action against the Companies or any
other Person or any Collateral.

                  SECTION 5. Subrogation. Until such time as the Obligations
shall have been indefeasibly paid in full, the Guarantor hereby irrevocably
waives and agrees it will not exercise any and all rights which it has or may
have at any time or from time to time (whether arising directly or indirectly by
operation of law or contract) to assert any claim against the Companies on
account of any payments made under this Agreement or otherwise, including,
without limitation, any and all existing and future rights of subrogation,
reimbursement, exoneration, contribution and/or indemnity. If any amount shall
be paid to the Guarantor on account of such subrogation rights at any time when
all of the Obligations and all such other expenses shall not have been paid in
full, such amount shall be held in trust for the benefit of the Agent and the
Lenders, shall be segregated from the other funds of the Guarantor and shall
forthwith be paid over to the Agent to be applied in whole or in part by the
Agent against the Obligations, whether matured or unmatured, and all such other
expenses in accordance with the terms of the Credit Agreement.

                  SECTION 6. Representations and Warranties. The Guarantor
hereby represents and warrants as follows:

                           (a) It is a corporation duly organized, validly
existing and in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its
organization as set forth on the first page hereof, and has all requisite power
and authority to execute, deliver and perform this Guaranty and each other Loan
Document to which the Guarantor is a party.

                           (b) The execution, delivery and performance by the
Guarantor of this Guaranty and each other Loan Document to which the Guarantor
is a party (i) have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action; (ii)
do not and will not contravene its organizational documents or any applicable
law; (iii) do not and will not violate any contractual restriction binding on or
otherwise affecting the Guarantor or any of its properties; and (iv) do not and
will not result in or require the creation of any lien, security interest or
other charge or encumbrance upon or with respect to any of its properties (other
than pursuant to any Loan Document).

                           (c) No authorization, approval or other action by,
and no notice to or filing with, any Governmental Authority or other regulatory
body is required in connection with the due execution, delivery and performance
by the Guarantor of this Guaranty or any of the other Loan Documents to which
the Guarantor is a party.

                           (d) Each of this Guaranty and the other Loan
Documents to which the Guarantor is a party is a legal, valid and binding
obligation of the Guarantor, enforceable against the Guarantor in accordance
with its terms, except as may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency,
reorganization, moratorium or other similar laws and general principles
affecting the enforcement of creditors' rights generally.



                                       3
<PAGE>   4

                           (e) There is no pending or threatened action, suit or
proceeding against the Guarantor or to which any of the properties of the
Guarantor is subject before any court, or other foreign, Federal, State or local
governmental authority or any arbitrator (i) which challenges the validity or
enforceability of this Guaranty or any of the other Loan Documents to which the
Guarantor is a party, or (ii) in which there is a reasonable possibility of an
adverse decision which would materially adversely affect the business,
operations or financial condition of the Guarantor.

                           (f) The Guarantor now has and will continue to have
independent means of obtaining information concerning the affairs, financial
condition and business of the Companies, and has no need of, or right to obtain
from the Agent or any Lender, any credit or other information concerning the
affairs, financial condition or business of the Companies that may come under
the control of the Agent or any Lender.

                  SECTION 7. Negative Covenants. The Guarantor covenants and
agrees that, so long as any part of the Obligations shall remain unpaid or any
Lender shall have any Commitment under the Credit Agreement, without the prior
written consent of the Majority Lenders, the Guarantor will not permit and will
not permit any of its Subsidiaries to directly or indirectly make, or set apart
any sum for or to make: (i) any dividend or other distribution, direct or
indirect, on account of any shares of any class of capital stock of the
Guarantor now or hereafter outstanding, (ii) any repurchase, redemption,
retirement or similar payment, purchase or other acquisition for value, direct
or indirect, of any shares of any class of capital stock of the Guarantor now or
hereafter outstanding, or (iii) any payment made to retire, or to obtain the
surrender of, any outstanding warrants, options or other rights for the purchase
or acquisition of shares of any class of capital stock of the Guarantor now or
hereafter outstanding, except for the declaration and payment of cash dividends
to its shareholders in an aggregate amount not to exceed the amount necessary to
fulfill its obligations under the Tax Sharing Agreement or the Management
Services Agreement, in each case as in effect on the date hereof or as amended
as permitted by Section 8.14 of the Credit Agreement.

                  SECTION 8. Right of Set-off. Upon the occurrence and during
the continuance of any Event of Default, the Agent and the Lenders may, and are
hereby authorized to, at any time and from time to time, without notice to the
Guarantor (any such notice being expressly waived by the Guarantor) and to the
fullest extent permitted by law, set-off and apply any and all deposits (general
or special, time or demand, provisional or final) at any time held and other
indebtedness at any time owing by the Agent or any Lender to or for the credit
of the account of the Guarantor against any and all obligations of the Guarantor
now or hereafter existing under this Guaranty, irrespective of whether or not
the Agent or any Lender shall have made any demand under this Guaranty and
although such obligations may be contingent or unmatured. The Agent and the
Lenders agree to notify the Guarantor promptly after any such set-off and
application made by the Agent or such Lender, provided that the failure to give
such notice shall not affect the validity of such set-off and application. The
rights of the Agent and the Lenders under this Section 8 are in addition to
other rights and remedies (including, without limitation, other rights of
set-off) which the Agent and the Lenders may have.

                  SECTION 9. Notices, Etc. All notices and other communications
provided for hereunder shall be in writing and shall be mailed (by certified
mail, postage prepaid and return receipt requested), telecopied or delivered, if
to the Guarantor, to it at its address specified on the



                                       4
<PAGE>   5

signature page hereto; if to the Agent, to it at its address as specified in the
Credit Agreement; or, as to any such Person, at such other address as shall be
designated by such Person in a written notice to such other Persons complying as
to delivery with the terms of this Section 9. All such notices and other
communications shall be effective (i) if mailed, three days after being
deposited in the mails, (ii) if telecopied, when sent and a confirmation is
received and (iii) if delivered, upon delivery.

                  SECTION 10. Consent to Jurisdiction; Waiver of Immunities.

                  (a) The Guarantor hereby irrevocably submits to the
jurisdiction of any New York State or Federal court sitting in New York City in
any action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Guaranty and the
Guarantor hereby irrevocably agrees that all claims in respect of such action or
proceeding may be heard and determined in such New York State or Federal court.
The Guarantor further irrevocably consents to the service of process (i) by
registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, to the Guarantor at its address
specified in Section 9 hereof, such service to become effective five (5) days
after such mailing, or (ii) by personal service within or without the State of
New York.

                  (b) Nothing in this Section 10 shall affect the right of the
Agent to serve legal process in any other manner permitted by law or affect the
right of the Agent to bring any action or proceeding against the Guarantor or
its property in the courts of any other jurisdictions.

                  (c) The Guarantor hereby expressly and irrevocably waives, to
the fullest extent permitted by law, any objection which it may now or hereafter
have to the laying of venue of any such litigation brought in any such court
referred to above and any claim that any such litigation has been brought in an
inconvenient forum. To the extent that the Guarantor has or hereafter may
acquire any immunity from jurisdiction of any court or from any legal process
(whether through service or notice, attachment prior to judgment, attachment in
aid of execution or otherwise) with respect to itself or its property, the
Guarantor hereby irrevocably waives such immunity in respect of its obligations
under this Guaranty and the other Loan Documents.

                  SECTION 11. WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL. EACH OF THE GUARANTOR AND,
BY ACCEPTANCE HEREOF, THE AGENT AND THE LENDERS WAIVE ANY RIGHT TO A TRIAL BY
JURY IN ANY ACTION, PROCEEDING OR COUNTERCLAIM CONCERNING ANY RIGHTS UNDER THIS
GUARANTY, THE CREDIT AGREEMENT OR UNDER ANY AMENDMENT, WAIVER, CONSENT,
INSTRUMENT, DOCUMENT OR OTHER AGREEMENT DELIVERED OR WHICH IN THE FUTURE MAY BE
DELIVERED IN CONNECTION THEREWITH, OR ARISING FROM ANY RELATIONSHIP EXISTING IN
CONNECTION WITH THIS GUARANTY, AND AGREES THAT ANY SUCH ACTION, PROCEEDING OR
COUNTERCLAIM SHALL BE TRIED BEFORE A COURT AND NOT BEFORE A JURY.

                  SECTION 12. Miscellaneous.

                           (a) The Guarantor will make each payment hereunder in
Dollars and in immediately available funds to the Agent, for the benefit of the
Lenders, at such address specified by the Agent from time to time by notice to
the Guarantor.



                                       5
<PAGE>   6

                           (b) No amendment of any provision of this Guaranty
shall be effective unless it is in writing and signed by the Guarantor and the
Agent, and no waiver of any provision of this Guaranty, and no consent to any
departure by the Guarantor therefrom, shall be effective unless it is in writing
and signed by the Agent, and then such waiver or consent shall be effective only
in the specific instance and for the specific purpose for which given.

                           (c) No failure on the part of the Agent, acting on
behalf of the Lenders, to exercise, and no delay in exercising, any right
hereunder or under any other Loan Document shall operate as a waiver thereof,
nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right preclude any other or
further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right. The rights and
remedies of the Agent and the Lenders provided herein and in the other Loan
Documents are cumulative and are in addition to, and not exclusive of, any
rights or remedies provided by law. The rights of the Agent and the Lenders
under any Loan Document against any party thereto are not conditional or
contingent on any attempt by the Agent and the Lenders to exercise any of their
rights under any other Loan Document against such party or against any other
Person.

                           (d) Any provision of this Guaranty which is
prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction,
be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability without
invalidating the remaining portions hereof or thereof or affecting the validity
or enforceability of such provision in any other jurisdiction.

                           (e) This Guaranty shall (i) be binding on the
Guarantor and its successors and assigns, and (ii) inure, together with all
rights and remedies of the Agent and the Lenders hereunder, to the benefit of
the Agent and the Lenders and their respective successors, transferees and
assigns. Without limiting the generality of clause (ii) of the immediately
preceding sentence, to the extent permitted by the Credit Agreement, any Lender
may assign or otherwise transfer any Note held by it, and assign or otherwise
transfer its rights under any other Loan Document, to any other Person, and such
other Person shall thereupon become vested with all of the benefits in respect
thereof granted to the Lenders herein or otherwise. None of the rights or
obligations of the Guarantor hereunder may be assigned or otherwise transferred
without the prior written consent of the Agent.

                           (f) This Guaranty shall be governed by, and construed
in accordance with the internal laws of the State of New York applicable to
contracts made and to be performed therein without regard to conflict of law
principles.


                                       6
<PAGE>   7

                  IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Guarantor has caused this Guaranty to
be executed by an officer thereunto duly authorized, as of the date first above
written.


                                          GS TECHNOLOGIES CORPORATION


                                          By:
                                              -----------------------------
                                              Name:
                                              Title:


                                          Address for Notices:
                                          1901 Roxborough Road
                                          Suite 200
                                          Charlotte, NC 28211
                                          Attention:  L.-M. Hubert

                                          Telephone:  (704) 442-3154
                                          Telecopier: (704) 365-4340



                                       7

<PAGE>   1
                                                                    EXHIBIT 21.1

                         SUBSIDIARIES OF THE COMPANY(1)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

Name of Corporation                                                Jurisdiction of Incorporation
- -------------------                                                -----------------------------
<S>                                                                             <C>

UNITED STATES SUBSIDIARIES
- --------------------------
Florida Wire and Cable, Inc.                                                    Delaware
Georgetown Steel Corporation                                                    Delaware
GS Technologies Operating Co., Inc.                                             Delaware
ME - West Castings, Inc.                                                        Arizona
ME International, Inc.                                                          Michigan

FOREIGN SUBSIDIARIES
- --------------------
Acerco S.A.                                                                     Peru
Aceros del Sur S.A. (68% directly owned by the company, and
                    8% directly owned by the Company's wholly-
                    owned subsidiary, Acerco S.A.)                              Peru
GS Technologies Europa GmbH                                                     Germany
GST Europa S.p.A.                                                               Italy
GST Europe Ltd.                                                                 United Kingdom
GST Europe S.A.                                                                 Belgium
Inversiones en Molienda S.A.                                                    Chile
MolyCop Chile S.A.                                                              Chile
MolyCop Steel, Inc.                                                             Canada
GST Philippines, Inc.                                                           Philippines

UNITED STATES JOINT VENTURE
- ---------------------------
American Iron Reduction LLC (50%)                                               Delaware

FOREIGN JOINT VENTURES
- ----------------------
Donhad Pty. Ltd. (40%)                                                          Australia
Empresa Siderurgica del Peru S.A. (96.46% owned by Sidercorp S.A.)              Peru
Sidercorp S.A. (32.9% owned by Acerco S.A.)                                     Peru
SIMEC MolyCop S.A. de C.V. (50%)                                                Mexico
MolyCop Canada Partnership (50%)                                                Canada
GSI Lucchini S.p.A. (49%)                                                       Italy
GSI Lucchini AB (49%)                                                           Sweden
</TABLE>

- --------------------------------------------------------------

(1)      Subsidiaries are wholly-owned unless otherwise noted.



<TABLE> <S> <C>

<ARTICLE> 5
<MULTIPLIER> 1,000

<S>                             <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>                   YEAR
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>                          DEC-31-1999
<PERIOD-START>                             JAN-01-1999
<PERIOD-END>                               DEC-31-1999
<CASH>                                           3,937
<SECURITIES>                                         0
<RECEIVABLES>                                   93,225<F1>
<ALLOWANCES>                                         0
<INVENTORY>                                    111,181
<CURRENT-ASSETS>                               221,377
<PP&E>                                         234,168<F1>
<DEPRECIATION>                                       0
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                                 578,683
<CURRENT-LIABILITIES>                          147,434
<BONDS>                                        342,568
                                0
                                          0
<COMMON>                                             1
<OTHER-SE>                                      21,609
<TOTAL-LIABILITY-AND-EQUITY>                   578,683
<SALES>                                        676,242
<TOTAL-REVENUES>                               676,242
<CGS>                                          599,277
<TOTAL-COSTS>                                   67,322
<OTHER-EXPENSES>                                17,944
<LOSS-PROVISION>                                     0
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                              38,673
<INCOME-PRETAX>                                (46,974)
<INCOME-TAX>                                     6,051
<INCOME-CONTINUING>                            (53,025)
<DISCONTINUED>                                     440
<EXTRAORDINARY>                                      0
<CHANGES>                                            0
<NET-INCOME>                                   (52,585)
<EPS-BASIC>                                          0
<EPS-DILUTED>                                        0
<FN>
<F1>AMOUNTS PRESENTED ARE NET
</FN>


</TABLE>


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission